The First Philosophers of Greece — Arthur Fairbanks (Empedocles)

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/

Google Book Search helps readers discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/

THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

AN EDITION AND TRANSLATION OF THE REMAINING FRAGMENTS OF THE PRE-SOKRATIC PHILOSOPHERS, TOGETHER WITH A TRANSLATION OF THE MORE IMPORTANT ACCOUNTS OF THEIR OPINIONS CONTAINED IN THE EARLY EPITOMES OF THEIR WORKS

BY

ARTHUR FAIRBANKS

LONDON KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & CO. Lrp. PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS BROAD 1898

(The rights of translation and of reproduction are reserved)

΄

Φιὸ 7Ζο« ἕ,ς

wf 6 Fila /ι /

σ

WN ts 4 Qo ty

PREFACE

ee On

THe Hegelian School, and in particular Zeller, have shown us the place of the earlier thinkers in the history of Greek thought, and the importance of a knowledge of their work for all who wish to understand Plato and Aristotle. Since Zeller’s monumental work, several writers (e.g. Benn, Greek Philosophers, vol. 1. London 1883; Tannery, Science helléne, Paris 1887; Burnet, Early Greek Philosophy, London 1892) have traced for us the history of this development, but the student who desires to go behind these accounts and examine the evidence for himself still finds the material difficult of access. This material consists of numerous short fragments preserved by later writers, and of accounts of the opinions of these thinkers given mainly by Aristotle and by the Greek doxographists (1.6. students of early thought who made epitomes of the opinions of the masters). The Greek text of the doxographists is now accessible to students in the admirable critical edition of H. Diels (Berlin 1879). The Greek text of the fragments has been published in numerous short monographs, most of which are not readily accessible to the student to-day; it is contained with a vast deal of other matter in Mullach’s Fragmenta Graecorum Philosophorum (Paris 1888-1888, vol. i.—iii.), but the text

143064

vl PREFACE

is in many places so carelessly constructed that it does not serve the purposes of the scholar.

i.—iii.), but the text

143064

vl PREFACE

is in many places so carelessly constructed that it does not serve the purposes of the scholar.

In the present work it has been my plan to prepare for the student a Greek text of the fragments of these early philosophers which shall represent as accurately as possible the results of recent scholarship, and to add such critical notes as may be necessary to enable the scholar to see on what basis the text rests. From this text I have prepared a translation of the fragments into English, and along with this a translation of the impor- tant passages bearing on these early thinkers in Plato and Aristotle, and in the Greek doxographists as col- lected by Diels, in order that the student of early Greek thought might have before him in compact form practi- cally all the materials on which the history of this thought is to be based. It has been difficult, especially in the case of Herakleitos and the Pythagoreans, to draw the line between material to be inserted, and that to be omitted ; but, in order to keep the volume within mode- rate limits, my principle has been to insert only the passages from Plato and Aristotle and from the doxo- graphists.

The Greek text of Herakleitos is based on the edition of Bywater; that of Xenophanes on the edition of the Greek lyric poets by Hiller-Bergk ; that of Parmenides on the edition of Karsten; and that of Empedokles on the edition of Stein. I have not hesitated, however, to differ from these authorities in minor details, indicating in the notes the basis for the text which I have given.

For a brief discussion of the relative value of the sources of these fragments the student is referred to the Appendix,

PREFACE Vil

My thanks are due to several friends for their kind assistance, in particular to Professor C. L. Brownson and Professor G. D. Lord, who have read much of the book in proof, and have given me many valuable suggestions. Nor can I pass over without mention the debt which all workers in this field owe to Hermann Diels. It is my great regret that his edition of Parmenides’ Lehrgedicht

failed to reach me until most of the present work was already printed. Nevertheless there is scarcely a page of the whole book which is not based on the foundation which he has laid. ARTHUR FAIRBANKS.

χαλια University: November 1897.

CONTENTS

ο ae PAGE

1. IONIC SCHOOL: THALES . ; : ; : ‘ II, IONIC SCHOOL: ANAXIMANDROS . ; : ; er 8 III. IONIC SCHOOL: ANAXIMENES . : ; : 2 . 17 IV. HERAKLEITOS : ‘ : : ‘ ὦ : ο. 228 Vv. ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES ; ‘ ‘ ; . 65 VI. ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES . : . : . . 86 VII. ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO . : ‘ ; ; : . 112 VIII. ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS : : ; i . . 120 ΙΧ. PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS . : : . 1382 X. EMPEDOKLES ; ; ‘ ; : ͵ . . . 1οί ΧΙ. ANAXAGORAS , ; : . : ; : ; . 2385 APPENDIX. ‘ ; ; : ‘ ; i . . 268

INDEXES . ; te ; ; : . 289 ~

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

Dox. = Diels, Doxographi Graeci, Berlin 1879.

ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS : : ; i . . 120 ΙΧ. PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS . : : . 1382 X. EMPEDOKLES ; ; ‘ ; : ͵ . . . 1οί ΧΙ. ANAXAGORAS , ; : . : ; : ; . 2385 APPENDIX. ‘ ; ; : ‘ ; i . . 268

INDEXES . ; te ; ; : . 289 ~

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

Dox. = Diels, Doxographi Graeci, Berlin 1879.

Aet. = Aetw de placitis reliquiae.

Hipp. Phil. = Hippolyti philosophumena. Ticladed τή

Epi. = Epiphanii varia excerpta. Diels, Doz. Herm. -= Hermiae trrisio gentilium philosophorum. Simp. Phys.= Simpltctt in Aristotelis physicorum libros quattuor

priores edidit H. Diels, Berlin 1882.

Simp. Cael. = Simplicius, Commentary on Aristotle’s De caelo.

For other abbreviations, see list of authors in the Index of sources.

THE

FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ee

I. THALES.

Accorpine to Aristotle the founder of the Ionic physical philosophy, and therefore the founder of Greek philo- sophy, was Thales of Miletos. According to Diogenes Laertios, Thales was born in the first year of the thirty- fifth Olympiad (640 Ε.ο.), and his death occurred in the fifty-eighth Olympiad (548-545 3B.c.). He attained note as a scientific thinker and was regarded as the founder of Greek philosophy because he discarded mythical explanations of things, and asserted that a physical element, water, was the first principle of all things. There are various stories of his travels, and in connection with accounts of his travels in Egypt he is credited with intro- ducing into Greece the knowledge of geometry. Tradition also claims that he was a statesman, and as a practical thinker he is classed as one of the seven wise men. A work entitled ‘Nautical Astronomy’ was ascribed to him, but it was recognised as spurious even in antiquity.

Literature: Ε'. Decker, De Thalete Milesio, Diss. Halle, 1865 ; Krische, Forsch. auf d. Gehiet d. alt. Phil. i, pp. 84-42; V. also Acta Phil. iv. Lips. 1875, pp. 828-880; Revue Philos. Mar. 1880; Archiv f. ᾱ. Geschichte d. Phil. ii. 166, 515.

B

2 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

(2) PASSAGES RELATING TO THALES IN PLATO AND IN ARISTOTLE.

Plato, de Legg. x. 899 8. And as for all the stars and the moon and the years and the months and all the seasons, can we hold any other opinion about them than this same one—that inasmuch as soul or souls appear to be the cause of all these things, and good souls the cause of every excellence, we are to call them gods, whether they order the whole heavens as living beings in bodies, or whether they accomplish this in some other form and manner? Is there any one who acknowledges this, and yet holds that all things are not full of gods ?

Is there any one who acknowledges this, and yet holds that all things are not full of gods ?

Arist. Met. 1. 3; 988 b 6. Most of the early students of philosophy thought that first principles in the form of matter, and only these, are the sources of all things ; for that of which all things consist, the antecedent from which they have sprung, and into which they are finally resolved (in so far as being underlies them and is changed with their changes), this they say is the ele- ment and first principle of things. 988b18. As to the quantity and form of this first principle, there is a difference of opinion; but Thales, the founder of this sort of philosophy, says that it is water (accordingly he declares that the earth rests on water), getting the idea, I suppose, because he saw that the nourishment of all beings is moist, and that warmth itself is gene- rated from moisture and persists in it (for that from which all things spring is the first principle of them) ; and getting the idea also from the fact that the germs of all beings are of a moist nature, while water is the first principle of the nature of what is moist./ And there are some who think that the ancients, and they who lived long before the present generation, and the first students of the gods, had a similar idea in regard to nature; for in their poems Okeanos and Tethys were

THALES 3

the parents of generation, and that by which the gods swore was water,—the poets themselves called it Styx ; for that which is most ancient is most highly esteemed, and that which is most highly esteemed is an object to swear by. Whether there is any such ancient and early opinion concerning nature would be an obscure ques- tion; but Thales is said to have expressed this opinion in regard to the first cause.

Arist. de Coelo ii. 18; 294 a 28. Some say that the earth rests on water. We have ascertained that the oldest statement of this character is the one accredited to Thales the Milesian, to the effect that it rests on water, floating like a piece of wood or something else of that sort.'

Arist. de Anima 1. 2; 405 a 19. And Thales, according to what is related of him, seems to have regarded the soul as something endowed with the power of motion, if indeed he said that the loadstone has a soul because it moves iron. i.5; 411 a7. Some say that soul is diffused throughout the whole uni- verse; and it may have been this which led Thales te think that all things are full of gods.

i.5; 411 a7. Some say that soul is diffused throughout the whole uni- verse; and it may have been this which led Thales te think that all things are full of gods.

Simpl. in Arist. de Anima 8 r 82, 16.2—Thales posits water as the element, but it is the element of bodies, and he thinks that the soul is not a body at all. 81, 21 p.—And in speaking thus of Thales he adds with a degree of reproach that he assigned a soul to the magnetic stone as the power which moves the iron, that he might prove soul to be a moving power in it; but he did not assert that this soul was water, although water lad been designated as the element, since he said that water is the ele- ment of substances, but he supposed soul to be un- substantial form. 20 r 78, 22. For Thales, also,

I suppose, thought all things to be full of gods, the gods being blended with them ; and this is strange. 1 Cf. Herm. 1. 6. P. 10 (Dor. 653). 2 In references to Simpl. in Arist. de Anima and Physica, the first

numbers give folio and line, the second, page (and line) in the edition published by the Berlin Academy.

B 2

4 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

(b) PassaGEs RELATING TO THALES IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

(Theophrastos, Dox. 475) Simpl. Phys. 6r; 28, 21. Of those who say that the first principle [ἀρχή] is one and movable, to whom Aristotle applies the distinctive name of physicists, some say that it is limited; as, for instance, Thales of Miletos, son of Examyes, and Hippo who seems also to have lost belief in the gods. These say that the first principle is water, and they are led to this result by things that appear to sense; for warmth lives in moisture and dead things wither up and all germs are moist and all nutriment is moist. Now it is natural that things should be nourished by that from which each has come; and water is the first principle of moist nature . . .; accordingly they assume that water is the first principle of all things, and they assert that the earth rests on water. Thales is the first to have set on foot the investigation of nature by the Greeks; although so many others preceded him, in Theophrastos’s opinion he so far surpassed them as to cause them to be forgotten. It is said that he left nothing in writing except a book entitled ‘Nautical Astronomy.’

Hipp. i.; Dox. 555. It is said that Thales of Miletos, one of the seven wise men, was the first to undertake the study of physical philosophy. He said that the begin- ning (the first principle) and the end of all things is water. All things acquire firmness as this solidifies, and again as it is melted their existence is threatened; to this are due earthquakes and whirlwinds and movements of the stars. And all things are movable and in a fluid state, the character of the compound being determined by the nature of the principle from which it springs. This principle is god, and it has neither beginning nor end.

THALES 5

And all things are movable and in a fluid state, the character of the compound being determined by the nature of the principle from which it springs. This principle is god, and it has neither beginning nor end.

THALES 5

Thales was the first of the Greeks to devote himself to the study and investigation of the stars, and was the originator of this branch of science; on one occasion he was looking up at the heavens, and was just saying he was intent on studying what was overhead, when he fell into a well; whereupon a maidservant named Thratta laughed at him and said: In his zeal for things in the sky he does not see what is at his feet.' And he lived in the time of Kroesos.

Plut. Strom.1; Doxz.579.2 Hesays that Thales was the earliest thinker to regard water as the first principle of all things. For from this all things come, and to it they all return.

Aet. Plac. 1.2; Dox. 275. Thales of Miletos regards the first principle and the elements as the same thing. But there is a very great difference between them, for elements are composite, but we claim that first principles are neither composite nor the result of processes. Ρο we call earth, water, air, fire, elements ; and we call them first principles for the reason that there is nothing antecedent to them from which they are sprung, since this would not be a first principle, but rather that from which it is derived. Now there is something anterior to earth and water from which they are derived, namely the matter that is formless and invisible, and the form which we call entelechy, and privation. So Thales was in error when he called water an element and a first principle. i.8; 276. Thales the Milesian declared that the first principle of things is water. [This man seems to have been the first philo- sopher, and the Ionic school derived its name from him; for there were very many successive leaders in philosophy. And Thales was a student of philosophy in

1 Of. Plato, Theaet. 1744; Diog. Laer. i. 94. ? Epiphan. iii. 1; Dow. 589; Herm. J.G. Ρ. 10; Dox. 653.

6 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

And Thales was a student of philosophy in

1 Of. Plato, Theaet. 1744; Diog. Laer. i. 94. ? Epiphan. iii. 1; Dow. 589; Herm. J.G. Ρ. 10; Dox. 653.

6 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Eigypt, but he came to Miletos in his old age.] For he says that all things come from water and all are resolved into water. The first basis for this conclusion is the fact that the seed of all animals is their first principle and it is moist; thus it is natural to conclude that all things come from water as their first principle. Secondly, the fact that all plants are nourished by moisture and bear fruit, and unless they get moisture they wither away. Thirdly, the fact that the very fire of the sun and the stars is fed by the exhalations from the waters, and so is the universe itself. 7; 801. Thales said that the mind in the universe is god, and the all is endowed with soul and is full of spirits; and its divine moving power pervades the elementary water. 8; 307. Thales et al. say that spirits are psychical beings; and that heroes are souls separated from bodies, good heroes are good souls, bad heroes are bad souls. 8; 807. The followers of Thales et al. assert that matter is turned about, varying, changing, and in a fluid state, the whole in every part of the whole. 12; 910. Thales and his successors declared that the first cause is im- movable. 16; 814. The followers of Thales and Pytha- goras hold that bodies can receive impressions and can be divided even to infinity; and so can all figures, lines, surfaces, solids, matter, place, and time. 18; 916. The physicists, followers of Thales, all recognise that the void is really a void. 21; 821. Thales: Necessity is most powerful, for it controls everything.

Aet. ii. 1; Dox. $327. Thales and his successors hold that the universe is one. 12; $40. Thales et al. hold that the sphere of the entire heaven is divided into five circles which they call zones; and of these the first is called the arctic zone, and is always visible, the next 1s the summer solstice, the next is the equinoctial, the next the winter solstice, and the next the antarctic, which is invisible. And the ecliptic in the three middle ones is

THALES 7

called the zodiac and is projected to touch the three middle ones. All these are cut by the meridian at a right angle from the north to the opposite quarter. 18; 841. The stars consist of earth, but are on fire. 20; 949. The sun consists of earth. 24; 853. The eclipses of the sun take place when the moon passes across it in direct line, since the moon is earthy in character ; and it seems to the eye to be laid on the disk of the sun. 28; 858. The moon is lighted from the sun. 29; 860. Thales et al. agree with the mathematicians that the monthly phases of the moon show that it travels along with the sun and is lighted by it, and eclipses show that it comes into the shadow of the earth, the earth coming between the two heavenly bodies and blocking the light of the moon.

29; 860. Thales et al. agree with the mathematicians that the monthly phases of the moon show that it travels along with the sun and is lighted by it, and eclipses show that it comes into the shadow of the earth, the earth coming between the two heavenly bodies and blocking the light of the moon.

Aet. iii. 9-10; 876. The earth is one and spherical in form. 11; 877. It is in the midst of the universe. 15 ; 879. Thales and Demokritos find in water the cause of earthquakes. |

Aet. iv. 1; 884. Thales thinks that the Etesian winds blowing against Egypt raise the mass of the Nile, because its outflow is beaten back by the swelling of the sea which lies over againstits mouth. 2; 386. Thales was the first to declare that the soul is by nature always moving or self-moving.

Aet. v. 26; 488. Plants are living animals; this is evident from the fact that they wave their branches and keep them extended, and they yield to attack and relax them freely again, so that weights also draw them down.

(Philodemos) Cic. de Nat. Deor. 1. 10; Dox. 581. For Thales of Miletos, who first studied these matters, said that water is the first principle of things, while god is the mind which formed all things from water. If gods exist without sense and mind, why should god be connected with water, if mind itself can exist without a body ?

8 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

Π. ANAXIMANDROS.

AnaximanpRos of Miletos was a companion or pupil

of Thales. According to Apollodoros he was born in

the second or third year of the forty-second Olympiad

(611-610 Β.ο.). Of his life little is known ; Zeller infers

from the statement of Aelian (7). H. iii. 17) to the effect

that he led the Milesian colony into Apollonia, that he

was 8 man of influence in Miletos. He was a student

of geography and astronomy ; and various inventions,

such as the sundial, are attributed to him. His book,

which was referred to as the first philosophical treatise

in Greece, may not have received the title “περὶ

φύσεως ᾿ until after his death. It soon became rare, and Simplicius does not seem to have had access to it.

Literature: Schleiermacher, Abh. d. Berl. Akad. 1815 ;

. Phil. ii. 171; Krische, Forschungen, pp. 42-

62; Teichmiiller, Studien, pp. 1-70, «646-086;

Biisgen, Das ἄπειρον Anax. Wiesbaden 1867;

Liitze, Das ἅπειρον Anaz. Leipz. 1878; J. Neu-

hauser, De Anaz. Meles. Bonn 1879, and in more

complete form, Bonn 1888; Tannery, Rev. Phil.

v. (1882); Natorp, Phtl. Monatshefte, 1884 ;

ο... f.d. Gesch. d. Philos. viii. 448 ff. ; Diels, toed. x. (1897) 228 ff.

(a) Fra@Ments oF ANAXIMANDROS.

1. Arist. Phys. iii. 4; 208 b 19 ff. The words ἀθάνατον γὰρ καὶ ἀνώλεθρον and by some the words περιέχει»

ANAXIMANDROS 9

2. In Simpl. Phys. 6 r (24, 19); Dox. 476, it is generally agreed that the following phrase is from Anaxi- mandros: κατὰ τὸ χρεών’. διδόναι γὰρ αὐτὰ ἀλλήλοις τίσιν καὶ δίκην τῆς ἀδικίας.ὶ

Translation.—1. ‘Immortal and indestructible,’ ‘surrounds all and directs all.’ 2. ‘(To that they return when they are destroyed) of necessity; for he says that they suffer punishment and give satisfaction to one another for injustice.’

(6) PassaGEsS RELATING TO ANAXIMANDROS IN ARISTOTLE.

Arist. Phys. 1.4; 187a12. For some who hold that the real, the underlying substance, is a unity, either one of the three [elements] or something else that is . denser than fire and more rarefied than air, teach that other things are generated by condensation and rare- faction. . . . 20. And others believe that existing Opposites are separated from the unity, as Anaximandros says, and those also who say that unity and multiplicity exist, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras; for these separate other things from the mixture [μῖγμα |."

Phys. iii.4; 208 b7. There is no beginning of the infinite, for in that case it would havean end. But it is without beginning and indestructible, as being a sort of first principle; for it is necessary that whatever comes into existence should have an end, and there is a conclu- sion of all destruction. Wherefore as we say, there is no first principle of this [2.ο. the infinite], but it itself

' The fragment is discussed at length by Ziegler, Archiv f. d. Gesch.

d. Philos. i. (1883) p. 16 ff. 2 Cf. Theophrastos (Dox. 478) under Anaxagoras, infra.

10 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

seems to be the first principle of all other things and to surround all and to direct all, as they say who think that | there are no other causes besides the infinite (such as mind, or friendship), but that it itself is divine; for it is immortal and indestructible, as Anaximandros and most of the physicists say.

Simpl. Phys. 82 r; 150, 20. There is another method, according to which they do not attribute change to matter itself, nor do they suppose that generation takes place by a transformation of the underlying substance, but by separation; for the opposites existing in the substance which is infinite matter are separated, according to Anaximandros, who was the earliest thinker to call the underlying substance the first principle. And the opposites are heat and cold, dry and moist, and the rest.

And the opposites are heat and cold, dry and moist, and the rest.

Phys. iii. 5; 204 Ὦ 22. But it is not possible that infinite matter is one and simple; either, as some say, that if is something different from the elements, from which they are generated, or that it is absolutely one. For there are some who make the infinite of this character, but they do not consider it to be air or water, in order that other things may not be blotted out by the infinite; for these are mutually antagonistic to one another, inasmuch as air is cold, water is moist, and fire hot; if one of these were infinite, the rest would be at once blotted out; but now they say that the infinite is something different from these things, namely, that from which they come.

Phys. iii. 8; 208 a 8. In order that generation may actually occur, it is not necessary to prove that the infinite should actually be matter that sense can per- ceive; for it is possible that destruction of one thing is generation of another, provided the all is limited.

De Coelo iii. 5; 905 b11. For some say that there is Only one underlying substance; and of these some

ANAXIMANDROS 11

say that it is water, some that it is air, some that it is fire, and some that it is more rarefied than water and denser than air; and these last say that being infinite it surrounds all the heavens.

Meteor. 2; 855 a 21. It is natural that this very thing should be unintelligible to those who say that at first when the earth was moist and the universe including the earth was warmed by the sun, then air was formed and the whole heavens were dried, and this pro- duced the winds and made the heavens revolve.!

Metaph. xii. 2; 1069 b 18. So not only is it very properly admitted that all things are generated from not-being, but also that they all come from being :— potentially from being, actually from not-being ; and this is the unity of Anaxagoras (for this is better than to say that all things exist together [ὁμοῦ πάντα ]), and it is the mixture [μῖγμα] of Empedokles and Anaximandros.

Plut. Symp. viii. 7830 . Wherefore they (the Syrians) reverence the fish as of the same origin and the same family as man, holding a more reasonable philosophy than that of Anaximandros; for he declares, not that fishes and men were generated at the same time, but that at first men were gene- rated in the form of fishes, and that growing up as

sharks do till they were able to help themselves, they then came forth on the dry ground.

6 PasSaGES RELATING TO ANAXIMANDROS IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

(Theophrastos, Dox. 477) Simpl. Phys. Gr; 24, 26. Among those who say that the first principle is one and movable and infinite, is Anaximandros of Miletos, son of Praxiades, pupil and successor of Thales. He said that the first principle and element of all things is infinite, and he was the first to apply this word to

1 Cf. Theophrastos, Dow. 494, infra, p. 12.

12 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

He said that the first principle and element of all things is infinite, and he was the first to apply this word to

1 Cf. Theophrastos, Dow. 494, infra, p. 12.

12 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the first principle; and he says that it is neither water nor any other one of the things called elements, but the infinite is something of a different nature, from which came all the heavens and the worlds in them; and from what source things arise, to that they return of necessity when they are destroyed; for he says that they suffer punishment and give satisfaction ' to one another for injustice according to the order of time, putting it in rather poetical language. ‘ Evi- dently when he sees the four elements changing into one another, he does not deem it right to make any one of these the underlying substance, but something else besides them. And he does not think that things come into being by change in the nature of the element, but by the separation of the opposites which the eternal motion causes. On this account Aristotle compares him with Anaxagoras.

Simpl. Phys. 6 v; 27, 28; Dox. 478. The trans- lation is given under Anaxagoras, infra.

Alex. in Meteor. 91 r (vol. i. 268 Id.), Doz. 494. Some of the physicists say that the sea is what is left of the first moisture ; 3 for when the region about the earth was moist, the upper part of the moisture was evapo- rated by the sun, and from it came the winds and the revolutions of the sun and moon, since these made their revolutions by reason of the vapours and exhalations, and revolved in those regions where they found an abundance of them. What is left of this moisture in the hollow places is the sea; so it diminishes in quantity, being evaporated gradually by the sun, and finally it will be completely dried up. Theophrastos says that Anaximandros and Diogenes were of this opinion.

1 Archw f. ad. Geschichte d. Phil. i. p. 16 sqq. 2 Aet. ili. 16; Dow. 381.

ANAXIMANDROS 13

Theophrastos says that Anaximandros and Diogenes were of this opinion.

1 Archw f. ad. Geschichte d. Phil. i. p. 16 sqq. 2 Aet. ili. 16; Dow. 381.

ANAXIMANDROS 13

Hipp. Phil.6; Dox. 559. Anaximandros was a pupil of Thales. He was a Milesian, son of Praxiades. He said that the first principle of things is of the nature of the infinite, and from this the heavens and the worlds in them arise. And this (first principle) is eternal and does not grow old, and it surrounds all the worlds. He says of time that in it generation and being and destruction are determined. He said that the first principle and the element of beings is the infinite, a word which he was the earliest to apply to the first principle. Besides this, motion is eternal, and as a result of it the heavens arise. The earth is a heavenly body, controlled by no other power, and keeping its position because it is the same distance from all things; the form of it is curved, cylindrical like a stone column ;' it has two faces, one of these is the ground beneath our feet, and the other is opposite to it. The stars are a circle? of fire, separated from the fire about the world, and surrounded by air. There are certain breathing-holes like the holes of a flute through which we see the stars; so that when the holes are stopped up, there are eclipses. The moon is sometimes full and sometimes in other phases as these holes are stopped up or open. The circle of the sun is twenty-seven times that of the moon, and the sun is higher than the moon, but the circles of the fixed stars are lower.* Animals come into being through vapours raised by thesun. Man, however, came into being from another animal, namely the fish, for at first he was like a fish. Winds are due to a separation of the lightest vapours and the motion of the masses of these vapours ; and moisture comes from

1 Aet. iii. 10; Dow. 876. Cf. Plut. Strom. 2; Dow. 579.

3 Κύκλος, the circle or wheel in which the stars are set, and in which they revolve. The circle of the moon is farther from the earth, and last comes the circle of the sun.

5 Cf. Aet. ii. 15-25, mfra.

14 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the vapour raised by the sun! from them;? and lightning occurs when a wind falls upon clouds and separates them. Anaximandros was born in the third year of the forty-second Olympiad.

5 Cf. Aet. ii. 15-25, mfra.

14 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the vapour raised by the sun! from them;? and lightning occurs when a wind falls upon clouds and separates them. Anaximandros was born in the third year of the forty-second Olympiad.

Plut. Strom. 2; Dox. 579. Anaximandros, the com- panion of Thales, says that the infinite is the sole cause of all generation and destruction, and from it the heavens were separated, and similarly all the worlds, which are infinite in number. And he declared that destruction and, far earlier, generation have taken place since an indefinite time, since all things are in- volved in a cycle. He says that the earth is a cylinder in form, and that its depth is one-third of its breadth. And he says that at the beginning of this world something [τι Diels] productive of heat and cold from the eternal being was separated therefrom, and a sort.of sphere of this flame surrounded the air about the earth, as bark surrounds a tree; then this sphere was broken . into parts and defined into distinct circles, and thus arose the sun and the moon and the stars. Farther he says that at the beginning man was generated from all sorts of animals, since all the rest can quickly get food for themselves, but man alone requires careful feeding for a long time; such a being at the beginning. could not have preserved his existence. Such is the teaching of Anaximandros.

Herm. I. G. P.10; Dox. 658. His compatriot Anaxi- mandros says that the first principle is older than water and is eternal motion; in this all things come into being, and all things perish.

Aet. Plac. 1.8; Dox. 277. Anaximandros of Miletos, son of Praxiades, says that the first principle of things is the infinite; for from this all things come, and all

1 Λο. ili. 6; Dow. 374. 2 Of. Aet. iii: 3; Dow. 367.

ANAXIMANDROS 15

Aet. Plac. 1.8; Dox. 277. Anaximandros of Miletos, son of Praxiades, says that the first principle of things is the infinite; for from this all things come, and all

1 Λο. ili. 6; Dow. 374. 2 Of. Aet. iii: 3; Dow. 367.

ANAXIMANDROS 15

things perish and return to this.! Accordingly, an infinite number of worlds have been generated and have perished again and returned to their source. So he calls it infinite, in order that the generation which takes place may not lessen it. But he fails to say what the infinite is, whether it is air or water or earth or some other thing. He fails to show what matter is, and simply calls it the active cause. For the infinite is nothing else but matter ; and matter cannot be energy, unless an active agent is its substance. 7; 302. Anaxi- mandros declared that the infinite heavens are gods. Aet. ii. 1; Dox. 827. Amnaximandros (et al.): Infinite worlds exist in the infinite in every cycle; Dox. 829, and these worlds are equally distant from each other. 4; 881. The world is perishable. 11; 840. Anaximandros: The heavens arise from a mixture of heat and cold. 18; 842. The stars are wheel-shaped masses of air, full of fire, breathing out flames from pores in different’ parts. 15; 845. Anaximandros et al.: The sun has the highest posi- tion of all, the moon is next in order, and beneath it are the fixed stars and the planets. 16; 9465. The stars are carried on by the circles and the spheres in which each one moves. 20; 848. Thecirele of the sun is twenty-eight times as large as the earth, like a chariot wheel, having a hollow centre and this full of. fire, shining in every part, and sending out fire through a narrow opening like the air from a flute. 21; 961. The sun is equal in size to the earth, but the circle from which it sends forth its exhalations, and by which it is borne through the heavens, is twenty-seven times as large as the earth. 24; 854. An eclipse takes place when the outlet for the fiery exhalations is closed. 25; 855. The circle of the moon is nineteen times as large 1 Epiphan. iii. 2; Dow. 589.

16 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

as the earth, and like the circle of the sun is full of fire; and eclipses are due to the revolutions of the wheel ; for it is like a chariot wheel, hollow inside, and the centre of it is full of fire, but there is only one exit for the fire. 28; 858. The moon shines by its own light. 29; 859. The moon is eclipsed when the hole in the wheel is stopped.

Aet. 11. 8; Dox. 867. Anaximandros said that lightning is due to wind; for when it is surrounded and pressed together by a thick cloud and so driven out by reason of its lightness and rarefaction, then the break- ing makes a noise, while the separation makes a rift of brightness in the darkness of the cloud.

Aet. iv. 8; Dox. 887. Anaximandros et al.:. The soul is like air in its nature.

Aet. iv. 8; Dox. 887. Anaximandros et al.:. The soul is like air in its nature.

Aet. v. 19; Doz. 480. Anaximandros said that the first animals were generated in the moisture, and were covered with a prickly skin; and as they grew older, they became drier, and after the skin broke off from them, they lived for a little while.

Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 10; Dox. 581. It was the opinion of Anaximandros that gods have a beginning, at long intervals rising and setting, and that they are the innumerable worlds. But who of us can think of god except as immortal ?

17

ΠΠ. ANAXIMENES.

Anaximenss of Miletos, son of Eurystratos, was the pupil or companion of Anaximandros. According to Apollodoros, quoted by Diogenes, he was born in the sixty-third Olympiad (528-524 Β.ο.). Diels! has, how- ever, made it seem probable that this date refers to his prime of life, rather than to his birth. Of his life

nothing is known. Literature: Krische, Forschungen, 1. 52-57; Teich- miiller, Studien, 71-104; Revue Phil. 1888, p. 6 ff.;

Archw f.d. Geschichte d. Phil. i. pp. 815 ff. and pp. 582 ff.

(a2) FRAGMENT ACCREDITED TO ANAXIMENES.

Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs, Livre i., Paris 1887, p. 88, ll. 7-10, Olympiodoros. µίαν δὲ κινουµένην ἄπειρον ἀρχὴν πάντων τῶν ὄντων ἐδόξαζεν ᾽Αναξιμένης τὸν ἀέρα. λέγει γὰρ οὕτωξ' ἐγγύς ἐστιν ὁ ἀὴρ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου' καὶ ὅτι Kat’ ἔκροιαν τούτου γινόµεθα, ἀνάγκη αὐτὸν καὶ ἄπειρον εἶναι καὶ πλούσιον διὰ τὸ µηδέποτε ἐκλείπειν.

Translation—Anaximenes arrived at the conclusion that air is the one, movable, infinite, first principle of all things. For he speaks as follows: Air is the nearest to an immaterial thing; for since we are generated in

! Rhein. Mus. xxxi. 27.

18 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the flow of air, it is necessary that it should be infinite and abundant, because it is never exhausted.'

(b) PassaGES RELATING TO ANAXIMENES IN ARISTOTLE, &c.

Arist. Meteor. Π. 1; 854 a 28. Most of the earlier students of the heavenly bodies believed that the sun did not go underneath the earth, but rather around the earth and this region, and that it disappeared from view . and produced night, because the earth was so high toward the north.

Simpl. de Coelo 278 b 45; Schol. Arist. 514a 28. He regarded the first principle as unlimited, but not as undefined, for he called it air, thinking that air had a sufficient adaptability to change.

Simpl. Phys. 82 r 149, 82. Of this one writer alone, Theophrastos, in his account of the Physicists, uses the words µάνωσις and πύκνωσις of texture. The rest, of course, spoke of µανότης and πυκνότης.

Simpl. Phys. 257v. Some say that the universe always existed, not that it has always been the same, but rather that it successively changes its character

in certain periods of time; as, for instance, Anaxi- menes and Herakleitos and Diogenes.

Arist. de Coelo ii. 18; 29418. Anaximenes and > Anaxagoras and Demokritos say that the breadth of the earth is the reason why it remains where it is.

Arist. de Coelo ii. 18; 29418. Anaximenes and > Anaxagoras and Demokritos say that the breadth of the earth is the reason why it remains where it is.

Arist. Meteor. ii. 7; 865 (a 17),b 6. Anaximenes says that the earth was wet, and when it dried it broke apart, and that earthquakes are due to the breaking and falling of hills; accordingly earthquakes occur in droughts, and in rainy seasons also; they occur in drought, as has been said, because the earth dries and breaks apart, and it also crumbles when it is wet through with waters.

Arist. Metaph. 1.3; 984a5. Anaximenes regarded air as the first principle.

' For a discussion of the above fragment, v. Archiv f. d. Geschichte d. Phil. 1. 315.

ANAXIMENES 19

Plut. Prim. Frig. vii. 8, p. 947. According to Anaxi- menes, the early philosopher, we should not neglect either cold or heat in being but should regard them as common experiences of matter which are inci- dent to its changes. He says that the compressed and the condensed state of matter is cold, while the rarefied and relaxed (a word he himself uses) state of it is heat. Whence he says it is not strange that men breathe hot and cold out of the mouth ; for the breath is cooled as it is compressed and. condensed by the lips, but when the mouth is

relaxed, it comes out warm by reason of its rare- faction.

(ο) PassaGES RELATING TO ANAXIMENES IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

Theophrastos; Simpl. Phys. 6r 24, 26; Doz. 476. Anaximenes of Miletos, son of Eurystratos, a companion of Anaximandros, agrees with him that the essential nature of things is one and infinite, but he regards it as not indeterminate but rather determinate, and calls it air; the air differs in rarity and in density as the nature of things is different; when very attenuated it becomes fire, when more condensed wind, and then cloud, and when still more condensed water and earth and stone, and all other things are composed of these; and he regards motion as eternal, and by this changes are produced.!

‘. Hipp. Philos. 7; Dox. 560. Anaximenes, himself a Milesian, son of EKurystratos, said that infinite air is the first principle,’ from which arise the things that have come and are coming into existence, and the things that will be, and gods and divine beings, while other things are pro- duced from these. And the form of air is as follows :— When it is of a very even consistency, it is imperceptible to vision, but it becomes evident as the result of cold or

' Cf. Arist. Phys. i. 4; and de Coelo iii. 5. ΣΥ. Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 3; Doz. 589.

20 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

And the form of air is as follows :— When it is of a very even consistency, it is imperceptible to vision, but it becomes evident as the result of cold or

' Cf. Arist. Phys. i. 4; and de Coelo iii. 5. ΣΥ. Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 3; Doz. 589.

20 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

heat or moisture, or when it is moved. It is always in motion; for things would not change as they do unless it were in motion. It has a different appearance when it is made more dense or thinner ; when it is expanded into a thinner state it becomes fire, and again winds are condensed air, and air becomes cloud by compression, and water when it is compressed farther, and earth and finally stones as it is more condensed. So that genera- tion is controlled by the opposites, heat and cold. And the broad earth is supported on air;! similarly the sun and the moon and all the rest of the stars, being fiery bodies,? are supported on the air by their breadth. And stars are made of earth, since exhalations arise from this, and these being attenuated become fire, and of this fire when it is raised to the heaven the stars are con- stituted. There are also bodies of an earthy nature ‘ in the place occupied by the stars, and carried along with them in their motion. He says that the stars do not move under the earth, as others have supposed, but around the earth,® just as a cap is moved about the head. And the sun is hidden not by going underneath the earth, but because it is covered by some of the higher parts of the earth, and because of its greater distance from us. The stars do not give forth heat because they are so far away. Winds are produced when the air that has been attenuated is set in motion; and when it comes together and is yet farther condensed, clouds are produced, and so it changes into water. And hail is formed when the water descending from the clouds is frozen; and snow, when these being yet more filled with moisture ~ become frozen ; ® and lightning, when clouds are separated by violence of the winds ; for when they are separated,

' Aet. iii. 15; Dow. 380. ? Aet.ii. 13; 342; ii.20; 348; ii. 25; 356. 3 Aet. ii. 225 352. 4 Αοῦι ii. 13; 949. ὅ Aet. ii. 16 ; 346. . 5 Aet. iii. 4; 370.

ANAXIMENES 21

the flash is bright and like fire.' And a rainbow is pro- duced when the sun’s rays fall on compressed air ;? and earthquakes are produced when the earth is changed yet more by heating and cooling.? Such are the opinions of Anaximenes. And he flourished about the first year of the fifty-eighth Olympiad.

and earthquakes are produced when the earth is changed yet more by heating and cooling.? Such are the opinions of Anaximenes. And he flourished about the first year of the fifty-eighth Olympiad.

Plut. Strom. 8; Dox. 579. Anaximenes says that air is the first principle of all things, and that it is infinite in quantity but is defined by its qualities; and all things are generated by a certain condensation or rarefaction of it. Motion also exists from eternity. And by compres- sion of the air the earth was formed, and it is very broad ; accordingly he says that this rests on air; and the sun and the moon and the rest of the stars were formed from earth. He declared that the sun is earth because of its swift motion, and it has the proper amount of heat.

Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 10; Doz. 581. Afterwards Anaximenes said that air is god,‘ [and that it arose] and that it is boundless and infinite and always in motion; just as though air without any form could be god, when it is very necessary that god should be not only of some form, but of the most beautiful form ; or as though everything which comes into being were not thereby subject to death.

Aet.i. 8; Dox. 278. Anaximenes of Miletos, son of Eu- rystratos, declared that air is the first principle of things, for from this all things arise and into this they are all resolved again. As our soul which is air, he says, holds us together, so wind [1e. breath, πνεῦμα] and air encompass the whole world. He uses these words ‘air’ and ‘wind’ synonymously. He is mistaken in thinking that animals are composed of simple homo-

' Aet. 11.5: 368. 2 Aet. 11. ὅ: 373.

* Cf. il iii. 15 ; 379 imfra and Arist. Meteor. ii. 7, supra. 4 Aet. i. 7; 302.

22 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

geneous air and wind; for it is impossible that one first principle should constitute the substance of things, but an active cause is also necessary ; just as silver alone is not enough to become coin, but there is need of an active cause, 6.6. a coi-maker; [so there is need of copper and wood and other substances].

Aet. 11. 1; 827. Anaximenes et al.: Infinite worlds exist in the infinite in every cycle. 4; 831. The world is perishable. 11; 839. The sky is the revolving vault most distant from the earth. 14; 344. The stars are fixed like nailheads in the crystalline (vault). 19; 847. The stars shine for none of these reasons, but solely by the light of the sun. 22; 962. The sun is broad [like a leaf]. 28; 852. The stars revolve, being pushed by condensed resisting air.

Aet. 11.10; 877. The form of the earth is like a table. 15; 879. The dryness of the air, due to drought, and its wetness, due to rainstorms, are the causes of earthquakes.

Aet. iv. 8; 887. Anaximenes et al.: The soul is like air in its nature.

23

IV. HERAKLEITOS.

Aet. 11.10; 877. The form of the earth is like a table. 15; 879. The dryness of the air, due to drought, and its wetness, due to rainstorms, are the causes of earthquakes.

Aet. iv. 8; 887. Anaximenes et al.: The soul is like air in its nature.

23

IV. HERAKLEITOS.

Accorpine to Apollodoros, Herakleitos son of Blyson flourished in the sixty-ninth Olympiad (504-501 Ε.ο.). An attempt to fix the date from his reference to the expul- sion from Ephesos of his friend Hermodoros (Frag. 114) has resulted in a somewhat later date, though it is by no means impossible that Hermodoros was expelled during Persian rule in the city. Beyond the fact that Herakleitos lived in Ephesos we know nothing of his life; of the many stories related about him most can be proved false, and there is no reason for crediting the remainder His philosophic position is clear, however, since he refers to Pythagoras and Xenophanes (Fr. 16-17), and Parmenides (Vss. 46 sqq.) seems to refer to him. His book is said to have been divided into three parts :— (1) Concerning the All; (2) Political; (8) Theological Even in antiquity he was surnamed the ‘dark’ or the ‘ obscure.’

Literature: Schleiermacher, Op. Phil. ii. 1-146; Ber- nays, Ges. Abhandl. i.; Lassalle, Die Philosophie Herakleitos des dunklen, Berl. 1858; P. Schuster, ‘ Heraklit von Ephesos,’ in Act. soc. phil. Lips. 1878, 111 ; Teichmiiller, Newe Studien zur Gesch. d. Begriffe, Gotha 1876-1878; Bywater, Heracl. Eph. Reliquiae, Oxford 1877; Gomperz, ‘Zu Herakl. Lehre,’ Sztz. d. Wren. Ak. 1886, p. 977 ff. ; Patin, Herakl. Einhettslehre, Leipzig 1886, ‘ Quel- lenstudien zu Herakht,’in Festschrifé f. L. Urlichs, 1880, Herakleitische Beispiele, Progr. Neuburg, 1892-1898 ; EK. Pfleiderer, Die Philosophie des He- raklits wm Lichte der Mysterienidee, Berlin 1886 ; also Rhein. Mus. xlii. 158 ff.; JBB. f. protest. Theol. xiv.177 ff.; E. Wambier, Studia Heraclitea, Diss. Berlin 1891.

24 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

(a) FRaGMENTS oF HERAKLEITOS.

1. οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου ἀκούσαντας ὁμολογέειν σοφὀν ἐστι, ἓν πάντα εἶναι.

2. τοῦ δὲ λόγου τοῦδ' ἐόντον αἰεὶ ἀξύνετοι γίνονται ἄνθρωποι καὶ πρόὀσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντεν τὸ πρῶτον. «γινοµένων γὰρ πάντων κατὰ τὸν λόγον τόνδε ἀπείροισι ἑοίκασι πειρώμενοι Kal ἐπέων καὶ ἔργων τοιου- " τέων ὁκοίων ἐγὼ διηγεῦμαι, διαιρέων ἕκαστον κατὰ φύσιν καὶ φράζων ὅκως ἔχει. τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους λαν- θάνει ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ποιέουσι, ὅκωσπερ ὁκόσα εὔδοντες ἐπιλανθάνονται.

3. ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖσι ἐοίκασι: φάτις αὐτοῖσι µαρτυρέει παρεόντας ἀπεῖναυ.

4. κακοὶ μάρτυρες ἀνθρώποισι ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ ora, βαρβάρους ψυχὰς ἐχόντων. |

5. οὐ φρονέουσι τοιαῦτα πολλοὶ ὁκόσοισι ἐγκυρέουσι οὐδὲ µαθόντες γινώσκουσι, ἑωυτοῖσι δὲ δοκέουσι.

6. ἀκοῦσαι οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι οὐδ εἰπεῖν.

Sources and Critical Notes.

1. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9 (of. Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88). λόγου Bernays, δόγµατος MS., Bgk.: εἶναι Miller, εἰδέναι MS., Bern. Bgk.

6. ἀκοῦσαι οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι οὐδ εἰπεῖν.

Sources and Critical Notes.

1. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9 (of. Philo, Leg. all. iii. 3, p. 88). λόγου Bernays, δόγµατος MS., Bgk.: εἶναι Miller, εἰδέναι MS., Bern. Bgk.

2. Sext. Emp. adv. math. vii. 132; (except last clause) Hipp. Ref. haer. ix.9. In part: Arist. Rhet. iii. 5, 1407 b 14; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 716 (=Euseb. P. E. xiii. 13, p. 680) ; Amelius in Euseb. P. E. xi. 19, p. 540, (and elsewhere). Cf. Philo, Quis rer. div. haer. 48, p. 505 ; Joh. Sic. in Walz, Rhett. Gr. vi. p. 95.

τοῦ δέοντος vulg. except Sext. Emp. : ξετοὶ (for ἀξύνετοι) MS. Hipp. : ἀπείροισι Bern., ἄπειροι εἰσὶν Hipp., ἄπειροι Sext. Emp.

3. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 18, p. 681); Theod. Ther. i. 13, 49: ἀπιέναι MS. Clem. 4. Sext. Emp. adv. math. viii. 126; Stob. Flor. iv. 56; of. Diog. Laer. ix. 7. 5. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 2, p. 432; ef. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. ὁκόσοις Gataker, ὁκόσοι vulg.: ἐγκυρέουσι Schuster, ἐγκυρσεύουσιν vulg. ae 6. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 5, p. 449.

HERAKLEITOS 25

TRANSLATION.

1. Not on my authority, but on that of truth, it is wise for you to accept the fact that all things are one.

Hippolytos quotes this with Fragment 45, to show that

Herakleitos taught the underlying unity of all

things. On the word λόγος (meaning both discourse

and the truth the discourse contains), v. Zeller, i. 680, n. 1.

2. This truth, though it always exists, men do not understand, as well before they hear it as when they hear | it for the first time. For although all things happen in accordance with this truth, men seem unskilled indeed when they make trial of words and matters such as I am setting forth, in my effort to discriminate each thing ac- cording to its nature, and to tell what its state is. But other men fail to notice what they do when awake, in the same manner that they forget what they do when asleep.

Hippolytos quotes this passage with reference to a universal all-pervading reason.

8. Those who hear without the power to understand are like deaf men ; the proverb holds true of them—‘ Pre- sent, they are absent.’

Quoted by Clement in illustration of Ev. Luc. xiv. 35. 4. Eyes and ears are bad witnesses for men, since their souls lack understanding.

Sextus Emp. interprets this as meaning ‘rude souls trust the irrational senses.’ Cf. Zeller, i. 716, n. 5. 5. Most men do not understand such things as they are wont to meet with; nor by learning do they come to know them, though they think they do. 6. They know not how to listen, nor how to speak.

Clement compares this with /Eccles. vi. 35.

26 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Τ. ἐὰν μὴ ἔλπηαι, ἀνέλπιστον οὐκ ἐξευρήσει, ἄνεξε- ρεύνητον ἐὸν καὶ ἅπορον.

8. χρυσὸν οἱ διζήµενοι γῆν πολλὴν ὀρύσσουσι Kat εὑρίσκουσι ὀλύγον.

Ὁ. ἀγχιβασίην.

10. φύσις κρύπτεσθαι φιλεῖ.

8. χρυσὸν οἱ διζήµενοι γῆν πολλὴν ὀρύσσουσι Kat εὑρίσκουσι ὀλύγον.

Ὁ. ἀγχιβασίην.

10. φύσις κρύπτεσθαι φιλεῖ.

11. ὁ ἄναξ [οὗ τὸ μαντεῖὀν ἐστι τὸ] ἐν Δελφοῖς οὔτε λέγει οὔτε κρύπτει, ἀλλὰ σηµαίνει.

12. σίβυλλα δὲ μαινομᾶνφ στόµατι ἀγέλαστα καὶ

ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ ἀμύριστα Φθεγηοµένη χιλίων ἐτέων ἐξικνέεται τῇ φωνῇ διὰ τὸν θεὸν.

19. ὅσων dis axon µάθησις, ταῦτα ἐγὼ προτιµέω.

14. ἀπίστους ἀμφισβητουμένων παρεχόµενοι βε- Ααιωτά».

15. ὀφθαλμοὶ τῶν ὥτων ἀκριβέστεροι µάρτυρε».

7. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 4, p. 437; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 51.

ἔλπησθε Steph., ἔλπηαι Byw. Schus.: ἐξευρήσετε Steph., édfev- phoes Schus. On punctuation v. Gomperz, Archiv f. d. G. d. Phil. i. 100. 8. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 2, p. 565; Theod. Ther. i. p. 15, 52. 9. Suidas, under ἀμφισβατεῖν and ἀγχιβατεῖν. 10. Themist. Or. v. p. 69 (xii. p. 159). Cf. Philo, Qu. in gen. iv. 1

p. 237, de profug. 82, p. 578, de somn. i. 2, p. 621, de spec. legg. 8, p. 844; Julian, Or. vii. p. 216 ο.

11. Plut. de pyth. orac. 21, p. 404 £; Stob. Flor. v. 72, Ixxxi. 17; Iambl. de myst. iii. 15. Cf. Lucian, vit. auct. 14.

τὸ μαντεῖον appears only in Plutarch, and should probably be omitted.

12. Plut.de pyth. or. 6, Ῥ. 9897 Α. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 16, p. 358 ; Iambl. de myst. iii. 8; Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. viii.

13. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. MS. ὅσον, corr. Miller.

14. Polyb. iv. 40. 15. Polyb. xii. 27; cf. Hdt. i.

HERAKLEITOS 27

7. If you do not hope, you will not find that which is not hoped for; since it is difficult to discover and impossible to attain.

Clement compares this with Isaias vii. 9. With Gom- perz’s punctuation : ‘ Unless you expect the unex- pected, you will not find truth ; for, &c.’

8. Seekers for gold dig much earth, and find little gold.

9. Controversy.

10. Nature loves to hide.

‘So we worship the creator of nature, because the | knowledge of him is difficult.’

11. The Lord [whose is the oracle] at Delphi neither speaks nor conceals, but gives a sign.

12. And the Sibyl with raving mouth, uttering words solemn, unadorned, and unsweetened, reaches with her voice a thousand years because of the god in her.

Quoted by Plutarch to show that allurements of sense are out of place in the holy responses of the god. Both this fragment and the preceding seem origi- nally to have referred to the nature of Herakleitos’s teaching ; it is obscure, and yet divine.

18. What can be seen, heard, and learned, this I prize.

Hippolytos contrasts this with Fr. 47, and in this con- nection the translation of Schuster, ‘Am I to prize these (invisible) things above what can be seen,. heard, learned ?’ seems the more natural.

14. (For this is characteristic of the present age, when, inasmuch as all lands and seas may be crossed by man, it would no longer be fitting to depend on the witness of poets and mythographers, as our ancestors generally did), ‘bringing forth untrustworthy witnesses to: confirm disputed points,’ in the words of Herakleitos.

15. Eyes are more exact witnesses than ears.

Cf. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 261 sqq.

28 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

16. πολυμαθίη νόον ἔχειν οὐ διδάσκει. 'Ἡσίοδον γὰρ av ἐδίδαξε καὶ Ἰυθαγόρην αὗτίς τε Ἐενοφάνεα καὶ "Ἑκαταῖον.

17. Ἡνυθαγόρης Μνησάρχου ἱστορίην ἤσκησε ἀνθρώ- / / : , ,

Tov μάλιστα πάντων καὶ [ἐκλεξάμενος ταύτας τὰς Ν / ς le) 4 / συγγραφὰν] ἐποίησε ἑωυτοῦ σοφίην, πολυµαθίην, κακο-

τεχνίην. 18. ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα ovdels ἀφικνέεται és τοῦτο, ὥστε γινώσκειν ὅτι σοφὀν ἐστι πάντων κεχωρισµένον.

19. ἓν τὸ σοφόν, [ἐπίστασθαι γνώµην ᾗ κυβερνᾶται πάντα διὰ πάντων]. (06) λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐθέλει Znvos οὔνομα.

ο 90. κόσμον «τόνδε » τὸν αὐτὸν ἁπάντων οὔτε Tis θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησε, ἀλλ) ἦν αὐεὶ καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται wip ἀείζωον, ἁπτόμενον µέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον µέτρα.

16. Diog. Laer. ix. 1. First part: Απ]. Gell. N. A. praef. 12; Clem. Al. Strom. i. 19, p. 373: Athen. xiii. p. 610 5: Julian, Or. vi. p. 187 p; Proklos in Tim. 91 Fr.

πολυµαθῆ MSS. Clem. Athen.

17. Diog. Laer. viii. 6. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. i. 21, p. 396.

Schleiermacher omits ἐκλεξάμενος τ. τ. συγγραφὰς: Vulg. ἐποιήσατο ἑαυτοῦ, the text is from Laurent. ed. Οουοί; Casaubon Καλο- τεχνίην.

18. Βίου. Flor. iii. 81. 19. Laer. Diog. ix. 1; Plut. ἆε 19. 77, p. 9826. Cf. Kleanthes, H. Z. -86; Pseudo-Linos, 19, Mul. Byw. 65; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718

(Euseb. P. E. xiii. 18, p. 681); Of. Bernays, Rhein. Mus. ix. 256. The fragments are combined by Gomperz, Ἱ. ο.

hire οἱ ἐγκυβερνήσει Diog. Laer., τοῦ φρονοῦντος ᾧ κυβερνᾶται τὸ σύμπαν, Plut., γνώμης ᾗ . . . πάντα κυβερνᾷς. Kleanth.

20. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 711 (Euseb. P. £. xiii. 18, p. 676).

First clause: Plut. de anim. procr. 5, p.10144. Last clause; Sim. in

Arist. de coelo, p. 132, Kars.; Olympiod. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201, Fine Bywater traces the thought through writers of Stoical school.

µέτρφ Euseb. ed. Steph. p. 132.

HERAKLEITOS 29

16. Much learning does not teach one to have understanding ; else it would have taught Hesiod, and Pythagoras, and again Xenophanes, and Hekataios.

17. Pythagoras, son of Mnesarchos, prosecuted in- vestigations more than any other man, and [selecting these treatises] he made a wisdom of his own—much learning and bad art.

18. No one of all whose discourses I have heard has arrived‘at this result: the recognition that wisdom is apart from all other things.

V. Teichmiiller, i. 109 ff. on the idea of katharsis in Herakleitos.

19. Wisdom is one thing: [to understand the intel- ligence by which all things are steered through all things]; it is willing and it is unwilling to be called by the name Zeus.

The first two clauses follow Fr. 16 in Diog. Laer.; - the idea in parenthesis often appears in Stoic writers. 9

20. This order, the same for all things, no one of gods or men has made, but it always was, and is, and ever shall be, an ever-living fire, kindling according to fixed measure, and extinguished according to fixed measure.

Laer.; - the idea in parenthesis often appears in Stoic writers. 9

20. This order, the same for all things, no one of gods or men has made, but it always was, and is, and ever shall be, an ever-living fire, kindling according to fixed measure, and extinguished according to fixed measure.

Zeller, i. 645 n. 1, discusses the various interpretations, and prefers to translate the first phrase ‘ This world, the same for all,’ 7.¢e. including gods and men.

90 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

21. πυρὸς τροπαὶ πρῶτον θάλασσα". θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὸ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ.

22. πυρὸς ἀνταμείβεται πάντα καὶ wip ἁπάντων, ὥσπερ χρυσοῦ χρήματα καὶ χρημάτων χρυσό».

99. θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ µετρέεται és τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι Ἰγῆ].

24. χρησμοσύνη . . . Kopos.

25. ζῆ wip τὸν γῆς θάνατον, καὶ anp Sy τὸν πυρὸς θάνατον ὕδωρ ζῃ τὸν ἀέρος θάνατον, yh τὸν ὕδατον.

26. πάντα τὸ Tip ἐπελθὸν κρινέει καὶ καταλήψεται. 27. τὸ μὴ δῦνόν ποτε πῶς ἄν τι» λάθοι ;

28. τὰ δὲ πάντα οἰακίζει κεραυνό».

21. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. E. xiii. 18, p. 676). Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. vi. 17.

nip τροπὰς Kus. D, πυρὸς τροπὰς Eus. F G, ed. Steph.: θάλασσα Eus. F. ; elsewhere θαλάσσης.

22. Plut. de ΕΙ 8, p. 3888; cf. Philo, de incor. mun. 21, p. 508; Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Herakl. alleg. Hom. 48; Euseb. P. E. xiv. 3, p. 720 &c.

Probably only the word ἀμείβομαι comes from Herakleitos; cf. the two forms of Fr. 31 in Plutarch. φ

28. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 712 (Euseb. P. 5. xiii. 18, p. 676). Euseb. omits 77, Schuster reads γῆν: πρόσθεν Eus., πρῶτον Clem.

24. Philo, Leg. all. iii. 8, p. 88, de vict. 6, p. 242; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plut. de EI 9, p. 889 ο.

25. Maxim. Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489. Cf. M. Antoninus, iv. 46. Plut. de ΕΙ 18, p. 892 ο (Eus. P. #. xi. 11, p. 528) and de prim. frig. 10, p. 949 a, gives simply πυρὸς θάνατος ἀέρος Ὑένεσις.

26. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. 27. Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 10, p. 229. τις, τινα Schleierm., τι Gataker.

28. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Of. Klean. H. Z. 10. Philodem. de piet. p. 70, Gomp. |

HERAKLEITOS 3)

91, The transformations of fire are, first of all, sea ; and of the sea one half is earth, and the other half is lightning flash. ᾿

Zeller, i. 647 n. 1, regards πρηστήρ as identical with

κεραυνός of Fr. 28. Burnett, Karly Greek Philo- sophy, p. 158 n. 58, suggests fiery stormcloud,

Seneca’s igneus turbo.

22. All things are exchanged for fire, and fire for all things ; as wares are exchanged for gold, and gold for wares. .

29. (The earth) 1s poured out as sea, and measures the same amount as existed before it became earth.

V. Lassalle, ii. 68; Heinze, Logos, p. 25; Schuster, p. 129; Zeller, 1. 690 n. 1.

24. Want and satiety.

Context: Fire is intelligent and the governing cause ofallthings. Herakleitos calls it want and satiety. In his opinion want is the process of arrangement, and satiety the process of conflagration.

68; Heinze, Logos, p. 25; Schuster, p. 129; Zeller, 1. 690 n. 1.

24. Want and satiety.

Context: Fire is intelligent and the governing cause ofallthings. Herakleitos calls it want and satiety. In his opinion want is the process of arrangement, and satiety the process of conflagration.

25. Fire lives in the death of earth, and air lives in the death of fire; water lives in the death of air, and earth in that of water.

Not accepted by Zeller, i. 676, who regards it ‘as a Stoic version of Fr. 68.

26. Fire coming upon all things will test them, and

lay hold of them.

Burnett suggests that the reference to a judgment

(κρινέει) was inserted by Hippolytos to obtain the Christian idea of a judgment.

27. How could one escape the notice of that which never sets ?

Cf. Schuster, p. 184; Zeller, i. 649 n. 2; Teichmiiller, 1. 184.

28. The thunderbolt directs the course of all things. — Cf. Fr. 19. .

82 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

29. ἥλιος οὐχ ὑπερβήσεται µέτρα: εἶ δὲ µή, Ἐρινύες µιν δίκη» ἐπίκουροι ἐξευρήσουσι.

80. ἠοῦς καὶ ἑσπέρης τέρματα ἡ ἄρκτος, καὶ ἀντίον Ths ἄρκτου ovpos αἰθρίου Διός.

81. ef μὴ ἥλιος ἦν, εὐφρόνη ἂν ἦν.

82. νέος ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρῃ ἥλιος.

84." dpa: πάντα φέρουσι.

85. διδάσκαλος 82 πλείστων 'Ἡσίοδος: τοῦτον ἐπί- στανται πλεῖστα εἰδέναι, ὅστις ἡμέρην καὶ εὐφρόνην οὐκ ἑγίνωσκε' ἔστι γὰρ ἕν.

86. 6 θεὸς ἡμέρη εὐφρόνη, χειμὼν θέρος, πόλεμος εἰρήνη, Kopos λιμός. ἀλλοιοῦται δὲ ὅκωσπερ ὑκόταν συµ- μιγῇ «θύωμα 2 θυώμασι" ὀνομάζεται καθ’ ἡδονὴν ἑκάστου.

99. Plut. de exil. 11, p.604.; de Iside 48, p. 3105. Of. Hipp. Ref. λαού. vi. 26; Iambl. Prot. 21, p. 132.

Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. ix. reads πολλαὶ δίκης Ἐρινύες, auaprnudrwy φύλακες: Plut. 370 p reads λανθάνειν φησὶ τῇ πάντων Ὑενέσει καταρώµενον, ἐκ µάχης καὶ ἀντιπαθείας τὴν Ὑένεσιν ἑχόντων ; ἥλιον δὲ μὴ ὑπερβήσεσθαι τοὺτ προσήκοντος ὅρους. εἰ δὲ uh, γλώττας [κλῶθας, Hubman] µιν δίκης ἐπικούρους ἐξευρήσειν.

80. Strabo, i. 6, p. 9. Vulg. adds γὰρ after hots.

31. Plut. Ag. et ign. 7, p. 9574. Cf. Plut. de fort. 3, P. 98; Clem. Al. Prot. 11, p. 87; Somn. Scip. 1, 20.

80. Arist. Met. ii. 2, p..355a9; Alexander Aph. in Meé. 1. 1. 98 a; Olymp. in Met. 1.1.; Prokl. in Tim. p. 3348. Cf. Plotin. Enn. ii. 1, p. 97; Plato, Polit. vi. p. 4988 (and Schol.); Olymp. in Plat. Phaed. p. 201 Finc.

33. Diog. Laer. i. 28 yields no fragment.

84. Plut. Quazs. Plat. viii. 4, p. 10072. Cf. Plut. de def. orac. 12, p. 4164; M. Antonin. ix. 3.

35. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix.10. MSS. εὐφροσύνη», corr. Miller.

86. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10 (ef. v. 21).

After λιµός Bergk inserts from Hippolytos τἀναντία ἅπαντα ὠντὸς νόος. Bergk adds olvos after ὅκωσπερ, Schuster after θυώμασι ; Bernays suggests θύωμα after συμμιγῇ, Zeller ἀλρ, Diels wip. MSS. read συμμιγῇ.

MSS. read συμμιγῇ.

* I keep Bywater’s numbers, though I omit some of his fragments. Such omissions are referred to in the critical notes.

HERAKLEITOS 33

29. The sun will not overstep his bounds ; if he does, the Erinnyes, allies of justice, will find him out.

90. The limit of the evening and the morning is the Bear; and opposite the Bear is the boundary of bright Zeus.

Strabo regards this as a Homeric expression for the fact that the northern circle is the boundary of

rising and setting. Zeus aithrios means the elear heavens.

81. If there were no sun, it would be night. 82. The sun is new every day.

98; (Herakleitos and Demokritos bear witness that Thales was an astronomer, and predicted eclipses, etc.)

94. The seasons bring all things.

‘ Time is not motion of a simple sort, but, so to speak, motion in an order which has measure and hmits and periods. The sun, guardian of these,.... appoints and announces the seasons, which, accord- ing to Herakleitos, bring all things.’

85. Hesiod is the teacher of most men ; they suppose that his knowledge was very extensive, when in fact he did not know night and day, for they are one.

86. God is day and night, winter and summer, war and peace, satiety and hunger; but he assumes different forms, just as when incense is mingled with incense ; every one gives him the name he pleases.

; * D

34 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

87. εὖ πάντα τὰ ὄντα καπνὸς «φένοιτο, pives ἂν διαγνοῖεν.

88. fai ψυχαὶ ὀσμῶνται καθ’ "Αιδην.]

99. τὰ ψυχρὰ θέρεται, θερμὸν ψύχεται, ὑγρὸν αὐαίνε-- ται, καρφαλέον νοτίζεται.

40. σκίδνησι καὶ συνάγει, πρόσεισι καὶ ἄπεισι.

41—42. ποταμοῖσι Sis τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίης: ο \ \a¢ é { 50 ἕτερα γὰρ (καὶ ἕτερα) ἐπιρρέει ὕδατα.

48: µέμφεται τῷ Ὁμήρφ ᾿Ἡράκλειτος εἰπόντι: ὡς ” ή 6 a of 9 3) 6 , > 7 > - ἔρι ἔκ τε θεῶν Ex 7 ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο: οὐχήσεσθαι γάρ φησι πάντα.

44. πόλεμος πάντων μὲν πατήρ tote πάντων δὲ βασιλεύς, καὶ τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς ἔδειξε τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μὲν δούλους ἐποίησε τοὺς δὲ ἐλευθέρους.

37. Arist. de sensu 5, p. 443 a 21.

38. Plut. de fac. in orbe lun. 28, p. 943 5. Patin, Hinhetislehre, p. 23, points out that this so-called fragment is probably due to a misunder- standing of the passage in Aristotle (Fr. 37).

39. Schol. Tzetz. ad Exeg. in Iliad. p. 126, Hermann. Cf. Hippo- krates, περὶ διαίτης 1, 21; Pseudo-Herakl. Epist. ν.

40. Plut. de HI 18, p. 392 8. V. Pseudo-Herakl. Hyist. vi.

41. Plut. Quaes. nat. 2, p.912a. First half: Plato, Krat. 402; Arist. Metaph. xiv. 5, Ρ. 1010 4 13; Plut.de sera num. vind. 15, p. 559 ο; de EI 18, p. 3924; Simplic. in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 808 v.

Plato and Simpl. read és τὸν αὐτὸν ποταµόν. Byw. inserts καὶ €repa; cf. his fr. 42 infra.

42. Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. EH. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. 11. 116.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὑτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.

in Arist. Phys. 17 p. 77, 32; Ibid. f. 808 v.

Plato and Simpl. read és τὸν αὐτὸν ποταµόν. Byw. inserts καὶ €repa; cf. his fr. 42 infra.

42. Arius Didymus in Euseb. P. EH. xv. 20, p. 821. [Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. 11. 116.] ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὑτοῖσι ἐμβαίνουσιν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα ὕδατα ἐπιρρεῖ.

43. Simpl. in Arist. Cat. p. 104 Δ ed. Basil. (Scholl. in Arist. 88 b 28) ; Schol. Ven. ad JI, xviii. 107, and Eustath. p. 1133, 56. Cf. Arist. Eth. Bud. vii. 1, p. 1235 a 26; Plutarch de Isid. 48, 970 p; Numen: in Chalcid. on Tim, 295.

44. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. First part: Plut. de Iside 48, p. 3870p; Prok on Tim. 54a (cf. 24.8); Lucian, guomodo hist. consc. 2; Icar. 8,

HERAKLEITOS 35

37. If all things should become smoke, then percep- tion would be by the nostrils.

Arist. ‘Some think that odour is a smoky exhalation,

. . and that every one is brought in contact with

this in smelling. So Herakleitos says that if all

things,’ etc. The reference is originally to the conflagration of the universe [ἐκπύρωσις].

- $8. Souls smell in Hades.

Plutarch adds the reason : Because they retain a per- ception of what is fiery.

89. Cool things become warm, the warm grows cool ; the wet dries, the parched becomes wet.

40. It scatters and brings together; it approaches and departs. |

This follows the next fragment, as illustrating change.

41-42. You could not step twice in the same rivers ; for other and yet other waters are ever flowing on,

49. Herakleitos blamed Homer for saying: Would that strife might perish from among gods and men! For then, said he, all things would pass away.

Aristotle assigns a different reason: For there could be no harmony without sharps and flats, nor living beings without male and female, which are con- traries.

44, War is father of all and king of all; and some he made gods and some men, some slaves and some free.

D2

36 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

45. οὐ ξυνίασι ὅκως διαφερόµενον ἑωυτῷ opororyéet: παλίντροπος ἁρμονίη ὅκωσπερ τόξου καὶ λύρης.

46. τὸ ἀντίξουν συμφέρον. ἐκ τῶν διαφερόντων καλλίστην ἁρμονίαν. πάντα κατ ἔριν γίνεσθαι.

47. ἁρμονίη ἀφανὴς φανερῆς κρείσσων.

48. μὴ εἰκῇ περὶ τῶν µεγίστων συμβαλώμεθα.

49. χρὴ εὖ µάλα πολλῶν ἵστορανφ φιλοσόφους ἄνδρας εἶναι. |

50. γναφέων ὁδὸς εὐθεῖα καὶ σκολιὴ µία ἐστι καὶ ἡ αὐτή.

51. ὄνοι σύρματ᾽ ἂν ἕλοιντο μᾶλλον ἢ χρυσόν.

52. θάλασσα ὕδωρ καθαρώτατον καὶ µμιαρώτατον, ἰχθύσι μὲν πότιµον καὶ σωτήριον, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἄτοπον καὶ ὀλέθριον.

58. Sues coeno, cohortales aves pulvere (vel cinere) lavari. 54. βορβόρῳ χαίρειν.

45. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9. Cf. Plato, Symp. 1874, Soph. 243.59: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.

MSS. ὁμολογέειν, corr. Miller. Cf. (Bywater 56) Plut. de trang. 15, 473; de Is. 45, 369; Porphyr. de ant. nym. 29; Simpl. Phys. 11 r 50, 11. These writers give παλίντονος» παλίν- τροπος is probably from Parmenides ν. 59; Plutarch inserts κόσμου.

243.59: Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026 B.

MSS. ὁμολογέειν, corr. Miller. Cf. (Bywater 56) Plut. de trang. 15, 473; de Is. 45, 369; Porphyr. de ant. nym. 29; Simpl. Phys. 11 r 50, 11. These writers give παλίντονος» παλίν- τροπος is probably from Parmenides ν. 59; Plutarch inserts κόσμου.

46. Arist. Hih. Nic. viii. 2, Ρ. 1156 Ὁ 14. Cf. Theophr. Metaph. 15 : Arist. Eth. Hud. vii. 1; 1235 a 13. These are rather summary phrases than quotations.

47. Plut. de anim. procr. 27, p. 1026.c; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 9-10.

48. Diog. Laer. ix. 73.

49. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 733.

50. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. MSS. γραφέω», corr. Duncker. The MSS. reading may be a participle introducing the quotation, and wrongly included in the excerpt, as Tannery suggests (Science hellén. pp. 198 ff.).

δι. Arist. Hth. Nic. x. 5, p. 117646. Cf. Albertus M. de veget. vi. 401 (p. 545 Mey.) R. P. 408: ‘Boves . . . felices . . . cum inveniant orobum ad comendum.’ Bywater, Jowrnal Philol. 1880, p. 230.

52. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55.

68. Columella, de R. BR. viii. 4. Cf. Galen, Protrept.13, p. 5 ed. Bas.

64. Athen. ν. 1785. Cf. Clem. Al. Protrept. 10, p. 75; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. hyp. i. 55; Plotin. Επ. i. 6, p. 55.

HERAKLEITOS 37

45. Men do not understand how that which draws apart agrees with itself; harmony lies in the bending back, as for instance of the bow and of the lyre.

V. Bernays, Rhem. Mus. vii. p. 94. Reading radi: τονος from fragment 56, we obtain the meaning ‘opposite tension’ more distinctly.

46. Opposition unites. From what draws apart results the most beautiful harmony. All things take oe by strife.

Quoted by Aristotle as an illustration of the search for 8 deeper principle, more in accordance with nature.

47. Hidden harmony is better than manifest.

48. Let us not make rash conjectures about the greatest things.

49. Men who desire wisdom must be learners of very many things.

50. For woolcarders the straight and the crooked path is one and the same.

51. Asses would rather have refuse than gold.

52. The sea is the purest and the foulest water ; it is drinkable and healthful for fishes; but for men it is unfit to drink and hurtful.

Quoted by Hippolytos as an example of Herakleitos’ identification of opposites.

58-54. Swine like to wash in the mire; barnyard — fowls in the dust.

38 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

55. πᾶν ἑρπετὸν πληγῇ νέµεται.

56= 45.

57. ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν ταὐτόν.

58. οἱ ἰατροὺ τέµνοντες καίοντεν πάντη βασανίζοντες ᾿κακῶς τοὺς ἀρρωστοῦντας ἐπαιτιῶνται μηδέν ἄξιον μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων.

59. συνάψειας οὖλα καὶ οὐχὶ οὖλα, συμφερόμενον διαφερόµενον, συνᾷδον διᾷδον' ἐκ πάντων by καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς

, πάντα.

60. δίκη» οὔνομα οὐκ ἂν ᾖδεσαν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ ἦν.

60. δίκη» οὔνομα οὐκ ἂν ᾖδεσαν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ ἦν.

61. fr@ μὲν θεῷ καλὰ πάντα καὶ ἀγαθὰ καὶ δίκαια, ἄνθρωποι δὲ ἃ μὲν ἄδικα ὑπειλήφασιν, & δὲ δίκαια.Ἱ

62. εἰδέναι χρὴ τὸν πόλεμον ἐόντα Evydv, καὶ δίκην ἔριν: καὶ γινόμενα πάντα κατ’ ἔριν καὶ typsopevat.

63. ἔστι γὰρ εἱμαρμένα πάντως». . . .

55. Arist. de mundo 6, Ῥ. 401 88 (Apuleius, de mundo 86; Stob. Ecl. i. 2, p. 86). From Cod. Flor. of Apuleius Goldbacher obtains the following (Zeit. f. d. Oester. Gymn. 1876, p. 496): Ζεὺς ἅπαντα εὐεργετεῖ ὁμῶς os ἄν τινα µέρη σώματος αὑτοῦ.

56. V. 46.

57. Arist. Top. viii. 5, p. 159 Ὁ 90: Phys. i. 2, p.185b20; Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10; Simpl. in Phys. 11 v. 50, 11; 18 v. 82, 23.

58. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 2,54; Plato, Gorg. 521 £, Polit. 2938; Simpl. in Epict. 13, p. 83 p, and 27 p. 178 a.

Vulg. μηδὲν, Sauppe µηδένα: vulg. μισθῶν», Wordsworth μισθὸν. Bywater objects to βασανίζοντες and omits the phrases τοὺς ἀρρωστοῦρτας and παρὰ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων.

59. Arist. de mundo 5, Ῥ. 396b12 (Apuleius, de mundo 20; Stob. Ecl. i. 34, p. 690).

Stob. VA συλλάψει eis, Arist. Q συνάψαε, OR ouvdyues: Arist. P, Stob. and Apul. ὅλα: Zeller omits καὶ.

60. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 3, p. 568. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Episé. vii. 61. Schol. B in Jl. iv. 4, p. 120 Bk. Cf. Hippokr. de diaeta i. 11 RP. 37 ο; Bernays, Herakl. 22. Probably a Stoic deduction from Herakleitos, and therefore to be omitted here. 62. Orig. cont. Cels. vi. 42, p. 312. Cf. Plut. de soll. anim. 7, p. 964; Laer. Diog. ix. 8. Vulg. ei δὲ, Schleierm. εἰδέναι: vulg. ἐρεῖν, Schl. ἔριν.

(63. Stob. Hcl. 1. 6, Ρ. 178. Vulg. εἱμαρμένη, A εἱμαρμένα.

HERAKLEITOS 39

55. Every beast is tended by blows. Cf. Zeller, i. p. 724: ‘Every creature feeds on earth.’

(56. Identical with 45.)

57. Good and bad are the same.

58. (Good and bad are one; at any rate, as Hera- ‘kleitos says) physicians, who cut and burn and in every way torment the sick, complain that they do not receive any adequate recompense from them.

59. Thou shouldst unite things whole and things not whole, that which tends to unite and that which ‘tends to separate, the harmonious and the discordant ; from all things arises the one, and from the one all ‘things.

60. They would not have known the name of justice, -were it not for these things. ]

According to the context in Clement ‘these things refers to injustice.

61. (God, ordering things as they ought to be, perfects -all things in the harmony of the whole, as Herakleitos says that) for god all things are fair and good and just, but men suppose that some are unjust and others just.

Cf. Hippocr. de Diaeta (Bernays, Herakl. 22; RP 87 ο) Accordingly the arrangements (laws) which men have made are never constant, either when they are right, or when they are not right; but the arrangements the gods have made are always right,

both those which are right and those which are not right; so great is the difference between them.

62. Men should know that war is general and that "justice isstrife ; all things arise and [pass away] through strife.

68. For they are absolutely destined. . .

40 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

64, θάνατός ἐστι ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντεο ὁρεόμεν, ὁκόσα δὲ εὔδοντες ὕπνος».

65. v. 19.

66. τοῦ βιοῦ οὔνομα βίος, ἔργον δὲ θάνατο».

67. θεοὶ θνητου ἄνθρωποι ἀθάνατοι, ζῶντες τὸν ἐκείνων θάνατον τὸν δὲ ἐκείνων Biov τεθνεῶτες.

68. ψυχῇσι γὰρ θάνατος ὕδωρ «γενέσθαι, ὕδατι δὲ ᾽ ᾿"θάνατυς γῆν γενέσθαι' ἐκ γῆς δὲ ὕδωρ γίνεται, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ψυχή.

69. ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω µία καὶ ὠντή.

70. ξυνὸν ἀρχὴ καὶ πέρα».

T1. ψυχῆς πείρατα οὐκ ἂν ἐξεύροιο πᾶσαν ἔπι- πορευόµενος ὁδόν.

64. Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 520. Cf. Strom. ν. 14, p. 712; Philo, de Joseph. 22, p. 59.

66. Schol. in 10. i. 49; Cramer, A. P. iii. p. 122; Htym. Mag. under .Blos; Tzetz. Ex. in Π. p. 101; Eust. in ZZ. i. 49, p. 41. Cf. Hippokr. de: - Gaeta 21 οὕνομα τρόφη, Epyor δὲ οὐχί.

67. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix.10; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24, p. 51; Maxim. Tyr. x. 4, p. 107, xii. 4, p. 489; Lucian, Vit. auct. 14; Porph. de ant. nymph. 10; Clem. ΑΙ. Paed. iii. 1, p. 251; Philo, Leg. alleg. i. 33, p. 65, and Qu. in Gen. iv. 152, p. 360. Human and divine nature identical: Dio Cass. ΕΥ. i-xxxv. Ch. 30, i. 40 Dind.; Stob. Eel. i. 39, p. 768.

Hipp. reads ἀθάνατοι θνητοί, θνητοὶ ἀθάνατοι; Clement ἄνθρωποι — θεοί, θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι.

68. Philo, de incorr. mundi 21, p. 509; Aristides Quint. ii. p. 106 Meib.; Clem. Al. Strom. vi. 2, p. 746; Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 16: Julian, Or. v. p. 165D; Prokl.in Tim. p. 36c; Olympiod. in Plat. Gorg. p. 857 Jahn; idem, p. 542.

69. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix. 10. Cf. Plato, Phileb. 43 a; Kleomed. π. "μετεώρων i. p. 75 Bak.; Maximus Tyr. xli. 4, p. 489; Tertull. adv. Mare, ii. 28 Diog. Laer. ix. 8; Plotin. En. iv. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Hel. i. 41; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς 45; Philo, de incorr. mun. 21, p. 508; and de somn. 1. 24, p. 644; and de vit. Moys. i. 6, p. 85; Muson. Stob. Flor. ον. 60; M. Antonin. vi. 17.

70. Porphyr. Schol. B. Il. xiv. 200, p. 392 Bek. Cf. Hippokr. π.. τόπων 1, π. διαίτης 1, 19, π. τροφῆς 9. Philo, Leg. all. i. 3, p. 44; Plut. de EI 8, p. 388 ο.

71. Diog. Laer. ix. 7; Tertull.de anima 2. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. v. 7.

HERAKLEITOS 4]

64. All the things we see when awake are death,. and all the things we see when asleep are sleep.

For various interpretations, v. Teichmiiller, i. 97 sq. ; Zeller, i. 715; Patin, Hinhewtslehre, 19.

65. v. 19.

66. The name of the bow is life, but its work is death.

A similar play on words is found in Fr. 101. 67. Gods are mortals, men are immortals, each living in the others’ death and dying in the others’ life.

Cf. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 280, R.P. 38. 68. For to souls it is death to become water, and for water it is death to become earth; but water is formed

280, R.P. 38. 68. For to souls it is death to become water, and for water it is death to become earth; but water is formed

from earth, and from water, soul.

Clement quotes this as borrowed from Orpheus; and Hippolytos also found it in the poets.

69 Upward, downward, the way is one and the same.

70. Beginning and end are common (to both ways).

71. The limits of the soul you could not discover, ‘though traversing every path.

42 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

72. ψυχῇῆσι τέρψις ὑγρῆσι γενέσθαι. 78. ἀνὴρ ὁκότ᾽ ἂν µεθύσθηῃ, ἄγεται ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνήβου

σφαλλόµενος, οὖκ ἑπαίων ὅκη βαΐνει, ὑγρὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχων.

14-76. ain ψυχὴ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη.

ΤΤ. ἄνθρωπος, ὅκως ἐν εὐφρόνῃ φάος, ἅπτεται ἀπο- σβέννυται.

78. ταῦτ᾽ εἶναι Cov καὶ τεθνηκός, καὶ τὸ ἐγρηγορὸς καὶ τὸ καθεῦδον, καὶ νέον καὶ γηραιόὀν' τάδε yap µετα- πεσόντα ἐκεῖνά ἐστι κἀκεῖνα πάλιν µεταπεσόντα ταῦτα.

19. αἰὼν παῖς ἐστι παίζων πεσσεύων' παιδὸν ἡ βασιληίη.

72. Numen. Porphyr. de απίγο nymph. 10. 73. Stob. Flor. v. 120. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46.

74-76. Plutarch, Rom. 28; Aristid. Quint. ii. p. 106; Porphyr. de -antro nymph. 11; Synesius, de insomn. p. 140 a Petav. ; Stob. Flor. v. 120; -Glykas, Ann. i. p. 7438; Eustath. Jl. xxiii. 261, p. 1299, 17.

Reading αὐγὴ Enph Yuxh (Bywater 75 and 76); Philo, Euseb. P. E. vill. 14, p. 399; and de prov. ii. 109, p. 117; Muson. Stob. Flor. xvii. 43; Plut. de esu carn. i. 6, p. 9952; and de def. orac. 41, p. 432 r; Clem. Al. Paedag. ii. 2, p. 184; Galen, π. τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἠθῶν 5, i. p. 346 Bas.; Hermeias on Plato, Phaedr. 73; Porphyr. ἆφορμ. πρὸς τὰ vonrd 83, 78. ‘Ac suspicor illud ady) irrepsisse pro afm; quod aliquis exposuerit illa voce ξηρά, unde orta est illa lectio,’ Stephan. Poes. Phil. p. 139.

77. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628.

Bywater emends the text .οἳ Clement to read: ἄνθρωπος ὅπως ἐν εὐφρόνῃ pdos ἅπτεται, ὡσαύτως ἀποθανὼν Byes. (ῶν δὲ ἅπτεται γεθνεῶτος εὔδω», ἀποσβεσθεὶς ὄψεις. ἐγρηγορὼς ἅπτεται εὔδοντος, and compares Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 190: Seneca, Eyist. 54.

78. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll.10,p. 106%; and de EI 18, p.892p. (Ber- nays, Rhem. Mus. vii. p. 100, thinks that more of the contents of these passages is drawn from Herakleitean sources.) Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 628; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. iii. 230; Tzetz. Chil. ii. 722.

79. Hipp. Ref. haer. ix.9. Cf. Clem. Al. Paed.i. 5, p. 111; Tambl. Stob. Ecl. ii. 1, p.12; Prokl. in Tim. 101 F; Plato, Legg. i. 644 p, x. 9038p;

‘Philo, de vit. Moys. i. β, p. 85; Plut. de HI 21, p. 995 η; Lucian, vit. .auct. 14.

HERAKLEITOS 43

το. It isa delight to souls to become wet.

78. Whenever a man gets drunk, he is led about by a beardless boy, stumbling, not knowing whither he goes, for his soul is wet.

74. The dry soul is wisest and best.

Byw. 75. A dry beam is the wisest and best soul; Fr. 76. Where the earth is dry, the soul is wisest and best.

78. Whenever a man gets drunk, he is led about by a beardless boy, stumbling, not knowing whither he goes, for his soul is wet.

74. The dry soul is wisest and best.

Byw. 75. A dry beam is the wisest and best soul; Fr. 76. Where the earth is dry, the soul is wisest and best.

If Fr. 74 is the genuine form, the corruptions are very early. We cannot, however, regard all three forms as genuine, and it is at least doubtful whether Fr. 75 expresses a Herakleitean idea.

Zeller and others add to Fr. 74 the rest of the phrase in Plutarch, ‘ flashing through the body as light- ning through the cloud.’ |

77. Man, like a light in the night, is kindled and put out.

78. Life and death, and waking and sleeping, and youth and old age, are the same; for the latter change and are the former, and the former change back to the latter.

79. Lifetime is a child playing draughts ; the king- dom is a child’s.

Clement understood αἰών to be Zeus ; Hippolytos made it equivalent to αἰώνιος, the eternal (king).

44 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

80. ἐδιζησάμην ἐμεωνυτόν.

81. ποταμοῖσι τοῖσι αὐτοῖσι ἐμβαίνομέν τε καὶ ovK > / Λ b ἐμβαίνομεν, εἶμέν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶμεν.

82. κἀάματός ἐστι τοῖς αὐτοῖς μοχθεῖν καὶ ἄρχεσθαι.

89. µεταβάλλον ἀναπαύεται.

| \ ¢ A / 4 /

84. καὶ ὁ κυκεὼν διίσταται μὴ κινεόµενο».

85. νέκυες κοπρίων ἐκβλητότεροι.

86. γενόµενοι ζώειν ἐθέλουσι popous 7” ἔχειν. [μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναπαύεσθαι,] καὶ παῖδας καταλείπουσι popous γενέσθαι.

90. τοὺς καθεύδοντας ἑργάτας εἶναι [καὶ συνεργοὺς] τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ «γινοµένων.

80. Plut. adv. Colot. 20, Ρ. 11186; Dio Chrys. Or. 55, p. 282; Tatian, Or. ad Graec.; Diog. Laer. ix. 5; Plotin. Hn. iv. 8, p. 468; Julian, Or. vi. p. 1854; Prokl. on Tim. 1062; Suidas s.v. ποστοῦμος. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 1, p. 429; Plotin. nn. v. 9, p. 559; Hesychius ἐδίζησα.

81. Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 24; Seneca, Epist. 58. Cf. Epicharm. Fr. B 40 Lorenz.

82. Plotin. Enn. ix. 8, p. 468; Iambl. Stob. Πο. 1. 41, p.906; Aeneas Gaz. Theophrast. p. 9 Barth. Cf. Hippokr. π. διαίτης i. 15; Philo, de cherub. 26, p. 155.

83. Plotin. Hnn. iv. 8, p. 468 and p. 473; Iambl. Stob. Hel. i. 41, p. 906 and p. 894 ; Aeneas G. Theophrast. p. 9 and p. 11.

84. Theophrast. π. ἱλίγγων 9, p. 198 Wim.; Alexand. Aphr. Prodl. p.11 Usen. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 27.

MSS. Alexander, κυκλεύων and ἵσταται: Theophrast. begins the sentence with μὴ, corr. Bernays.

85. Strabo, xvi. 26, p. 784; Plutarch, Qu. conv. iv. 4, p. 6694; Polhax, Onom. v. 163; Origen, c. Cels. v. 14, p. 247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, Ρ. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226c. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. vy. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (=Eustath. ad 1. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.

86. Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.

247 (quoting Celsus, v. 24, Ρ. 253); Julian, Or. vii. p. 226c. Cf. Philo, de profug. ii. p. 555; Plotin. Enn. vy. 1, p. 483; Schol. V. ad Il. xxiv. 54 (=Eustath. ad 1. p. 1338, 47); Epictet. Diss. ii. 4, 5.

86. Clem. Al. Strom. iii. 3, p. 516. Mullach assigns the bracketed words to Clement.

87-89. Plut. de orac. def. 11, p. 4158, and cf. Plac. phil. 24, p. 909 ; Censorin. de D. N.17; Io. Lydus, de mensibus iii. 10, p. 37, ed. Bonn (Crameri A. P. i. p. 324); of. Philo, Qu. in gen. ii. 5, p. 82. These passages do ‘not yield any definite fragment of Herakleitos.

90. M. Antonin. vi. 42. Pfleiderer rejects καὶ συνεργοὺς.

HERAKLEITOS 45

80. I inquired of myself.

The translation follows the sense in Diogenes; in Plutarch it is parallel with the Delphic oracle, ‘I have sought to know myself.’

81. In the same rivers we step and we do not step; ‘we are and we are not.

Cf. Fr. 41.

82. It is weariness to toil at the same things, and to be subject to them.

88. Changing it finds rest.

84. Even a potion separates into its ingredients when it is not stirred. :

85. Corpses are more fit to be thrown away than dung.

86. Being born they wish to live and to meet death, [or rather to find rest,] and they leave behind children to die.

87. Thirty years make a generation, according to Hera- kleitos. 88. Not without reason does Herakleitos call a month a generation. 89. A man may become a grandfather in thirty years.

90. The sleeping are workmen (and fellow-workers) in what happens in the world.

46 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

91. ξυνὀν ἐστι πᾶσι τὸ φρονέειν. Evy vow λέγοντας ἰσχυρίζεσθαι χρὴ τῷ ἕυνῷ πάντων, ὅκωσπερ νόµμῳ πόλις καὶ πολὺ ἰσχυροτέρως, τρέφονται γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἀνθρώπειοι νόμοι ὑπὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ θείου. κρατέει γὰρ

a ec 7 \ 2 pa ‘ τοσοῦτον ὁκόσον ἐθέλει καὶ ἐξαρκέει πᾶσι καὶ περι- γίνεται. |

92. τοῦ λόγου ὃ ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, ζώουσι οἱ πολλοὺ ὡς ἰδίην ἔχοντες φρόνησιν.

9 / ς / /

98. ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκέως ὁμιλέουσι, τούτῳ διαφέ- ρονται.

94. οὐ δεῖ ὥσπερ καθεύδοντας ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν.

95. τοῖς ἐγρηγορόσιν ἕνα καὶ κοινὸν κόσμον εἶναι, τῶν δὲ κοιµωµένων ἕκαστον εἰς ἴδιον ἀποστρέφεσθαι.

96. ἦθος ἀνθρώπειον μὲν οὖκ ἔχει γνώµας, θεῖον δὲ ἔχει.

97. ἀνὴρ νήπιος ἤκουσε πρὸς δαίµονος ὅκωσπερ trais πρὸς ἀνδρός.

100. µάχεσθαι χρὴ τὸν δῆμον ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόµου ὅκως ὑπὲρ τείχεο».

91. Stob. Flor. iii. 84. Cf. Kleanth. H. Zeus 24; Hippokr. π. τροφῆς. 15; Plut. de Isid. 45, p. 369 4; Plotin. Hum. vi. 5, p. 668 ; Empedokles, v. 231 Stn.

92. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 133, where the quotation is apparently longer. Burnett, 140, n. 35, acutely suggests φρονέειν for λόγου.

93. M. Antonin. iv. 46.

94. M. Antonin. iv. 46.

95. Plut. de superst. 3, p. 166 c. Cf. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26;: Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 152 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.

Hippolyt. Ref. haer. vi. 26;: Iambl. Protrept. 21, p. 152 Arcer. The form is Plutarch’s.

. 96. Origen, ο. Cels. vi. 12, p. 291. 97. Origen, ο. Cels, vi. 12, p. 291. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 46 Bern.

δαήµονος Ἑ. Petersen, Hermes, 1879, xiv. 304.

98. Plato, Hipp. Maj. 289 5. Cf. M. Antonin. iv. 16.

99. Ibid. 289 a4. The words of Herakleitos cannot be restored. ΟΙ. Plotin. Ennead. vi. p. 626; Arist. Top. iii. 2,117 b 118.

100. Diog. Laer. ix. 2.

HERAKLEITOS AT

91. Understanding is common to all. It is neces- sary for those who speak with intelligence to hold fast to the common element of all, as a city holds fast to law, and much more strongly. For all human laws are nourished by one which is divine, and it has power so much as it will; and it suffices for all things. and more ‘than suffices.

92. And though reason is common, most people live as though they had an understanding peculiar to them- selves.

93. With what they most constantly associate, with this they are at variance.

94. It is not meet to act and speak like men asleep. Cf. Fr. 2 and 90.

95. They that are awake have one world in common, but of the sleeping each turns aside into a world of his own.

96. For human nature has not wisdom, but divine nature has.

97. Man is called a baby by god, even as a child is by man.

The translation is Burnett’s, following the suggestion of Petersen in Hermes xiv. 1879, p. 804.

Fr. 98. And does not Herakleitos, whom you bring forward, say this very thing, that the wisest of men will ap- pear as an ape before God, both in wisdom and in beauty and in all other respects? Fr. 99. You are ignorant, sir, of that fine saying of Herakleitos, that the most beautiful of apes is ugly in comparison with beings of another kind, and the most beautiful of earthen pots is ugly in compari- son with maidenkind, as Hippias the wise man says.

100. The people ought to fight for their law as for a wall.

48 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

101. µόροι µέζονες µέξονας polpas λαγχάνουσι. 102. ἀρηιφάτου» θεοὶ τιμῶσι καὶ ἄνθρωπου. 109. ὕβριν χρὴ σβεννύειν ἢ πυρκαιήν.

4 104. ἀνθρώποισι yiver Oat ὁκόσα θέλουσι οὐκ ἄμεινον. “A e / ο 4 4 3 a ΔΝ / νοῦσος ὑγίειαν ἐποίησε ἡδὺ καὶ ἀγαθόν, λιμὸς κόρον, κάµατος ἀνάπανυσιν.

105. θυμῷ µάχεσθαι χαλεπόν' ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν χρηίζη γίνεσθαι, ψυχῆς ὠνέεται.

106. Ἰάνθρώποισί πᾶσι µέτεστι γυγνώσκειν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ σωφρονεῖν].

107. Ἰσωφρονεῖν ἀρετὴ μεγίστη. καὶ σοφίη ἀληθέα λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπαίοντας].

108-109. ἀμαθίην ἄμεινον κρύπτειν' ἔργον δὲ ἐν ἀνέσει καὶ παρ’ οἶνον.

110. νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι évos.

101. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 7, p. 586; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι,

102. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p.571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 83.

103. Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.

p. 117, 33. Cf. Hipp. Ref. haer. 8. Theodor. reads μόνοι,

102. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 4, p.571; Theodor. Ther. viii. p. 117, 83.

103. Diog. Laer. ix. 2. M Cobet σβεννύναι, L σβεννύην.

104. Stob. Flor. iii. 83, 4. Cf. εὐαρέστησις, Clem. Al. Strom. ii. 21, p. 497; Theodor. Ther. xi. p. 152, 25.

105. Arist. Hth. Nik. ii. 2, p.1105a8; and Eth. Hud. ii. 7, p. 1223 b 22; and Pol. v. 11, p. 1315 a 29; Plut. de cohid. ira 9, p. 457 D3; and Erot. 11, p. 755; Iambl. Protrep. p. 140 Arc.; and Coriol. 22.

106. Stob. Flor. ν. 119. Neither this nor the following fragment can be regarded as genuine.

107. Stob. Flor. iii. 84.

108. Plut. qu. conv. iii. prooem. p. 644F; and de audien. 12, p. 48D; and virt. doc. posse 2, p. 4839p; Stob. Flor. xviii. 32.

109. Stob. Flor. iii. 82 ματς ἁμαθίην κρέσσο» ἡ ἐς τὸ µέσον Φφέρειν. _A variation of 108.

110. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, p. 718 (Euseb. P. ZH. xiii, 13, p. 681).

Euseb. βουλῇῃ, Clem. Bova}. καί is suspicious.

HERAKLEITOS 49

101. Greater deaths gain greater portions. 102. Gods and men honour those slain in battle.

108. Wantonness must be quenched more than a conflagration.

104. It is not good for men to have whatever they want. Disease makes health sweet and good; hunger, satiety ; toil, rest.

105. It is hard to contend with passion; for what- ever it desires to get it buys at the cost of soul.

106. It is the part of all men to know themselves and to be temperate. 107. To be temperate is the greatest virtue; and it is wisdom to speak the truth and to act according to nature with understanding.

108. It is better to conceal stupidity, but it is an effort in time of relaxation and over the wine.

109. It is better to conceal ignorance than to put it forth into the midst.

110. It is law to obey the counsel of one.

90 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

111. τί γὰρ αὐτῶν voos ἢ φρήν; [δήμων] ἀοιδοῖσι 4 \ / ’ ε ? 07 ο ἕπονται καὶ διδασκάλῳ χρέωνται ὁμίλῳ, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πολλοὶ κακοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἆγαθοί. αἱρεῦνται yap by ἀντία πάντων οἱ ἄριστοι, Κλέος ἀέναον θνητῶν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὺ κεκόρηνται ὅκωσπερ κτήνεα.

119. ἐν Πριήνη Bias ἐγένετο ὁ Τευτάµεω οὗ πλέων λόγος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων.

118. els ἐμοὶ µύριοι, ἐὰν ἄριστοις ᾖ.

114. ἄξιον ᾿Ἐφεσίοις ἡβηδὸν ἀπάγξασθαι πᾶσι καὶ

“A b) / \ / “A yA ¢ / τοῖς ἀνήβοις τὴν πὀλιν καταλιπεῖν, οἵτινες 'Ἠρμόδωρον ἄνδρα ἑωυτῶν ὀνήιστον ἐξέβαλον, havres: ἡμέων μηδὲ els ὀνήιστος ἔστω, εἰ δὲ µή, ἄλλῃ δὲ καὶ μετ) ἄλλων. ο. 115. κύνες καὶ βαύζουσι ὃν ἂν μὴ γινώσκωσι.

116. ἀπιστίῃ διαφυγγάνει μὴ γινώσκεσθαι.

BS ” 3 \ / “A

117. βλὰξ ἄνθρωπος ἐπὶ παντὺ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι φιλέει.

118. δοκεόντων ὁ δοκιµώτατος γινώσκει φυλάσσειν' καὶ μέντοι καὶ δίκη καταλήψεται ψευδέων τέκτονας καὶ μάρτυρα».

111. Clem. Al. Strom. ν. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἆγαθοί.

111. Clem. Al. Strom. ν. 9, p. 682; and iv. 7, p. 586; Prokl. on Alkib. p. 255 Creuz, ii. 525 Cous. Clement omits first clause; Proklos ends with ἆγαθοί.

Some MSS. omit αὐτῶν; Prokl. αἰδοῦς ἠπιόων τε καὶ διδασκάλφ χρειῶν τε ὁμίλφ οὐκ. Clem. Καὶ νόµοισι χρέεσθαι ὁμίλῳ εἶδότας.

MSS. p. 682 évayria. Restored by Bernays, Heraclit. i. p. 34.

112. Diog. Laer. i. 88.

113. Galen, π. διαγνώσεως σφυγμῶν I.1. iii. p. 53 ed. Bas.; Symmachus, Hpist. ix. 115 (105 Paris 1604); Theod. Prod. in Lazerii Misc. i. p. 20; and Tetrastich. in Basil. i. (fol. κ 2 vers. ed. Bas.) ; Diog. Laer. ix. 16 ; Cicero, ad Att. xvi. 11; Cf. Seneca, Ep. 7.

114. Strabo, xiv. 25, p. 642; Cicero, Tusc. ν. 105; Muson., Stob. Flor. x1. 9; Laer. Diog. ix. 2; Iambl. de vita Pyth. 80, p. 154 Arc. Cf. Lucian vit. auct. 14.

115. Plut. An seni sit ger. resp. vii. p. 787.

116. Plut. Coriol. 38; Clem. Al. Strom. v. 13, p. 699. Clem. ἀπιστίη.

117. Plutarch, de audiendo 7, p. 414; de aud. poet., p. 285.

118. Clem. Al. Strom. v.1, Ῥ. 649. Bergk Φλυάσσειν, Bernays By- water πλάσσειν.

HERAKLEITOS 5]

111. For what sense or understanding have they ? They follow the bards and employ the crowd as their teacher, not knowing that many are bad and few good. For the very best choose one thing before all others, immortal glory among mortals, while the masses eat their fill like cattle.

112. In Priene was born Bias son of Teutamas, who is of more account than the rest.

Diogenes adds the apothegm ‘ most men are bad.’

118. To me one man is ten thousand if he be the best.

114. The Ephesians deserve to be hanged, every one that is a man grown, and the youth to abandon the city, for they cast out Hermodoros the best man among them, saying :—Let no one among us be best, and if one be best, let him be so elsewhere and among others.

115. Dogs also bark at those they do not know.

116. As the result of incredulity (divine things) miss being known. |

Either because men are incredulous, or the things in- credible. Cf. Zeller, Phil. Gr.i.4574a 2. Gomperz combined this with fragment 10.

117. The fool is wont to be in a flutter at every word.

118. The most esteemed of those in estimation knows how to be on his guard; yet truly justice shall overtake forgers of lies and witnesses to them.

If the reference is to Homer, read πλάσσειν, ‘knows how to create myths.’

E 2

52 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

119. τὸν Όμηρον ἄξιον ἐκ τῶν ἀγώνων ἐκβάλλεσθαι καὶ ῥαπίζεσθαι, καὶ Αρχίλοχον ὁμοίως.

121. ἦθος ἀνθρώπῳ δαίµων.

122. ἀνθρώπους µένει τελευτήσανταν ἄσσα οὐκ

ἔλπονται οὐδὲ δοκέουσι.

128. ἔνθα Τδεόντιϊ τω dar καὶ φύλακας yive- σθαι ἐγερτὶ ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν.

124. νυκτυπόλου μάγοι, βάκχοι, λῆναι, μύσται.

125. τὰ yap νοµιζόµενα Kart’ avOpurous μυστήρια ἀνιερωστὶ μυεῦνται.

125. τὰ yap νοµιζόµενα Kart’ avOpurous μυστήρια ἀνιερωστὶ μυεῦνται.

126 = 1500. 9 \ \ / \ 9 A \ 127. εἰ pn yap Διονύὐσῳ πομπὴν ἐποιεῦντο καὶ 4 9 9 / ? 4 ” 9 ο” e Ν ὕμνεον ἆσμα αἰδοίοισι, ἀναιδέστατα εἴργαστ᾽ ἄν' ὠντὸς δὲ "Αιδης καὶ Διόνυσος. Stem µαίνονται καὶ ληναίζουσι.

119. Diog. Laer. ix. 1. Schleiermacher attributes to Ἡ. on the basis of Schol. Ven. A. on Iliad xviii. 251 Eustath. 1142, 5; Bywater suggests Herakleides and compares Eust. p. 705, 60, and Achilles Tat. Isag. p. 124 B Petav.

120. Seneca, Hy. 12‘ Unus dies par omni est.’ The Greek cannot be restored from Plutarch, Camill. 19 φύσιν ἡμέρας ἁπάσης play οὖσαν.

121. Plutarch, Qu. Plat. i. 2, 9992; Alex. Aphrod. de fato 6, p. 16 (de anima ii. 48, p. 150); Stob. Flor. civ. 23. Cf. Pseudo-Herakl. Ep. 9.

122. Clem. Al. Strom. iv. 22, p. 6830; Protrept. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. EZ, ii. 3, p. 66); Theodoret. Ther. viii. p. 118, 1. Cf. Themist. (Plut.) in Stob. Flor. cxx. 28.

123. Hippolyt. Ref. haer.ix.10; the fragment is quoted to show that Herakleitos believes in the resurrection of the flesh, and recognises that god is the cause of this resurrection. Cf. Clem. Al. Strom. v.1, p. 649.

Sauppe suggests ἔνθα θεὺν δεῖ . . . φύλακα, Bernays ἔνθαδε ἐόντας : MSS. ἐγερτι(όντω», corr. Bernays. Schuster suggests δαίµων ἐθέλει ἔνθαδε ἑόντι ἐπιίστασθαι καὶ φυλακὸς κ. τ. A.

124. Clem. Al. Ργοίτορί. 2, p. 18 (Euseb. P. 1.1. 3, p. 66)...

125. Clem. Al. Protrept. 2. p. 19 (Euseb. P.Z. ii. p. 67). πο compares Arnobius adv. nat. v. 29.

196. (v. 190.)

127. Clem. Al. Protrept. 2, Ῥ. 80. MSS. ο corr. Lobeck : MBS. εἵργασται, corr. Schleierm. Clem. Al. ὅτεφ, Plutarch, de Isid. 28, p. 3624 ὅτε οὖν . . . Anpalvovaty.

128. Iamblich. de Myst. v.15. The Greek text cannot be restored.

HERAKLEITOS 53

119. (He used to say that) Homer deserved to be cast out of the lists and flogged, and Archilochos likewise.

120. One day is equal to every other. 121. Character is a man’s guardian divinity.

122. There awaits men at death what they do not expect or think.

128. Then [it is necessary] that God raise them up, and that they become guardians of the living and the dead. 7

Or adopting Sauppe’s conjectures in full ‘that he become a watchful guardian. . .’

124. Night-walkers, wizards, bacchanals, revellers, sharers in the mysteries.

125. For what are esteemed mysteries among men they celebrate in an unholy way.

127. For if it were not to Dionysos that they made the procession and sang the song with phallic symbols, their deeds would indeed be most shameful; but Hades and Dionysos are the same, to whomever they go mad and share the fevel.

128. 1 distinguish two kinds of sacrifices; those of men altogether purified, which would occur rarely, as Hera- kleitos says, in the case of a single individual, or of some very few men easily counted; secondly, those that are material and corporeal and composite through change, such δι in harmony with those who are still restrained by the

δ4 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

129. ἄκεα.

190. καθαίρονται δὲ αἵματι µιαινόμενοι ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τι ἐν πηλὸν ἐμβθὰς πηλώ ἀπονίζοιτο. µαίνεσθαι ὃ ἂν δοκοίη, εἴ τι αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιφράσαιτο οὕτω ποιέοντα. καὶ τοῖν ἀγάλμασι τουτέοισι εὔχονται, ὁκοῖον εἴ τι τοῖς δόµοισι λεσχηνεύοιτο, OV τι γινώσκων θεοὺς οὐδ' ἥρωας οἵτινές cio.

190α. εὖ θεοί εἰσι, ἵνα τί θρηνέετε αὐτούς; ei δὲ θρηνέετε αὐτοὺς, µηκέτι τούτους ἡγέεσθε θεού».

Spurious FRaGMENTs.

181. πάντα ψυχῶν εἶναι καὶ δαιμόνων πλήρη.

132. τήν τε οἴησιν ἱερὰν vooov ἔλεγε καὶ τὴν Spacey

ψεύδεσθαι.

188. ἐγκαλυπτέος ἕκαστος ὁ µαταίως ἐν δόξη γενό- μενο».

129. Iamblich. de Myst. i. 11.

130. Greg. Naz. Or. xxv. (xxiii.) 16, p. 466,ed. Par. 1778 πηλφ πηλὸ» καθαιρόντων. Elias Cretensis on the Gregory passage (cod. Vat. Pii ΠΠ. 6, fol. 90 r) gives first thirteen words (Byw. 130). Cf. Apollonius, Hp. 27. Byw. 126, the last sentence, from Origen, ο. Cels. i. 5, Ῥ. 6 (quoting Cel- sus);:ahd in part vii. 62, p. 384, Clem. Al. Prot. 4, p. 44. The whole passage, lacking the last eight words, is published by Neumann, Hermes. xv. 1880, p. 605 (cf. also xvi. 159), from fol. 83a of a MS. entitled Χρησμοὶ Gedy (containing also works ascribed to Justin Martyr) formerly in the Strassburg library.

This same MS. gives the following fragment, the last clauses of which Neumann joins to the passage as given in the text: δαιμόνων ἀγάλμασιν εὔχονται οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀκούοιεν, οὐκ ἀποδιδοῦσιν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀπαιτοῖεν.

1908. Given by Neumann from the Strassburg ΜΒ. just referred to- The saying is attributed to Xenophanes by Aristotle, Rhet. 23; 1400 b 5 and Plutarch, v. infra, p. 78.

131. Diog. Laer. ix. 7.

132. Diog. Laer. ix. 7. Cf. Floril. Monac. 195, p. 282.

138. Apollonius, Ep. 18.

HERAKLEITOS 55

129. (Herakleitos fittingly called religious rites) cures (for the soul).

180. They purify themselves by defiling themselves with blood, as if one who had stepped into the mud were to wash it off with mud. If any one of men should observe him doing so, he would think he was insane. And to these images they pray, just as if one were to converse with men’s houses, for they know not what gods and heroes are.

180a. If they are gods, why do ye lament them ? And if ye lament them, no longer consider them gods.

The fragment in the critical notes reads: ‘To images of gods they pray, to those who do not hear, as though they might hear; to those who do not answer, as though they might not make request.’

181. All things are full of souls and of divine spirits.

182. He was wont to say that false opinion 18 a sacred disease, and that vision is deceitful.

199. Each one who has come to be esteemed without due grounds, ought to hide his face.

56 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

184. οἴησις προκοπῆς ἐγκοπὴ προκοπῆς.

56 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

184. οἴησις προκοπῆς ἐγκοπὴ προκοπῆς.

185. τὴν παιδείαν ἕτερον ἥλιον εἶναι τοῖς πεπαιδευ- μένοι».

196. ἡ εὔκαιρος χάρις λιμῷ καθάπερ τροφὴ ἁρμότ- τουσα τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔνδειαν ἰᾶται.

197.. συντοµωτάτην ὁδὸν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν sis εὐδοξίαν τὸ γενέσθαι ἀγαθον.

ore eee -- ον ο ο

TT

134. Floril. Monac. 199, p. 283. Cf. Philo, ap. Ioan. Dam. S. P. 693 z, fr. p. 652 Mang. Stob. Flor. iv. 88 credits it to Bion; Maxim. Conf. Serm. 34, p. 624 Combef.

135. Floril. Monac. 200, p. 283.

136. Maximus Conf. Serm. 8, p. 557.

137. Maximus Conf. Serm. 46, p. 646.

188. Schol. ad Eurip. Hek. 134, i. p. 254 Dind.

TRANSLATION.

194. False opinion of progress is the stoppage of progress.

185. Their education is a second sun to those that have been educated.

136. As food is timely in famine, so opportune favour heals the need of the soul.

137. The same one was wont to say that the shortest way to glory was to become good.

188 Timaios wrote thus: So Pythagoras does not appear to have discovered the true art of words, nor yet the one accused by Herakleitos, but Herakleitos himself is the one who is the pretender.

HERAKLEITOS 57

PassaGEs IN PLATO AND ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS. |

Plato, Τ]οσεί. 160 p. Homer, and Herakleitos, and the whole company which say that all things are in motion and in a state of flux. Cf. 152 pH.

Kratylos, 401. According to Herakleitos all things are in motion and nothing abides. Cf. 4024, and frag. 41; also 412 p, 440c.

Plato also alludes to fragments 32, 45, 98-99.

Aristotle: Topica i. 11, 104f 21. All things are in motion, according to Herakleitos.

Top. viii. 5; 155 £ 80. Wherefore those that hold different opinions, as that good and bad are the same thing, as Herakleitos says, do not grant that the opposite cannot coexist with itself; not as though they did not think this to be the case, but because as followers of Herakleitos they are obliged to speak as they do.

Phys.i. 2; 185b19. But still, if in the argument all things that exist are one, as a cloak or a himation, it turns out that they are stating the position of Herakleitos ; for the same thing will apply to good and bad, and to good and not-good, so that good and not-good, and man and horse, will be the same; and they will not be argu- ing that all things are one, but that they are nothing, and that the same thing applies to such and to so much.

Phys, ΠΠ. 5; 205a8. As Herakleitos says that all things sometime become fire.

De celo i. 10; 279b16. And others in their turn say that sometimes combination is taking place, and at other times destruction, and that this will always con- tinue, as Empedokles of Agrigentum, and Herakleitos of Ephesos.

De anima i. 2; 405225. And Herakleitos also says that the first principle is soul, as it were a

De anima i. 2; 405225. And Herakleitos also says that the first principle is soul, as it were a

98 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

fiery exhalation, of which all other things consist ; for it is the least corporeal and always in a state of flux, and the moving is known by the moving; and he agreed with most thinkers in holding that things are in motion.

De part anim. i. 5; 645a17. And as Herakleitos is reported to have said to strangers who wanted to meet him, who stopped when they entered and saw him getting warm by an oven—for he bade them enter boldly, since, said he, gods are here—so should one enter upon the investigation of each of the animals without timidity, a8 there is in them all something natural and beautiful.

Met. i. 8; 984a7. Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos of Ephesos call fire the first cause. Cf. 996 a 9, 1001 a 16.

Met. ili. 8; 1005 Ὦ 24. For it is impossible for any one to postulate that the same thing is and is not, as some think Herakleitos says.

Met. 11.5; 1010a18. V. Frag. 41-42, supra.

Met. ui. 7; 1012 8 24. For the word of Herakleitos, that all things are and are not, seems to make all things true.

Met. x.5; 10624 99. For one might ask Herakleitos himself after this manner and speedily compel him to agree that it is never possible for opposite statements to be true about the same things. Cf. 1068 b 24.

Met. xii. 4; 1078 b 12. For the doctrine of ideas is held by its supporters because they are convinced by Herakleitos’s words in regard to the truth, viz., that all things perceived by the senses are always in a state of flux; so that if there is to be a science and a know- | ledge of anything, it is necessary to assume the existence of other objects in nature besides those that are perceived by sense, for there can be no science of things in a state of flux.

HERAKLEITOS 99

Eth. ii. 8; 110646. It 18 harder to fight against pleasure than against anger, as Herakleitos says.

Eth. vii. 3; 1146 b 80. For some believe their opinions no lessstrongly than what they know by scientific procedure ; and Herakleitos is an example of this.

Eth. viii. 2; 1155b4. And Herakleitos says that opposition unites, and that the most beautiful harmony results from opposites, and that all things come into being through strife.

Eth. x. 5; 1176a6. As Herakleitos says, an ass would prefer refuse to gold, for natural food is sweeter to asses than gold.

viii. 2; 1155b4. And Herakleitos says that opposition unites, and that the most beautiful harmony results from opposites, and that all things come into being through strife.

Eth. x. 5; 1176a6. As Herakleitos says, an ass would prefer refuse to gold, for natural food is sweeter to asses than gold.

Sext. Emp. adv. Math. vii.129. According to Hera- kleitos we become intelligent when we get this divine reason by breathing it in, and in sleep we are forgetful, but on waking we gain our senses again. For in sleep since the pores of the senses are closed, the mind in us is separated from what is akin to it in what surrounds us, and its connection through pores is only preserved like a sort of root ; and being cut off it loses its former power of memory; but when we wake it peeps out through the pores of sense as through little doors, and entering into connection with what surrounds us it regains the power of reason.

PASSAGES REFERRING TO HERAKLEITOS IN THE ‘ DoxoGRAPHISTS.’

Ar. Did. Epit. 89, 2; Dox. 471. Zeno as well as Herakleitos says that the soul is a perceptive exhalation. The latter desiring to make it clear that souls always " gain mental faculties by giving forth exhalations, likened them to rivers; and these are his words : (Fr. 42) ‘ Other and yet other waters are flowing on upon those who step in the same rivers.’

Sim. in Phys. 6r; Dox. 475. (Theophrastos says)

60 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos of Ephesos teach that the one is moved and limited, but they make fire the first principle and derive all things from fire by condensation and rarefaction, and again they resolve them into fire since this one thing is the essential nature underlying their appearance; for Herakleitos says that all things are transformations of fire [πυρὸς ἀμοιβὴν], and he finds a certain order and definite time in the changes of the universe according to a fated [εἱμαρμένην] necessity.

Theoph. de Sens. 1; Dox. 499. The followers of Anaxagoras and Herakleitos say that men perceive by the presence in themselves of the opposite quality.

Phil. de Piet. 14, 25; Dox. 548. (Chrysippos) in his third book says that the universe is one of the beings endowed with sense, fellow-citizen with men and gods, and that strife and Zeus are the same thing, as Hera- kleitos says. |

Phil. de Piet. 14, 25; Dox. 548. (Chrysippos) in his third book says that the universe is one of the beings endowed with sense, fellow-citizen with men and gods, and that strife and Zeus are the same thing, as Hera- kleitos says. |

Hipp. Phil. 44: Ώου. ὅδ8. Herakleitos the Ephesian, a philosopher of the physical school, was always lament- ing, charging all men with ignorance of the whole of life, but still he pitied the life of mortals. For he would say that he himself knew all things, but that other men knew - nothing. His language agrees quite well with that of EKmpedokles when he says that strife and love are the first principles of all things, and that god is intelligent fire, and that all things enter into a common motion and do not stand still, And as Empedokles said that the whole region occupied by man is full of evils, and that the evils extend from the region about the earth as far as the moon but do not go farther, inasmuch as all the region beyond the moon is purer, so also it seemed to Herakleitos.

Epi. adv. Haer. ii. 20; Dox. 591. Herakleitos the Ephesian, son of Bleson, said that fire is the source of

ee ή -''-

HERAKLEITOS _. Ol

all things, and that all things are resolved into fire again.

Galen, His. Phil. 62; Dox. 626. Herakleitos says that the sun is a burning mass, kindled at its rising, and quenched at its setting.

Herm. I.G.P. 18; Doz. 654. Perhaps I might yield to the arguments of noble Demokritos and want to laugh with him, unless Herakleitos led me to the opposite view as he said weeping: Fire is the first principle of all things, and it is subject to rarefaction and condensation, the one active, the other passive, the one synthetic, the other analytic. Enough for me, for I am already steeped in such first principles.

Aet. i. 8; Dox. 288. Herakleitos and Hippasos say that the first principle of all things is fire; for they say that all things arise from fire and they all end by becoming fire. As this is quenched all things come into the order of the universe; for first the dense part of it contracting into itself becomes earth, then the earth becoming relaxed by fire is rendered water in its nature, then it is sublimated and becomes air ; and again the universe and all bodies are consumed by fire in the conflagration. [Fire then is the first principle because all things arise from this, and the final principle because all things are resolved into this. |

Aet. i. 5; Dox. 292. -Hippasos of Metapontum and Herakleitos the Ephesian say that the all is one, ever moving and limited, and that fire is its first principle.

Aet. i. 7; Dox. 808. MHerakleitos says that the periodic fire is eternal, and that destined reason working through opposition is the creator [δημιουργὸν] of things.

Aet. 1. 9; Dox. 807. H. et al. declare that matter is subject to change, variation, and transformation, and that it flows the whole through the whole.

Aet. i. 18; Dox. 912. H. introduces certain very

62 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Aet. 1. 9; Dox. 807. H. et al. declare that matter is subject to change, variation, and transformation, and that it flows the whole through the whole.

Aet. i. 18; Dox. 912. H. introduces certain very

62 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

small and indivisible particles (or H. seems to some to leave particles, instead of the unity).

Aet. 1. 28; Dox. 320. H. denies rest and fixed position to the whole; for this is the attribute of dead bodies; but he assigns eternal motion to what is eternal, perishable motion to what is perishable.

Aet.i.27; Dox. 8322. H.says that all things happen according to fate and that fate itself is necessity. Indeed he writes ‘ For it 18 absolutely destined.’ (Frag. 638.)

Aet.1. 28; Dox. 328. H. declares that reason, pervad- ing the essence of the all, is the essence of fate. And it is itself ethereal matter, seed of the generation of the all, and measure of the allotted period.

Aet.ti.1; Dox. 827, Herakleitos etal. The universe is one. 4; Dox. 881. The universe is generated not according to time, but according to thought. 11; Doz. 840; H. et al. The heaven is of a fiery nature. 18; Που. 3842. H. and Parmenides. The stars are compressed bits of fire. 17; Doz.846. H. and Parm. The stars are nurtured by an exhalation from the earth. 20; Dox. 851. H. and Hekataios. The sun is an intelligent burning mass rising out of the sea. (The same words are assigned to Stoics, Plut. 2, 890 4; Doz. 849.) 21; Dox. 351. It is as great ‘as the width of a human foot.’ 22; Dox. 852. It is bowl-shaped, rather gibbous. 24; Dox.854. An eclipse takes place by the turn- ing of the bowl-shaped body so that the concave side is upward,and the convex side downward toward our vision. [25 ; Dox. 356. The earth is surrounded with mist.] 27 ; Dox. 858. (The moon) is bowl-shaped.' 28; Doz. 859. Sun and moon are subject to the same influences. For these heavenly bodies being bowl-shaped, receive bright rays from the moist exhalation, and give light in appearance [πρὸς την Φφαντασίαν]; the sun more

' Cf. Galen. Hist. Phil. 64; Doz. 626.

HERAKLEITOS 63

brightly, for it moves in purer οπου [ἀήρ], and the moon moves in thicker ether and so it shines more dimly. 29; Dox. 859. Eclipses of the moon are occasioned by the turning of the bowl-shaped body. 382; Doz. 964. The great year consists of eighteen thousand sun-years. According to Diogenes and Herakleitos the year consists of three hundred and sixty-five days.

Aet. ΠΠ. 8; Dox. 869. Thunder is occasioned by a, gathering of winds and clouds, and the impact of gusts of wind on the clouds; and lightning by a kindling of the exhalations; and fiery whirlwinds [πρηστῆρας] by a burning and a quenching of the clouds.

Aet. iv. 8; Dox. 388. Parmenides and Hippasos and Herakleitos call the soul a fiery substance. 7; Doz. 392. H. says that souls set free from the body go into the soul of the all, inasmuch as it is akin to them in nature and essence.

Aet. iv. 8; Dox. 388. Parmenides and Hippasos and Herakleitos call the soul a fiery substance. 7; Doz. 392. H. says that souls set free from the body go into the soul of the all, inasmuch as it is akin to them in nature and essence.

Aet. v.28; Dox. 484. Herakleitos and the Stoics say ‘that men come to maturity at about fourteen years, with the beginning of sexual life ; for trees come to maturity when they begin to bear fruit. . . And at about the age of fourteen men gain understanding of good and evil, and of instruction as to these matters.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 65

V. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES.

XENOPHANES' Of Kolophon, son of Dexias (Apollodoros says of Orthomenes), was the founder of the Eleatic School. After a careful review of the evidence, Zeller (Vorsokr. Phil. pp. 521-522) concludes that he was born about 580 z.c. ; it 1s agreed by all writers that he lived to a great age. The stories of his travels and adven- tures are very numerous. He speaks of the war between the Ionic colonies and the Persians as beginning in his youth. According to Diogenes he sang the founding of Flea in 2,000 hexameter verses. The reference to him by Herakleitos (Fr. 16) indicates the general respect for his philosophy. He composed poetry of all varieties, and is said to have recited his own poems. His philosophic views were embodied in a poem which was early lost, and to which later ages gave the name ‘ περὶ φύσεως.

Literature: Brandis, Comm. Hleat. 1818; Cousin, Nouv. frag. phil. 1828, pp. 9-45; Karsten, Phil. Graec. vet. relig. i. 1, 1880; Bergk, Poet. Lyr. Graec. ti.;. F. Kern, Quaestionum Xenophanearum cap. duo, Naumb. 1864; Bettrdége, Danzig 1871; Ueber Xenophanes, Stettin 1874 ; Freudenthal, Die Theologie des Xenophanes, 1886 ; and Archi f. d. Gesch. d. Phil. i. 1888, p. 822 sqq.; Thill, Xéno- phane de Colophon, Luxemb. 1890.

On the book De Xen. Zen. Gorg. Aristotelis, v. Fille- born, Halle 1789; Bergk, 1848; Mullach, 18465 ; Ueberweg, Philol. viii. 1858, p. 104 sqq.; xxvi. 1868, p. 709 sqq.; Vermehren, 1861; F. Kern, Symbola crit. ad libellum π. Ἐενοφ. etc. Oldenb. 1867; Diels’ Dozogr. pp. 109-118; Zeller, Ge- schichte d. Pil. d. Griechen, i. 499-521. |

F

06 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

(a2) FrRaGMENTs oF XENOPHANES.*

1 els θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔτε δέµας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος οὔτε νόηµα.

2 οὖλος ὁρᾷ, ovAos δὲ νοεῖ, οὖλος δέ τ᾽ ἀκούει. ὃ ἀλλ) ἀπάνευθε πόνοιο νόου φρενὶ πάντα κραδαίνει.

4 αὐεὶ & ἐν ταὐτῷ µίµνει κινούµενον οὐδέν, οὐδὲ µετέρχεσθαί µιν ἐπιπρέπει ἄλλοτε GAA.

5 ἀλλὰ βροτοὶ δοκέουσι γεννᾶσθαι θεοὺς, τὴν σφετέραν δ᾽ ἐσθῆτά 7 ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέµα» τα. 6. . . ἀλλ εἴ χεῖρας ἔχον Boss He λέοντεν, «ὧςΣ γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματ᾽ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθ’, οἷόν περ Kad αὐτοὶ δέµας εἶχον «ἕκαστοι» ἵπποι µέν & ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὁμοῖα.

Sources and Critical Notes.

6. . . ἀλλ εἴ χεῖρας ἔχον Boss He λέοντεν, «ὧςΣ γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματ᾽ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθ’, οἷόν περ Kad αὐτοὶ δέµας εἶχον «ἕκαστοι» ἵπποι µέν & ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὁμοῖα.

Sources and Critical Notes.

1. Clem. Alex. Strom. v. p. 714. Euseb. Praep. Ev. xiii. 13, p. 678 p. MS. οὖδε δ᾽, ... οὔτε, corr. Potter.

2. Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 144.

3. Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23, 20; Dow. 481.

4. Simplic. Phys. 6 r 23,11; Doz. 481.

5. Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 714; Euseb. Praep.: Ev.’ xiii. 13, p. 6780, following Fr. 1. Theodoret, Gr. Aff. Curat. iii. 72, p. 49. V.1: Theod., Clem. cd. Par. and Ed. Floren., Euseb. CF'GI read ἀλλ᾽ οἱ Bporoi. Text follows remaining M88. of Clem. and Kuseb. V.2: Theod. καὶ ἴσην, Clem. and Euseb. τὴν σφετέραν ; Theod. Τ) αἴσθησιν, Clem. and Euseb. 8’ ἐσθῆτα,

6. Clem. Euseb. and Theod. after preceding fragment. Line 5 stands third in MSS. and earlier texts; Karsten places it fifth.

V.1: Clem. and Theod. ἀλλ᾽ ef τοι χεῖρας εἶχον: Clem. Euseb. λέοντες, Theod. ἐλεφάντες. V. 2: Βιβοῦ. ΓΙ καὶ, other MSS. Ἆ, corr. Hiller. V.3: Euseb. and Theod. ral κε: Eus. DEFG dépar’, V. 4: MSS. ἔσχον, corr. Karst.: MSS. ὁμοῖον, Meineke ἕκαστοι. V. 5: Clem. Theod. ὁμοῖοι, Eus. ὅμοιοι,

Karst. ὁμοῖα.

* The text follows in the main the edition of Bergk-Hiller, Poet. Lyr. Graec., Leipzig, 1890.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 67

TRANSLATION.

1. God is one, supreme among gods and men, and {΄ not like mortals in body or in mind.!

2. The whole [of god] sees, the whole perceives, the, whole hears.”

3. But without effort he sets in motion all things by ᾽ mind and thought.

4. It [2.e. being] always abides in the same place, not moved at all, nor is it fitting that it should move from one place to another.

5. But mortals suppose that the gods are born (as. they themselves are), and that they wear man’s clothing and have human voice and body.

6. But if cattle or lions had hands, so as to paint with their hands and produce works of art as men do, they would paint their gods and give them bodies in form hke their own—horses like horses, cattle like cattle.’

1 Zeller, Vorsokratische Philosophie, p. 580, n. 3. 2 Zeller, 526, n. 1. No author is given in the context; Karsten follows Fabricius in accrediting it to Xenophanes. . 3 Zeller, 524,n.2. Cf. Arist. Rhet. ii. 23; 1899 b 6. 4 Zeller, 625, π. 2. Diog. Laer. iii. 16; Cic. de nat. Deor. i. 27. F 2

68 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

7 παντα θεοῖο ἀνέθηκαν "Όμηρός & Ἡσίοδός τε a 9 0 , 9 / 4 4 / ὅσσα trap ἀνθρώποισιν ὀνείδεα καὶ ψόγος ἐστέ, καὶ πλεῖστ᾽ ἐφθέγξαντο θεῶν ἀθεμίστια ἔργα, κλέπτειν, µοιχεύειν τε καὶ ἀλλήλουο ἀἁπατεύειν.

8 ἐκ γαίης γὰρ πάντα, καὶ eis γῆν πάντα τελευτᾷ. 9 πάντες γὰρ yalns τε καὶ ὕδατος ἐκγενόμεσθα.

10 yf καὶ ὕδωρ wav’ ἐσθ᾽ ὅσα γἰνοντ’ ἠδὲ φύονται.

8 ἐκ γαίης γὰρ πάντα, καὶ eis γῆν πάντα τελευτᾷ. 9 πάντες γὰρ yalns τε καὶ ὕδατος ἐκγενόμεσθα.

10 yf καὶ ὕδωρ wav’ ἐσθ᾽ ὅσα γἰνοντ’ ἠδὲ φύονται.

> {

11 πηγή δ ἐστι θάλασσ᾽ ὕδατοο, πηγὴ δ ἀνέμοιο: ψ \ 9 / > > 7 4 οὔτε γὰρ ἐν νέφεσιν « πνοιαί κ᾿ ἀνέμοιο φύοιντο ἐκπνείοντος» ἔσωθεν ἄνευ πόντου µεγάλοιο ιά ς \ A vw 9 σα, 2 ο οὔτε ῥοαὶ ποταμῶν out’ αἰθέρος ὄμβριον ὕδωρ > \ / LU , 3 ἀλλὰ μέγας πόντος γενέτωρ νεφέων ἀνέμων τε καὶ ποταμῶν.

-- ῤ Ν / a wv A c a 12 yarns μὲν τόδε πεῖρας ἄνω παρὰ ποσσὶν ὁρᾶται αἰθέρι προσπλάζον, τὰ κάτω δ᾽ ἐς ἄπειρον ἱκάνει.

13 fv 7 Ἶριν καλέουσι, νέφος καὶ τοῦτο πέφυκε πορφύρεον καὶ φοινίκεον καὶ χλωρὸν ἰδέσθαι.

7. Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 193 and i. 289 combined. V. 3: MSS. 3s, Karst. καὶ.

8. Sext. Emp. Math. x. 318; Stob. Hel. Phys. i. p. 294, Dox. 284; Schol. Vill. and Schol. Min. to Homer, 10. H 99.

9. Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 361 and x. 313 ; Eustath. Il. H 99, p. 668, 60.

10. Simplic. Phys. 41 r 189, 1, attributes this verse to Anaximenes on the authority of Porphyry. Joh. Philoponus (Phys. i. 188 b 30) attri- butes it to Xenophanes on the same authority.

MS. γίνονται, corr. Diels.

11. Schol. Genev. to Homer, 10. 1 199, 2. V. Stés. d. berl. Akad. June 18, 1891. I have inserted Diels’ emendation in lines 2 and 3. The first line also occurs in Stob. Flor. ed. Gais. iv. App. p. 6.

12. Achill. Tat. in Isagoge ad Aratum (Petavit Doctr. Tempor. iii. p. 76). Cf. Aristotle, de Xenophane, &c., 2; 976 a 32.

V. 2: καὶ pet προσπλάζον, τὰ κάτω 3° els, Karst. αἴθέρι.

13. Eustath. Jl. A 24, p. 827, 59; Schol. Vill. ad Z7. A 27 and Schol. Leyd. in Valckenaer, Diatr. Eurip. p. 195.

—- —— — eee

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 69

7. Homer and Hesiod attributed to the gods all things which are disreputable and worthy of blame when done _ by men; and they told of them many lawless deeds, stealing, adultery, and deception of each other.!

8. For all things come from earth, and all things end by becoming earth.?

9. For we are all sprung from earth and water.®

10. All things that come into being and grow are earth and water.

11. The sea is the source of water and the source of wind ; for neither would blasts of wind arise in the clouds and blow out from within them, except for the great sea, nor would the streams of rivers nor the rain-water in the sky exist but for the sea; but the great sea is the begetter of clouds and winds and rivers.

12. This upper limit of earth at our feet is visible and ttouches the air,f but below it reaches to infinity.‘

18. She whom men call Iris (rainbow), this also is by nature cloud, violet and red and pale green to behold.

1 Zeller, 525, n. 3. Οἱ. Diog. Laer. ix. 18; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. i. 224. 2 Cf. Stob. Hcl. Phys. ii. 282, ἐκ πυρὸς yap τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς rip τὸ πάντα τελευτᾷ, which Karsten does not assign to Xenophanes. * Zeller, 541,n.1. ΟΙ. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 30. - 4 Cf. Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 a 21.

Laer. ix. 18; Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. i. 224. 2 Cf. Stob. Hcl. Phys. ii. 282, ἐκ πυρὸς yap τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς rip τὸ πάντα τελευτᾷ, which Karsten does not assign to Xenophanes. * Zeller, 541,n.1. ΟΙ. Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 30. - 4 Cf. Arist. de Coelo ii. 13; 294 a 21.

70 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

14 καὶ τὸ μὲν οὖν cadis οὔτις ἀνὴρ yéver’ οὔδε τι» ἔσται εἰδὼς ἀμφὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἄσσα λέγω περὶ πάντων ' » ν , / » 2 εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ µάλιστα τύχοι τετελεσμένον εἰπών, 9 A Od 9 Ν 9 A a αὐτὸς ὅμως οὐκ olde: Soxos 8 ἐπὶ πᾶσι τέτυκται. 15 ταῦτα δεδόξασθαι μὲν ἑοικότα rots ἐτύμοισι.

16 οὔτοι ἀπ ἀρχῆς πάντα θεοὶ θνητοῖς ὑπέδειξαν, ΄ / / 9 / wv ἀλλὰ χρόνῳ Cyréovres ἐφευρίσκουσιν ἄμεινον.

17 πὰρ πυρὶ χρὴ τοιαῦτα λέγειν χειμῶνος ἐν Spy ἐν κλίνῃ µαλακῇ κατακείµενον, ἔμπλεον ὄντα, πίνοντα γλυκὺν οἶνον, ὑποτρώγοντ' ἐρεβίνθους - tis πὀθεν els ἀνδρῶν ; πόσα τοι ἔτε ἐστί, φέριστε ; πηλίκος 708 60’ ὁ Μῆδος ἀφίκετο ; 18 νῦν abr’ ἄλλον ἔπειμι λόγον, δείξω δὲ κέλευθον. * * * * * * Kai ποτέ µιν στυφελιζοµένου σκύλακος παριόντα φασὶν ἐποικτῖραι καὶ τύδε φάσθαι Fos: παῦσαι μηδὲ ῥάπιζ, ἐπεὶ ἡ φίλου ἀνέρος ἐστιν = 4B ψυχή, τὴν ἔγνων φθεγξαμένης ἀίων.

14. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 49 and 110, and viii. 326. Vv. 1-2: Plut.

aud. poet. 178; Laer. Diog. ix. 72. Vv. 3-4: Hipp. Phil. 14, Doz.

565; Origen, Philos. xiv. vol. i. p. 892; Galen, de diff. puls. iii. 1, viii. p. 62. Last half line: Sext. Emp. Pyrrh. ii. 18; Proklos in Tim. p. 78, ἄο.

V.1: Sext. Diog. ev. V.3: Galen ἣν γὰρ καὶ τὰ µέγιστα τύχῃ τετελεσμένα, Hipp. τύχῃ. 15. Plut. Symp. ix. 146 8. Karst. reads δεδόξασται. 16. Stob. Flor. xxix. 41 G, Ecl. Phys., I. 224. V. 1: Flor. ἐπέδειξαν, Hcl. παρέδοξαν. V. 2: Hcl. MS. Flor. ἐφευρίσκουσιν, other MSS. ἐφεύρισκον. 17. Athen. ii. p. 542. V.3: Eustath. p. 948, 40.

18. Diog. Laer. viii. 36 ; Suidas, v. Ἐενοφάνη». Anthol. Graec. i. 86, p. 845, ed. Bosch. prefixes two verses which Karsten assigns to Apollo- doros on the evidence of Athen. 418 z.

V. 1: MSS. νῦν οὖν 7’, corr. Steph. V.3: Suidas gncly. V.5: Karst. τῆς. Suidas BE φθεγξαμένη».

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES (ai

14. Accordingly there has not been a man, nor will there be, who knows distinctly what I say about the gods or in regard to all things, for even if one chances for the most part to say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks he knows.'

15. These things have seemed to me to resemble the truth.

16. In the beginning the gods did not at all reveal all things clearly to mortals, but by searching men in the course of time find them out better.

17. The following are fit topics for conversation for men reclining on a soft couch by the fire in the winter season, when after a meal they are drinking sweet wine and eating a little pulse: Who are you, and what is your family? What is your age, my friend? How old were you when the Medes invaded this land ?

What is your age, my friend? How old were you when the Medes invaded this land ?

18. Now, however, I come to another topic, and I will show the way.... They say that once on a time whena hound was badly treated a passer-by pitied him and said, ‘Stop beating him, for it is the soul of a dear friend; I recognised him on hearing his voice.’

1 Zeller, 549,n.2. Burnett, ‘ All are free to guess.’

72 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

19 Gd’ εἰ μὲν ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν νίκην τις ἄροιτο ἢ πενταθλεύων, ἔνθα Aros τέμενος map Πίσαο pono’ ἐν Ὀλυμπίῃ, εἴτε παλαίων, ἢ καὶ πυκτοσύνην ἀλγινόεσσαν ἔχων, sire τὸ δεινὸν ἄεθλον, ὃ παγκράτιον καλέουσιν 5 ἀστοῖσιν κ᾿ ein κυδρότερος προσορᾶν, καί κε προεδρίην φανερὴν ἐν ἀγῶσιν ἄροιτο, καί Kev ot?’ εἴη δημοσίων Kredvav - ἐκ πόλεως καὶ δῶρον, ὅ οἱ κειµήλιον Ein: ἵ λ ο A 4 φ ο / 10 site καὶ ἵπποισιν, ταῦτά Xx ἅπαντα λάχοι» 9 \ wv Lid \ ς / A > / ovx ἑὼν ἄξιος, ὥσπερ yw" ῥώμης γὰρ ἀμείνων 9 “A 3099 ϱ e / ἀνδρῶν ἠδ' ἵππων ἡμετέρη σοφίη. GAN’ εἰκῆ µάλα τοῦτο νοµίζεται' οὐδὲ δίκαιον προκρίνειν ῥώμην τῆς ἀγαθῆς σοφίη». ” \ 3 , ο θὺ a / 1 5 οὔτε γὰρ εὖ πύκτης ἀγαθὸς λαοῖσι µετείη, ovr’ et πενταθλεῖν, οὔτε παλαισμοσύνην, οὐδὲ μὲν εἰ ταχυτῆτι ποδῶν, τόπερ ἐστὶ πρότιµον er ο 9 3 ” 9) 9 ? a ῥώμης dao’ ἀνδρῶν ἔργ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι πέλει, τοῦνεκεν ἂν δὴ μᾶλλον ἐν εὐνομίῃ πόλις Ein’ σμικρὸν & ἄν τι πόλει χάρµα γένοιτ) ἐπὶ τῷ, 20 el τι» ἀεθλεύων νικῷ Πίσαο παρ’ ὄχθας ' οὗ γὰρ πιαίνει ταῦτα μυχοὺς πόλεων.

20 ἁβροσύνας δὲ µαθόντες ἀνωφελέας παρὰ Λυδῶν, ὄφρα τυρρανίης ἦσαν ἄνευ στυγερῆς, ἤεσαν sis ἀγορὴν παναλουργέα pape ἔχοντες, ov µείους ὥσπερ χίλιοι εἰς ἐπίπαν, αὐχαλέοι, χαίτῃσιν ἀγαλλόμενοι εὐπρεπέεσσιν, 5 ἀσκητοῖς ὀδμὴν χρίµασι δευόµενου.

19. Athen. x. 418.

V. 8: Schneidewin pods, cf. v.21. V.5: ΜΒΡ. τί, Wakef. τὸ. 5.6: Vulg. πρὸς ἄκρα, Jacobs προσορᾶν from MS. A προσέρα». V. 8: MSS. σιτείη, corr. Turnebus. V. 10: Dindorf connects with the preceding line and reads of κ᾿ ἔοι ἄξιος. V.15: A λαοῖσιν ἔτ εἴη, corr. Steph.

20. Athen. xii. p. 526.

V. 1: MSS. ἀφροσύνας, corr. Schneider V. 2: Vulg. ἐπὶ στυγερῆς, corr. Dindorf. V.4: 4Ἡ ὥσπερ, PVL ἥπερ. V.5: Last word: Schneidewin ταναῇσι»ν, Bergk' prefers ἀγάλμασί 7’,

a υπ

10

15

20

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENUPHANES 73

V.15: A λαοῖσιν ἔτ εἴη, corr. Steph.

20. Athen. xii. p. 526.

V. 1: MSS. ἀφροσύνας, corr. Schneider V. 2: Vulg. ἐπὶ στυγερῆς, corr. Dindorf. V.4: 4Ἡ ὥσπερ, PVL ἥπερ. V.5: Last word: Schneidewin ταναῇσι»ν, Bergk' prefers ἀγάλμασί 7’,

a υπ

10

15

20

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENUPHANES 73

19. But if one wins a victory by swiftness of foot, or in the pentathlon, where the grove of Zeus lies by Pisas’ stream at Olympia, or as a wrestler, or in painful boxing, or in that severe contest called the pancration, he would be more glorious in the eyes of the citizens, he would win a front seat at assemblies, and would be entertained by the city at the public table, and he would receive a gift which would be a keepsake for him. If he won by means of horses he would get all these things although he did not deserve them, as I deserve them, for our wisdom is better than the strength of men or of horses. This is indeed a very wrong custom, nor is 16 right to prefer strength to excellent wisdom. For if there should be in the city a man good at boxing, or in the pentathlon, or in wrestling, or in swiftness of foot, which is honoured more than strength (among the contests men enter into at the games), the city would not on that account be any.better governed. Small joy would it be to any city in this case if a citizen conquers at the games on the banks of the Pisas, for this does not fill with wealth its secret chambers.

20. Having learned profitless luxuries from the Ly- dians, while as yet they had no experience of hateful tyranny, they proceeded into the market-place, no less than a thousand in number all told, with purple garments completely covering them, boastful, proud of their comely locks, anointed with unguents of rich perfume.

74 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

21 νῦν yap δὴ ζάπεδον καθαρὸν καὶ χεῖρες ἁπάντων καὶ κύλικεο' πλεκτοὺς δ᾽ ἀμφιτιθεῖ στεφάνους, ἄλλος δ᾽ evades μύρον ἐν φιάλῃ παρατείνει" κρατὴρ ὃ ἕστηκεν μεστὸς ἐυφροσύνης : ἄλλος & οἶνος ἑτοῖμος, ὃς οὕποτέ φησι προδώσειν, 5 µείλιχος ἐν κεράμοισ’, ἄνθεος ὀσδόμενος" ἐν δὲ µέσοισ᾽ ἁγνὴν ὀδμὴν λιβανωτὸς ἴησιν, ψυχρὸν δ ἔστιν ὕδωρ καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ καθαρόν ' πάρκεινται & ἄρτοι ξανθοὶ γεραρή τε τράπεζα τυροῦ καὶ μέλιτος πίονον ἀχθομένη ° 10 ᾿Βωμὸς δ᾽ ἄνθεσιν av τὸ µέσον πάντῃ πεπύκασται, μολπὴ δ᾽ ἀμφὶς ἔχει δώματα καὶ θαλίη. χρὴ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν θεὸν ὑμνεῖν εὔφρονας ἄνδρας εὐφήμοις µύθοις καὶ καθαροῖσι λόγοι». σπείσαντας δὲ καὶ εὐξαμένου» τὰ δίκαια δύνασθαι 15 πρήσσειν' (ταῦτα yap ὧν ἐστι προχειρότερον ') οὐχ Ups πίνειν ὁπόσον Kev ἔχων ἀφίκοιο οἴκαδ᾽ ἄνευ προπόλου, μὴ Πάνυ γηραλέοο * ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ αἰνεῖν τοῦτον, ὃς ἐσθλὰ πιὼν ἀναφαίνει, ὥς οἱ μνημοσύνη καὶ «πόνο» aud’ ἀρετῆ». 20 οὔτι µάχας διέπειν Τιτάνων οὐδὲ Γιγάντων, οὐδέ τι Κενταύρων, πλάσματα τῶν προτέρων, ἡ στασίας σφεδανάς' τοῖσ᾽ οὐδὲν χρηστὸν ἔνεστιν' θεῶν «δὲ» προµηθείην αἰὲν ἔχειν ἀγαθόν.

———

21. Athen. xi. p. 462.

20 οὔτι µάχας διέπειν Τιτάνων οὐδὲ Γιγάντων, οὐδέ τι Κενταύρων, πλάσματα τῶν προτέρων, ἡ στασίας σφεδανάς' τοῖσ᾽ οὐδὲν χρηστὸν ἔνεστιν' θεῶν «δὲ» προµηθείην αἰὲν ἔχειν ἀγαθόν.

———

21. Athen. xi. p. 462.

Vv. 4-8: Eustath. Od. ι 359, p. 1633, 53. V. 2: MSS. ἀμφιτιθεὶς, corr. Dindorf. V.13: Bergk‘ reads πορσύνει. V.4: Eust. omits δὲ and reads ἐμφροσύνης. V.5: AE olvos ἐστὶν ἔτοιμος, Karst. ἄλλῳ 8 οἶνος ἔτοιμος. Text follows Meineke and Bergk. V.11: Vulg. αὐτὸ µέσον, corr. Karst. V.14: MSS. Adyos, Hichstidt νόοις, Schneid. νόμοι. V.16: Vulg. puts colon after πρήσσειν and period at end of line. Meineke puts comma at end of line, and colon after ὕβρι. Bergk reads ταῦτα γὰρ ὧν .. . ὕβρις as paren- thetica]l. Schneid. προαιρέτεον. V.19: Hermann ἀναφαίνῃ. V.20: Vulg. ἡ μνημοσύνη, καὶ τὸν ὃς, Schneid. of μνημοσύνη καὶ πόνος, Bergk of µνηµο- σύν) ᾗ, καὶ τὸν, ὃς. V. 91: Bergk διέπει. V.22: Hermann οὐδέ τι, Bergk ovS av: MSS. πλασμάτων, corr. Hermann. V. 23: MSS. φενδόνα», Scalig. Φλεδόνας, Osann. σφεδανά.. V. 24: Scalig. adds δὲ: MSS. -ἀγαθή», corr. Franke et al.

10

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 75

21. For now the floor is clean, the hands of all and the cups are clean; one puts on the woven garlands, another passes around the fragrant ointment in a vase ; the mixing bow] stands full of good cheer, and more wine, mild and of delicate bouquet, is at hand in jars, which says if will never fail. In the midst frankincense sends forth its sacred fragrance, and there is water, cold, and sweet, and pure; the yellow loaves are near at hand, and the table of honour is loaded with cheese and rich honey. The altar in the midst is thickly covered with flowers on every side; singing and mirth fill the house.

Men making merry should first hymn the god with

- propitious stanzas and pure words ; and when they have

15

20

poured out libations and prayed for power to do the right (since this lies nearest at hand), then it is no un- fitting thing to drink as much as will not prevent your walking eine without a slave, if you are not very old. And one ought to praise that man who, when he has drunk, unfolds noble things as his memory and his toil for virtue suggest ; (but there is nothing praiseworthy in discussing battles of Titans or of Giants or Centaurs, fic- tions of former ages, nor in plotting violent revolutions.

But it is good always to pay careful respect to the gods.

Τ6 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

22 πέµψας γὰρ κωλῆν ἐρίφου σκέλος ἤραο πῖον ταύρου λαρινοῦ, τίµιον ἀνδρὶ λαχεῖν, τοῦ κλέος Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἐφίξεται οὐδ ἀπολήξει ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἀοιδάων ᾗ yévos Ἑλλαδικόν.

23 οὐδέ κεν ἐν κύλικι πρότερον κεράσειέ τις οἶνον ἐγχέας, GAN ὕδωρ καὶ καθύπερθε µέθυ.

24 ἤδη & ἑπτά 7 ἔασι καὶ ἑξήκοντ) ἐνιαυτοί

βληστρίζοντες ἐμὴν φροντἰδ av’ Ἑλλάδα γῆν" ἐκ γενετῆς δὲ TOT’ ἦσαν ἐείκοσι πέντε τε πρὸς τοῖς,

εἴπερ ἐγὼ περὶ τῶνὸ οἶδα λέγειν ἐτύμως.

25 οὐκ lon πρὀκλησις αὕτη, ἀσεβεῖ πρὸς εὐσεβῇ.

24 ἤδη & ἑπτά 7 ἔασι καὶ ἑξήκοντ) ἐνιαυτοί

βληστρίζοντες ἐμὴν φροντἰδ av’ Ἑλλάδα γῆν" ἐκ γενετῆς δὲ TOT’ ἦσαν ἐείκοσι πέντε τε πρὸς τοῖς,

εἴπερ ἐγὼ περὶ τῶνὸ οἶδα λέγειν ἐτύμως.

25 οὐκ lon πρὀκλησις αὕτη, ἀσεβεῖ πρὸς εὐσεβῇ.

26 ἀνδρὸς γηρέντος πολλὸν ἀφαυρότερο».

27 ἑστᾶσιν δ᾽ ἑλάτηο «βάκχοι2 πυκινὸν περὶ δῶμα.

28 ἐξ ἀρχῆς καθ Όμηρον ἐπεὶ µεµαθήκασι πάντερ.

29 ef μὴ χλωρὸν ἔφυσε θεὸς µέλι, πολλὸν ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι.

90 ἑνὶ σπεάτεσσι τεοῖς καταλ.είβεται ὕδωρ.

/ a 81 ὁππόσα δὴ θνητοῖσι πεφήνασιν εἰσοράασθαι.

ee πο ων

22. Athen. ix. p. 96858. V.3: MSS. ἀφίξεται, corr. Karst. V. 4: Meineke κλέος Ἑλλαδικῶ», Bergk ἀοιδοπόλων ᾗ γένος Ἑλλαδικῶ».

23. Athen. xi. Ρ. 782. V.2: Vulg. ἐγχεύας, corr. Casaub.

24. Diog. Laer. ix. 19.

25. Arist. Rhet.i.15; p. 8377 8 20.

26. Etym. Magn. s.v. ΓΤηράς; attributed to Xenophon.

27. Schol. ad Aristoph. Equit. v. 408. Vulg. ἐλάται, MS. @ ἐλάτε, V ἑλάτη. Lobeck, Aglaoph. p. 308i, suggests ἐκστᾶσιν 8’ ἐλατῶν πυκινοὶ περὶ δώµατα βάκχοι, and compares Eurip. Bacch. 110.

(28). Draco Straton. p. 33, ed. Herm.; Cram. An. Οσον. iii. p. 296 (Herod. περὶ διχρόν. p. 367 Lehrs); Cram. An. Oxon. iv. p. 415 (Choerob. dict. p. 566 Gais.).

(29). Herod. περὶ µον. λέξ. 41, 5. MSS. Ἐενοφῶ», corr. Dind. Cf. Etym. Magn. 235, 4. EHtym. Gud. 301, 16.

(30). Herod. Ibid. 90, 30. MSS. καὶ μὴν, corr. Lehrs. Cf. περὶ κλισ. ὀνομ. 772, 33.

31). Herod. περὶ διχρό». 296, 5.

ΤΗΕ ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 17

22. For sending the thigh-bone of a goat, thou didst receive the rich leg of a fatted bull, an honourable present to a man, the fame whereof shall come to all

Greece, and shall not cease so long as there is a race of Greek bards.

23. Nor would any one first pour the wine into the cup to mix it, but water first and the wine above it.

24. Already now sixty-seven years my thoughts have been tossed restlessly up and down Greece, but then it was twenty and five years from my birth, if I know how to speak the truth about these things.!

25. Nor is this (an oath) an equal demand to make of an impious man as compared with a pious man.

26. Much more feeble than an aged man.

27. Bacchic wands of fir stand about the firmly built house.

28. From the beginning, accorditig to Homer, since all have learned them.?

29. If the god had not made light-coloured honey, I should have said that a fig was far sweeter.

80. Holy water trickles down in thy grottoes.

91. As many things as they have made plain for mortals to see !

1 Bergk‘ interprets φροντίδα by carmen.

2 Hiller, Deut. Litt. Zeitg., 1886, Coll. 474-475, suggests ‘(Men know the wanderings of Odysseus) from the beginning as Homer tells them, since all have learned them.’ .

78 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

SAYINGS OF XENOPHANES.

Arist. Rhet. ti. 28; 19995 6 (Karsten, Fr. 84). Xenophanes asgerts that those who say the gods are born are as impious as those who say that they die; for in both cases it amounts to this, that the gods do not exist at all. |

- Ibid. 1400 b 5 (K. 96). When the inhabitants of Elea asked Xenophanes whether they should sacrifice to Leukothea and sing a dirge or not, he advised them not to sing a dirge if they thought her divine, and if they thought her human not to sacrifice to her.!

Plutarch, de vit. pud. p. 580 F (K. 96). When Lasos, son of Hermiones, called that man a coward who was unwilling to play at dice with him, Xenophanes answered that he was very cowardly and without daring in regard to dishonourable things.

Diog. Laer. ix. 20 (K. 57). When Empedokles said to him (Xenophanes) that the wise man was not to be found, he answered : Naturally, for it would take a wise man to recognise & Wise man.

Plut. de comm. not. p. 1084 5 (K. 88). tenpianee when. some one told him that he had seen eels living in hot water, said: Then we will boil them in cold water.

Diog. Laer. ix. 19 (K. 89). ‘ Have intercourse with tyrants either as little as possible, or as agreeably as possible.’

Clem. Al. Strom. vii. p. 841. And Greeks suppose the gods to be like men in their passions as well as in their forms; and accordingly they represent them, each race in forms like their own, in the words of Xenophanes : Ethiopians make their gods black and snub-nosed, Thracians red-haired and with blue eyes; so also they conceive the spirits of the gods to be like themselves.”

1 Cf. Plutarch, Amat. p. 763; Is. οἱ Os. p. 379 B. 3 Cf. Theod. Graec. Aff. Cur. 11. p. 49.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 79

A. Gellius, Noct. Att. iii. 11 (K. 81). Some writers have stated that Homer antedated Hesiod, and among these were Philochoros and Xenophanes of Kolophon ; others assert that he was later than Hesiod.

(6) PassaGES RELATING TO XENOPHANES IN PuaTO AND ARISTOTLE.

Plato, Soph.242p. And the Eleatic group of thinkers among us, beginning with Xenophanes and even earlier, set forth in tales how what men call all things is really one.

De Coelo, ii. 18; 294a 21. On this account some assert that there is no limit to the earth underneath us, saying that it is rooted in infinity, as, for instance, Xenophanes of Kolophon ; in order that they may not have the trouble of seeking the cause.!

De mirac. oscult. 88; 888 216. The fire at Lipara, Xenophanes says, ceased once for sixteen years, and came back in the seventeenth. And he says that the lava- stream from Aetna is neither of the nature of fire, nor is it continuous, but it appears at intervals of many years.

De mirac. oscult. 88; 888 216. The fire at Lipara, Xenophanes says, ceased once for sixteen years, and came back in the seventeenth. And he says that the lava- stream from Aetna is neither of the nature of fire, nor is it continuous, but it appears at intervals of many years.

Metaph. i. 5; 986b10. There are some who have expressed the opinion about the All that it is one in its essential nature, but they have not expressed this opinion after the same manner nor in an orderly or natural way. 986b 28. Xenophanes first taught the unity of these things (Parmenides is said to have been his pupil), but he did not make anything clear, nor did he seem to get at the nature of either of these things, but looking up into the broad heavens he said: The unity is god.

' Two passages from the Rhet. ii. 23 are translated above, p. 78. Extracts from the book ordinarily called De Xenophane, Zenone, Gorgia, and ascribed to Aristotle, are in part translated below, p. 80, n. 2 ff., in connection with the fragment of Theophrastos which covers exactly the same ground.

80 THE FIRST PH{LOSOPHERS OF GREECE)

These, as we have said, are to be dismissed from the present investigation, two of them entirely as being rather more crude, Xenophanes and Melissos; but Par- menides seems to speak in some places with greater care.’

(ο. PassaGEs RELATING TO XENOPHANES IN THE ‘ DoxoGRAPHISTS.’

Theophrastos, Fr. 5; Simpl. Phys. ὄν: 22,36; Dox. 480. Theophrastos says that Xenophanes of Kolophon, teacher of Parmenides, asserted that the first principle is one, and that being is one and all-embracing, and is neither limited nor infinite, neither moving nor at rest. Theophrastos admits, however, that the record of his opinion is derived from some other source than the investigation of nature. This all-embracing unity Xenophanes called god; he shows that god is one be- cause god is the most powerful of all things; for, he says, if there be a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that power should exist in them all alike; but the most powerful and most excellent of all things is god.? And he shows that god must have been without beginning, since whatever comes into being must come either from what is like it or from what is unlike it; but, he says, it is no more natural that like should give birth to like, than that like should be born from like; but if it had sprung from what is unlike it, then being would have

1 V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. i. 513, n.1; Diels’ Doz. p. 110; Teich- miiller, Studien, p. 607.

2 Cf. Arist. Xen. Zen. Gorg. 977823. It is natural that god should be one; for if there were two or more, he would not be the most powerful and most excellent of all... . If, then, there were several beings, some stronger, some weaker, they would not be gods; for it is not the nature of god to be ruled. Nor would they have the nature of god if they were equal, for god ought to be the most powerful; but that which is equal is neither better nor worse than its equal.

If, then, there were several beings, some stronger, some weaker, they would not be gods; for it is not the nature of god to be ruled. Nor would they have the nature of god if they were equal, for god ought to be the most powerful; but that which is equal is neither better nor worse than its equal.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 81

sprung from not-being.' So he showed that god is without beginning and eternal. Nor is it either infinite or subject to limits; for not-being is infinite, as having neither beginning nor middle nor end; moreover limits arise through the relation of a multiplicity of things to each other.? Similarly he denies to it both motion and rest; for not-being is immovable, since neither could anything else come into it nor could it itself come into anything else; motion, on the one hand, arises among the several parts of the one, for one thing changes its position with reference to another, 0 that when he says that it abides in the same state and is not moved (Frag. 4.), ‘And it always abides in the same place, not moved at all, nor is it fitting that it should move from one place to another,’ he does not mean that it abides in a rest that is the antithesis of motion, but rather in a stillness that is out of the sphere of both motion and rest. Nikolaos of Damascus in his book On the Gods mentions him as saying that the first principle of things is infinite and immovable.? Accord- ing to Alexander he regards this principle as limited and spherical. But that Xenophanes shows it to be neither limited nor infinite is clear from the very words

' Of. Arist. Χ.Ζ.α. 977419. Headds: For even if the stronger were to come from the weaker, the greater from the legs, or the better from the worse, or on the other hand the worse from the better, still being could not come from not-being, since this is impossible. Accordingly god is eternal.

2 Cf. Arist. Χ.Ζ.α. 977 b 6. The second part reads: But if there were several parts, these would limit each other. The one is not like not-being nor like a multiplicity of parts, since the one has nothing by which it may be limited.

5 Arist. X.Z.G.977b13. ‘He adds: Nothing, however, can be moved into not-being, for not-being does not exist anywhere. But if there is change of place among several parts, there would be parts of the one. Therefore the two or more parts of the one may be moved ; but to remain immovable and fixed is a characteristic of not-being. The one is neither movable nor is it fixed ; forit is neither like not-being, nor like a | multiplicity of being.

G

82 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

quoted,—Alexander says that he regarded it as limited and spherical because it is homogeneous throughout ; and he holds that it perceives all things, saying (Frag. 3) ‘But without effort he sets in motion all things by mind and thought.’ !

G

82 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

quoted,—Alexander says that he regarded it as limited and spherical because it is homogeneous throughout ; and he holds that it perceives all things, saying (Frag. 3) ‘But without effort he sets in motion all things by mind and thought.’ !

Theophrast. Fr. 5a ; Galen, in Hipp. d. n. h. xv. 85K. ; Dox. 481. Several of the commentators have made false statements about Xenophanes, as for instance Sabinos, who uses almost these very words: ‘I say that man is not air, as Anaximenes taught, nor water, as Thales taught, nor earth, as Xenophanes says in some book;’ but no such opinion is found to be ex- . pressed by Xenophanes anywhere. And it is clear from Sabinos’s own words that he made a false statement in- tentionally and did not fall into error through ignorance. Else he would certainly have mentioned by name the book in which Xenophanes expressed this opinion. On the contrary he wrote ‘as Xenophanes says in some book.’ Theophrastos would have recorded this opinion of Xenophanes in his abridgment of the opinions of the physicists, if it were really true. And if you are interested in the investigation of these things, you can read the books of Theophrastos in which he made this abridgment of the opinions of the physicists.

Hipp. Philos. 1. 14; Dox. 565. Xenophanes of Kolophon, son of Orthomenes, lived to the time of Cyrus. He was the first to say that aljl things are in- comprehensible, in the following verses: (Frag. 14) ‘ For even if one chances for the most part to say what is true, still he would not know; but every one thinks he

1 Arist. X.Z.G.-977. Since god is a unity, he is homogeneous in all his parts, and sees and hears and has other sensations in all his parts. Except for this some parts of god might rule and be ruled by one another, a thing which is impossible. Being homogeneous throughout he is a sphere in form; for it could not be spheroidal in places but rather throughout.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 83

Except for this some parts of god might rule and be ruled by one another, a thing which is impossible. Being homogeneous throughout he is a sphere in form; for it could not be spheroidal in places but rather throughout.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 83

knows.’! And he says that nothing comes into being, nor is anything destroyed, nor moved; and that the universe 1s one and is not subject to change. And he says ‘that god is eternal and one, homogeneous throughout, limited, spherical, with power of sense- perception in all parts. The sun is formed each day from small fiery particles which are gathered together ; the earth is infinite, and is not surrounded by air or by sky; an infinite number of suns and moons exist, and all things come from earth. The sea, he said, is salt because so many things flow together and become mixed in it; but Metrodoros assigns as the reason for its saltness that it has filtered through the earth.2 And Xenophanes believes that once the earth was mingled with the sea, but in the course of time it became freed from moisture ; and his proofs are such as these: that shells are found in the midst of the land and among the mountains, that in the quarries of Syracuse the imprints of a fish and of seals had been found, and in Paros the imprint of an anchovy at some depth in the stone, and in Melite shallow impressions of all sorts of sea products. He says that these imprints were made when everything long ago was covered with mud, and then the imprint dried in the mud. Farther he says that all men will be destroyed when the earth sinks into the sea and be- comes mud, and that the race will begin anew from the be- ginning ; and this transformation takes place for all worlds..

Plut. Strom. 4; Dox. 580. Xenophanes of Kolo- phon, going his own way and differing from all those. that had gone before, did not admit either genesis or destruction, but says that the all is always the same. For if 1t came into being, it could not have existed before this ; and not-being could not come into existence

1 Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 9; Dow. 590. 2 Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 543, n. 1. G 2

δ4 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

nor could it accomplish anything, nor could anything come from not-being. And he declares that sensations are deceptive, and together with them he does away with the authority of reason itself. And he declares that the earth is constantly sinking little by little into the sea. He says that the sun is composed of numerous fiery particles massed together. And with regard to the gods he declares that there is no rule of one god over another, for it is impious that any of the gods should be ruled ; and none of the gods have need of anything at all, for a god hears and sees in all his parts and not in some particular organs.' He declares that the earth is infinite and is not surrounded on every side by air; and all things arise from earth; and he says that the sun and the stars arise from clouds.

Galen, Hist. Phil. 3; Dox. 601. Xenophanes of Kolophon is said to be the chief of this school, which is ordinarily considered aporetic (skeptical) rather than dogmatic. 7; Dox. 604. To the class holding eclectic views belongs Xenophanes, who has his doubts as to all things, except that he holds this one dogma: that all things are one, and that this is god, who is limited, endowed with reason, and immovable.

Aet. Plac. i. 3; Dox. 284. Xenophanes held that the first principle of all things is earth, for he wrote in his book on nature: ‘All things come from earth, and all things end by becoming earth.”

Aet. 11. 4; Dox. 882. Xenophanes et al.: The world is without beginning, eternal, imperishable. 18: 348. The stars are formed of burning cloud; these are extinguished each day, but they are kindled again at night, like coals; for their risings and settings are

1 Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. p. 626, η. 4: Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Phil. ii. 1889, pp. 1-8. 2 Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 9; Dow. 590.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: XENOPHANES 85

really kindlings and extinguishings. 18; 847. The objects which appear to those on vessels like stars, and which some call Dioscuri, are little clouds which have become luminous by a certain kind of motion. 20; 548. The sun is composed of fiery particles collected from the moist exhalation and massed together, or of burning clouds. 24; 354. Eclipses occur by extinction of the sun ; and the sun is born anew at its risings. Xeno- phanes recorded an eclipse of the sun for a whole month, and another eclipse so complete that the day seemed as night. 24; 355. Xenophanes held that there are many suns and moons according to the different regions and sections and zones of the earth ; and that at some fitting time the disk of the sun comes into a region of the earth not inhabited by us, and so it suffers eclipse as though it had gone into a hole; he adds that the sun goes on for an infinite distance, but it seems to turn around by reason of the great distance. 25; 356. The moon is a compressed cloud. 28; 358. It shines by its own light. 29 ; 960. The moon disappears each month because it is extinguished. 80; 362. The sun serves a purpose in the generation of the world and of the animals on it, as well as in sustaining them, and it drags the moon after it.

Aet. iii. 2; 367. Comets are groups or motions of burning clouds. 3; 368. Lightnings take place when clouds shine in motion. 4; 371. The phenomena of the heavens come from the warmth of the sun as the principal cause. For when the moisture is drawn up from the sea, the sweet water separated by reason of its lightness becomes mist and passes into clouds, and falls as rain when compressed, and the winds scatter it; for he writes expressly (Frag. 11): ‘ The sea is the source of water.’

Aet. iv. 9; 896. Sensations are deceptive.

Aet. v. 1; 415. Xenophanes and Epikouros abolished the prophetic art.

86 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

VI. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES.

11): ‘ The sea is the source of water.’

Aet. iv. 9; 896. Sensations are deceptive.

Aet. v. 1; 415. Xenophanes and Epikouros abolished the prophetic art.

86 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

VI. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES.

ΡλΕΜΕΝΙΡΕΒΒ, the son of Pyres (or Pyrrhes), of Elea, was born about 515 Β.ο.; his family was of noble rank and rich, but Parmenides devoted himself to philosophy. He was associated with members of the Pythagorean society, and is himself called a Pythagorean by later writers. In the formation of his philosophic system how- ever he was most influenced by his aged fellow-townsman, Xenophanes ; the doctrines of Xenophanes he developed into a system which was embodied in a poetic work ‘ On Nature.” The statement that he made laws for the citizens may have reference to some connection with the Pythagorean society.

Literature : The fragments of Parmenides have been collected by Peyron, Leipzig 1610: Karsten, Amster- dam 1880; Brandis, Comm. Eleat. Altona 1818; Vatke, Berlin 1864; Stein, Symb. philol. Bonn. Leipzig 1867; V. Revue Phil. 1888, 5: 1884, 9. Berger, Die Zonenlehre d. Parm. Miinchen, 1895.

(a2) FRa@MENTS oF PaRMENIDES.

"Ίπποι Tai µε φέρουσιν, ὅσον 7’ ἐπὶ θυμὸν (xdvor, πέµπον, ἐπεί µ ἐς ὁδὸν βῆσαν πολύφημον ἄγουσαι δαύµονος ἢ κατὰ πάντ᾽ αὐτὴ φέρει εἰδότα φῶτα. “A / A 4 , / σσ τῇ φερόμην' τῇ γάρ µε πολύφραστοι φέρον ἵπποι 5 ἅρμα τιταίνουσαι' κοῦραι 8 ὁδὸν ἡγεμόνευον. ἄξων δ᾽ ἐν χνοιῇσιν «ἴειΣ σύριγγος ἀντὴν

- — oy Ὁ

ΤΗΕ ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 87

6 δοιοῖς γὰρ ἐπεύ ὃ ἲ αἰθομενος (δοιοῖς yap ἐπείγετο δινωτοῖσιν

/ . κύκλοι ἀμφοτέρωθεν), ὅτε σπερχοίατο πέµπειν ε fo) ο) Ηλιάδες κοῦραι, προλιποῦσαι δώµατα νυκτό»,

Sources and Critical Notes.

1-30. (Followed without break by 53-58) Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 111. Cf. Porphyrius, de antro nymph. ch. 22. 28-32. Simpl. de coelo 557, 25. 28-30.. Laer. Diog. ix. 22. 29-30. Plut. adv. Colot. 1114 p. Prokl. Tim. p. 106 5; Clem. Al. Strom. v. p. 682.

Vv. 6-8 Karsten transfers toa position after v. 10 (order: 5, 9, 10, 6, 7, 8, 11), comma at end of v. 5 and period at end of v.8. Stein transfers vv. 4-8 to a position after v. 21, and changes δαίµονος of v. ὃ to δα΄µονες in apposition with Ἡλιάδες κοῦραι. Order: 3, 9,10... 20, 21,4,5... ‘7, 8, where a break occurs, and v. 22 begins a new section.

5 and period at end of v.8. Stein transfers vv. 4-8 to a position after v. 21, and changes δαίµονος of v. ὃ to δα΄µονες in apposition with Ἡλιάδες κοῦραι. Order: 3, 9,10... 20, 21,4,5... ‘7, 8, where a break occurs, and v. 22 begins a new section.

V.2: SV (πσαν. V.3: MSS. πάντα τῇ φέρει, Karst. πάντ) ἁδαῆ Φ., Hermann καὶ πάντ᾽ αὐτὴ, Stein πάντα µάθη. Diels compares v. 82 and Verg. Aen. vi. 565. Ῥ. 4: C Φφεροµένην, G Φέρομαι. V.6: Karsten inserts te. V.7: αἰσθόμενος, Stein ἀχθόμενος : GR éxhyero, C ἐπήγετο V.10: MSS. κρατερῶ», except G - κρατεραῖς, corr. Karsten. V. 12: MSS. καὶ opas. V. 14: CRV δίκη». V.17: FG ταῖς. V. 20: MSS. CGRV ἀρηρότα τῇ, Hermann ἀρηρότας ᾗ. V.25: V ἵπποι: R re, other MSS. ral. V. 26: CR obra, ( οὔτε. V.27: Stein τηλοῦ for ἐκτὸς. V. 28: CR πείθεσθαι. V.29: Prokl. εὐφέγγεος, Simpl. εὐκυκλέοῦ : Plut., Diog., Sext. L ἀτρεκές ; text follows Prokl. and other MSS. of Sext. Stein compares Sextus’s explanation ἀμετακίνητον 215 6. V. 31: Stein'suggests τοῦτο. V. 32: MSS. εἶναι, corr. Karsten.

TRANSLATION.

(Prooemium) The horses which bear me con- ducted me as far as desire may go, when they had brought me speeding along to the far-famed road of a divinity who herself bears onward through all

5 things the man of understanding. Along this road I was borne, along this the horses, wise indeed, bore me hastening the chariot on, and maidens guided my course. The axle in its box, enkindled by the heat, uttered the sound of a pipe (for it was driven on by the rolling wheels gn either side), when the maiden daughters of Helios hastened to conduct me

88 10

15

20

25

30

35

----

THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

3 4 . / A v . , εἰ» φάος, ὠσάμεναι κρατῶν aTrO χερσὶ καλύπτρα». ἔνθα πύλαι νυκτός τε καὶ ἥματός εἰσι κελεύθων, καί σφας ὑπέρθυρον ἀμφὶς ἔχει καὶ λάινος ovdos, αὐταὶ δ) αἰθέριαι πλῆνται µεγάλοισι θυρέτροι». τῶν δὲ Δίκη πολύποινος ἔχει κληῖδας ἁμοιβούς. τὴν δὴ παρφάµεναι κοῦραι μαλακοῖσι λόγοισιν πεῖσαν ἐπιφραδέως, ὥς σφιν βαλανωτὸν ὀχῆα ἁπτερέως ὥσειε πυλέων ἄπο. Tat δὲ θυρέτρων χάσμ᾽ ayaves ποίησαν ἀναπτάμεναι, πολυχάλκους ἄξονας ἐν σύρυγξιν ἁμοιβαδὸν εἱλίξασαι, γόµφοις καὶ περόνῃσιν ἀρηρότε' τῇ pa δι αὐτῶν Ox a4 fe) ϐ) « A ef \ ο iOvs ἔχον κοῦραι καθ) ἁμαξιτὸν ἅρμα καὶ immous.

\ / e ὃ / a δὲ \

καί µε θεὰ πρόφρων ὑπεδέξατο, χεῖρα δὲ χειρὶ

᾿δεξιτερὴν ἕλ.εν, ὧδε ὃ) ἔπος φάτο καί µε προσηύδα:

ὦ xovp ἀθανάτοισι συνήορου ἡνιόχοισιν,

ἵπποις ταί σε φέρουσω ἡ ἱκάνων ἡμέτερον δῶ,

χαῖρ, ἐπεὶ οὔτι σε Hospe κακὴ προύπεμπε νέεσθαι τήνδ’ ὁδόν' ἡ γὰρ at’ ἀνθρώπων ἐκτὸς πάτου ἐστίν " ἀλλὰ θέµις τε δίκη τε. χρέω δέ σε πάντα πυθέσθαι, 3 ΔΑ > / > 4 > XN be

ἡμὲν ἀληθείης εὐπειθέος ἀτρεμὲς Hrop,

noe βρότων δόξας τῇς οὐκ ἔνι πίστιο ἀληθής.

> 9 WwW 4 fo) / e A

ἀλλ) ἔμπης καὶ ταῦτα µαθήσεαι, ws τὰ δοκοῦντα χρὴ δοκίµως κρῖναι' διὰ παντὸς πάντα περῶντα.

τὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν. al 8 diy’, ἐγὼν ἐρέω, κόµισαι δὲ σὺ μῦθον ἀκούσα», ς A A αἵπερ ὁδοὶ μοῦναι Sifnows εἶσι νοῆσαι. ἡ μὲν ὅπως ἔστιν τε καὶ Os οὐκ ἔστι μὴ εἶναι

> 9 WwW 4 fo) / e A

ἀλλ) ἔμπης καὶ ταῦτα µαθήσεαι, ws τὰ δοκοῦντα χρὴ δοκίµως κρῖναι' διὰ παντὸς πάντα περῶντα.

τὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν. al 8 diy’, ἐγὼν ἐρέω, κόµισαι δὲ σὺ μῦθον ἀκούσα», ς A A αἵπερ ὁδοὶ μοῦναι Sifnows εἶσι νοῆσαι. ἡ μὲν ὅπως ἔστιν τε καὶ Os οὐκ ἔστι μὴ εἶναι

338-40. Prokl. Tim. 1068. 35-40. Simpl. Phys. 25 r 116, 28. 40b. Plot. Ennead. v. 1, 8, p. 489; Clem. Al. Strom. 749.

V. 38: MSS. &ye τῶν, corr. Karsten. V. 384: MSS. μοῦσαι, corr. Brandis. V. 38: Prokl. 8 #ra: Simpl. παναπευθέα, Stein παναπειθη, text follows Prokl. V. 39 Prokl. ἐφικτὸ», text follows. Simpl. Stein compares Simpl. D 109, 24; 111, 25.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 89

10 to the light, leaving the realms of night, pushing

15

20

25

30

35

aside with the hand the veils from their heads. There is the gate between the ways of day and night ; lintel above it, and stone threshold beneath, hold it in place, and high in air it is fitted with great doors ; retributive Justice holds the keys that open and shut them.' However, the maidens addressed her with mild words, and found means to persuade her © to thrust back speedily for them the fastened bolt from the doors; and the gate swinging free made the opening wide, turning in their sockets the bronze hinges, well fastened with bolts and nails; then through this the maidens kept horses and chariot straight on the high-road. The goddess received me with kindness, and, taking my right hand in hers, she addressed me with these words :—Youth joined with drivers immortal, who hast come with the horses that bear thee, to our dwelling, hail! since no evil fate has bid thee come on this road (for it lies far outside the beaten track of men), but right and justice. ’Tis necessary for thee to | learn all things, both the abiding essence of per- suasive truth, and men’s opinions in which rests no true belief. But nevertheless these things also thou shalt learn, since it is necessary to judge accurately the things that rest on opinion, passing all things carefully in review.

CONCERNING TRUTH.

Come now I will tell thee—and do thou hear my word and heed it—what are the only ways of enquiry that lead to knowledge. The one way,

1 Archiv f. d. Gesch. d. Phil. iii. p. 173.

90 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

πειθοῦς ἐστι κέλευθος, ἀληθείη yap onset : ἡ δ᾽ ὡς οὖκ ἔστιν τε καὶ ws χρεών ἐστι μὴ εἶναι \ 4 4 / # > / τὴν δή τοι φράζω παναπειθέα ἔμμεν ἀταρπόν ' / οὔτε γὰρ ἂν γνοίης TO γε μὴ ov" οὗ γὰρ ἀνυστόν ' 40 οὔτε ᾠράσαι». τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι.

ξυνὸν δέ pol ἐστιν, ὁππόθεν ἄρξωμαι, τόθι γὰρ πάλιν ἵξομαι αὖθι».

χρὴ τὸ λέγειν τε νοεῖν 7 gov ἔμμεναι. ἔστι γὰρ εἶναι, μηδὲν & οὐκ εἶναι, τά σ᾿ ἐγὼ φράζεθαι ἄνωγα,

45 πρώτης γάρ o° ad’ ὁδοῦ ταύτης διζήσιος αὐτὰρ treat’ ἀπὸ ths, ἣν δὴ βροτοὶ εἰδότες οὐδὲν πλάζονται δίκρανοι' ἀμηχανίη γὰρ ἐν αὐτῶν στήθεσιν ἰθύνει πλαγκτὸν voov: οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται κωφοὶ ὁμῶς τυφλοί τε τεθηπότες ἄκριτα φῦλα,

ἔστι γὰρ εἶναι, μηδὲν & οὐκ εἶναι, τά σ᾿ ἐγὼ φράζεθαι ἄνωγα,

45 πρώτης γάρ o° ad’ ὁδοῦ ταύτης διζήσιος αὐτὰρ treat’ ἀπὸ ths, ἣν δὴ βροτοὶ εἰδότες οὐδὲν πλάζονται δίκρανοι' ἀμηχανίη γὰρ ἐν αὐτῶν στήθεσιν ἰθύνει πλαγκτὸν voov: οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται κωφοὶ ὁμῶς τυφλοί τε τεθηπότες ἄκριτα φῦλα,

50 ols τὸ πέλειν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶναι τὠυτὸν νενόμισται κοὺὐ τὠυτόν, πάντων δὲ παλίντροπός ἐστι κέλευθον. ov γὰρ un ποτε τοῦτο δαµῇ, φησιν, εἶναι μὴ ἑόντα ἀλλὰ σὺ τῇσδ᾽ ad’ ὁδοῦ διζήσιος elpye νόημα

41-42. Prokl. Parm. ii. 120; Vulg. ἄρξομαι corr. Karst. 43-51. Simpl. Phys. 251117, 4. 43-44. Ibid. 19 r 86, 27. 45. Cf. Ibid. 177 78,6. 50. Ibid. 17 r 78, 3.

V.43: F τέο», aDE (19: 86) τὸ By. V.44: MSS. (19: 86) anda (25: 117): D ma) δὲ οἵδ, F οἳδ', E μὴ δέοι 8: £ εἶναι, DEF (25: 117) ἔστι. V.45: Diels supplies e%pyw, Stein concludes the line likey. 52. V.47 DEF πλάττονται, text follows a. Vv. 50, 51: Diels ταὐτόν.

53-58a follow 1-32 in Sext. Emp. 52-53. Plato, Soph. 237 a, 258 p; Arist. Met. xiii. 1089a; Simpl. Phys. 29 v 196, 91: 31r 148,31; 53 v 244,1. 53. Simpl. Phys. 11r78, 6; 155 ν 60, 13. 54-56. Diog. Laer. ix. 22.

V. 52: Plato, τοῦτ) οὐδαμῇ, Arist. τοῦτο δαῇς Simpl. δαμῆ, corr. Stein. Karsten omits v. 52. V.55: Bergk εὔσκοπο». V.56: CRV κρίνε, G κριναν: L πολύπειρον. Vulg.Adyq, corr. Burnet. Stein

rejects v. 53, and transfers 54-57a to the prooemium following 32.

ΤΗΕ ΕΙΕΑΤΙΟ SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 91

assuming that being is and that it is impossible for it not to be, is the trustworthy path, for truth attends it. The other, that not-bheing is and that it necessarily is, I call a wholly incredible course,

40 since thou canst not recognise not-being (for this.is impossible), nor couldstthou speak of it, for thought and being are the same thing.

It makes no difference to me at what point I begin, for I shall always come back again to this.

It is necessary both to say and to think that being is ; for it is possible that being is, and it is ee

45 sible that not-being is; this is what I bid thee, ponder. I restrain thee from this first course of! investigation; and from that course.also along which mortals knowing nothing wander aimlessly, since helplessness directs the roaming thought in their bosoms, and they are borne on deaf and like-

‘50 wise blind, amazed, headstrong races, they who consider being and not-being as the same and not the same ; and that all things follow a back-turning course. | * 2

That things which are not are, shall never prevail, she said, but do thou restrain thy mind from this course of investigation.

' Stein, Symbol. p. 782; Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. 115; Zeller, 738 and η. Ἱ.

92 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF. GREECE

| * 2

That things which are not are, shall never prevail, she said, but do thou restrain thy mind from this course of investigation.

' Stein, Symbol. p. 782; Bernays, Rhein. Mus. vii. 115; Zeller, 738 and η. Ἱ.

92 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF. GREECE

μηδέ σ᾿ 200s πολύπειρον ὁδὸν κατὰ τήνδε βιάσθω 55 νωμᾶν ἄσκοπον dupa καὶ ἠχήεσσαν ἀκουήν καὶ γλῶσσαν, κρῖναι δὲ λόγων πολύδηριν ἔλεγχον ἐξ ἐμέθεν ῥηθέντα. povos δ ἔτι μῦθος ὁδοῖο λείπεται, ὧς ἔστιν. ταύτῃ δ᾽ ἐπὶ σήματ’ ἔασι πολλὰ µάλ’, ws ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστιν, 60 οὔὖλον µουνογενές τε καὶ ἀτρεμὲς 8 ἀτέλεστον. οὐδέ ποτ ἦν ovo’ ἔσται ἐπεὶ νῦν ἔστιν ὁμοῦ Tar, ἕν, ξυνεχέ»: τίνα γὰρ γέ διζή ὑτοῦ ; ; χέ9: τίνα yap γένναν διζήσεαι αὐτοῦ ; an πόθεν αὐξηθέν ; οὔτ) ἐκ μὴ ἐόντος ἑάσω φάσθαι a’ οὐδὲ νοξῖν' οὗ γὰρ φατὸν οὐδὲ νοητὸν 65 ἐστὶν ὅπως οὐκ ἔστι. τί 8 ἄν µιν καὶ χρέος ώρσεν, ὕστερον ἢ πρόσθεν τοῦ μηδενὸς ἀρξάμενον div ; οὕτως ἢ πάµπαν πέλεναι χρεών ἐστιν ἢ οὐχί. > 9” af / / 9 , οὐδέ ποτ’ ἔκ πῃ ἐόντος ἐφήσει πίστιος ἰσχύς γίνεσθαί τι παρ) αὐτό' τοῦ εἵνεκεν οὔτε γενέσθαι Τ0 ob?’ ὄλλυσθαὶι ἀνῆκε Δίκη χαλάσασα πέδῃσιν > 9 ἀλλ ἔχει. [ᾗ δὲ κρίσις περὶ τούτων ἐν TOS’ ἔνεστιν]

57 b-112 (except 90-93). Simpl. Phys. 81: 145-146. 57 b-59. Ibid. 31 r 142, 34. 57 b-70. Ibid. 17 r 78, 12. 59-60. Clem. Al. Strom. ν. 716; Euseb. Praep. xiii. 680 σ. 59-61. Simpl. Phys. 7 r 30,1. 60. Plut. adv. Col. 1114p; Euseb. Praep. i. 23; Theod. Ther. Ser. iv. 7; Phil. Phys. B5r: 65; Simpl. de Caelo 557,17; Phys. 26 r 120, 23. 60a. Simpl. Phys. 19 τ 87, 21; Plut. Strom. 5; Doz. 580. 61. Ammon. on Herm. D7 (=Cramer A. P. 1388); Philop. Phys. 5 r: 65; Prokl. Parm. iv. 62. 62-66. Simpl. Phys. 34 ν 162,18. 62-65. Simpl. de Caelo, 187, 1.

V. 57: Stein µόνης: Vide r1, CH δὲ τοι, FG δέ γε. V. 60: Plut. Strom. 5 reads μοῦνον for οὖλον: 8 (17: 78) ἀτέλευτο», MSS. (26: 120) and Dow. 284 and 580 ἀγένητον. V. 62: F di(hoera. V. 66: D (31: 145) μηδαμᾶῶς: EH (31: 145) αὐξάμενον: Da (17: 78) a (31: 145) φῦναι, H piv. Cf. Stein, p. 786. V.68: MSS. ἔκ ye μὴ ὄντος, DE’ om. ye, Karst. ἐκ τοῦ ἐόντος, Stein ex γε πέλοντο». Corr. Diels, paraphrasing Simpl. 78, 27. V. 70: EF Bergk, Diels πέδησιν. V.71b: v. Stein, Symbol. 787. V. 73: aDE ἀνόνητον; text follows F. V.75: MSS. ἔπειτα πέλοι το, corr. Karsten, Stein ἁπόλοιτο πέλον; MSS. ἄν, corr. Stein. V.76: HF éyéver’, D tyer’, corr. Bergk.

55

60

65

70

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 93

And let not long-practised habit compel thee along this path, thine eye careless, thine ear and thy tongue overpowered by noise; but do thou weigh the much contested refutation of their words, which

I have uttered.

Bergk.

55

60

65

70

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 93

And let not long-practised habit compel thee along this path, thine eye careless, thine ear and thy tongue overpowered by noise; but do thou weigh the much contested refutation of their words, which

I have uttered.

There is left but this single path to tell thee of : namely, that being is. And on this path there are many proofs that being is without beginning and indestructible ; it is universal, existing alone, im- movable and without end; nor ever was it nor will it be, since it now is, all together, one, and continuous. For what generating of it wilt thou seek out 2 From what did it grow, and how? I will not permit thee to say or to think that it came from not-being ; for it is impossible to think or to say that not-being is. What thing would then have stirred it into activity that it should arise from not-being later rather than earlier? So it is necessary that being either is absolutely or is not. Nor will the force of the argument permit that anything spring from being except being itself. Therefore justice does not slacken her fetters to permit generation or de-

struction, but holds being firm.

(The decision as to these things comes in at

this point.)

94

15

80

85

90

THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ἔστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. κέκριται δ οὖν ὥσπερ ἀνάγκη, 4 a a ? / 3 / > b 4 τὴν μὲν say ἀνόητον, ἀνώνυμον' οὐ γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἐστὶν ὁδόφ' τὴν δ' ὥστε πέλειν καὶ ἑτήτυμον εἶναι. πῶς δ᾽ ἂν ἔπειτ) ἀπόλοιτο gov; πῶς δ᾽ avd κε γένοιτο; ei γὰρ ἐγέντ᾽ οὐκ Bor’ οὐδ el ποτε μέλλει ἔσεσθαι. Tos γένεσι μὲν ἀπέσβεσται καὶ ἄπυστος ὄλεθρος. Or / a e a οὐδὲ διαἰρετὀν ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πᾶν ἔστιν opotov’ οὐδέ τι τῇ μᾶλλον, TO κεν εἴργοι µιν συνέχεσθαι, 9 / a“ ο / / οὐδέ τι χειρότερον, Tay & ἔμπλ.εόν ἐστιν ἐόντος. A Ν A \ Ν 4 A τῷ Evveyes πᾶν ἐστιν, gov yap ἐόντι πελάζει. αὐτὰρ ἀκίνητον μεγάλων ἐν πείρασι δεσμῶν ἔστιν, ἄναρχον, ἄπαυστον, ere γένεσις καὶ ὄλεθρος τῆλε MAN ἐπλώγχθησαν, ἀπῶσε δὲ πίστι ἀληθής. TWUTOV T ἐν τωὐτῷ τε µένον καθ’ ἑωυτό τε κεῖται, χοὔτως ἔμπεδον αὖθι µένει' κρατερὴ γὰρ ἀνάγκη πείρατοε ev δεσμοῖσιν ἔχει, To µιν ἀμφὶςο ἐέργει. οὕνεκεν οὐκ ἀτελεύτητον τὸ ἐὸν θέµις εἶναι : 3 \ \ > 5 5 é Lp 8’ A \ 9 8 a ἐστὶ yap οὖκ emidevés, cov & ἂν παντὸς ἐδεῖτο.

a / | λεῦσσε ὃ) ὅμως ἀπεόντα vow παρεόντα βεβαίως a a , ov yap ἀποτμήξεις TH gov TH ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι

77. De Caelo, 559,115. 78. Simpl. Phys. 19 r 86, 24, 31 r 148, 3; 81. Simpl. Phys. 86, 22; 87, 23. Plot. Enmead. vi. 4, 4,648.4; Prokl. Parm. ii. 62 and 120; Philop. B 5: 65. 82-89 (except 85). Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39,26. 82-84. Ibid. 17 v 79, 32. 85-89. Ibid. 7 r 80,6; 9r 40, 3. 86. Prokl. Parm. iv. 32. Simpl. Phys. 31 r 148, 15.

V.78: Ιδιαιρέτεον. V.79: For μᾶλλον Stein reads κεν ἐόν. V.

Plot. Enmead. vi. 4, 4,648.4; Prokl. Parm. ii. 62 and 120; Philop. B 5: 65. 82-89 (except 85). Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39,26. 82-84. Ibid. 17 v 79, 32. 85-89. Ibid. 7 r 80,6; 9r 40, 3. 86. Prokl. Parm. iv. 32. Simpl. Phys. 31 r 148, 15.

V.78: Ιδιαιρέτεον. V.79: For μᾶλλον Stein reads κεν ἐόν. V.

80: Ε' δὲ πλέον. V. 82: D ἀκινήτων. V.84: MSS. τῇῆδε, corr. Scal. DEF ἐπλάχθησαν, corr. a. V. 85: Diels ταύτόν, ταὐτφ, ἑαυτό. Simpl. 30, 6 omits the last re. V. 86: C οὐχ οὕτως, a οὕτως, text from DF. V.88: Stein πέλον. V.89: Simpl. μὴ eddy δὲ ἂν wayrds. Karsten reads ἐπιδευές in three syllables and puts κε for ἄν. Preller omits µή. Stein considers these views untenable, and finds a break, probably longer than one line, after ἐπιδευές.

90-93. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 2, 653. 90. Theod. Ther. Ser. i. 13.

V. 90: Stein suggests ἀπεόν τε νόφ παρεόν τε βεβαίφ. V. 91:

Stein πέλο»: Vulg. ἀποτμήξει, corr. Brandis. MSS. τὸ édy τοῦ, corr. Preller, comparing vv. 105 and 108.

75

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 95

Kither being exists or it does not exist. It has ;

been decided in accordance with necessity to leavethe unthinkable, unspeakable path, as this is not the true path, but that the other path exists and is true. How then should. being suffer destruction? How come into existence ? If it came into existence, it is not being, nor will it be if it ever is to come into

- existence. . .. So its generation is extinguished,

80

85

and its destruction is proved incredible.

Nor is it subject to division, for it is all alike ; nor is anything more in it, so as to prevent its co- hesion, nor anything less, but all is full of being; therefore the all is continuous, for being is con- tiguous to being.

Farther it is unmoved, in the hold of great chains, without beginning or end, since generation and destruction have completely disappeared and

true belief has rejected them. It lies the same, .

abiding in the same state and by itself; accordingly it abides fixed in the same spot. For powerful neces- sity holds it in confining bonds, which restrain it on all sides. Therefore divine right does not permit

(lor i to have any end ; but it is lacking in nothing,

90

for if it lacked anything it would lack everything.'

Nevertheless, behold steadfastly all absent things as present to thy mind; for thou canst not separate

-! Following Karsten and Preller; Stein rejects the interpretation.

96

95

100

105

110

THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

οὔτε σκιδνάµενον πάντη πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάµενον.

3 Δ 9 a ο / / τωὐτὸν & ἐστὶ νοεῖν τε καὶ οὔνεκέν ἐστι νόηµα.

9 ὰ 4 a 9 / 4 φ 3 / οὗ γὰρ ἄνευ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐν ᾧ πεφατισµένον ἐστίν, εὑρήσεις τὸ νοεῖν. οὐδὲν χρέον ἔστιν ἢ ἔσται νά A / / a ἄλλο πάρεξ τοῦ ἐόντος, ἐπεὶ TO γε μοῖρ᾽ ἐπέδησεν

τῷ πάἀντ᾽ ὄνομ᾽ ἔσται

η , 9 ol ὅσσα βροτοὶ κατέθεντο, πεποιθότες εἶναι ἀληθῆ,

| γίνεσθαί τε καὶ ὄλλυσθαι, εἶναί τε καὶ οὐκί,

\ / 2 4 / / \ 3 /

καὶ τόπον ἀλλάσσειν διά τε χρόα φανὸν ἀμείβειν.

oN \ a / αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πεῖρας πύματον, τετελεσμένον ἐστὶ πάντοθεν, εὐκύκλου σφαίρης ἐναλίγκιον ὄγκῳν

λ a

µεσσόθεν ἰσοπαλὲς πάντῃ:' τὸ γὰρ οὔτε τι μεῖζον οὔτε τι βαιότερον πέλεναι χρεών ἐστι τῇ ἢ τῇ. οὔτε γὰρ οὐκ gov ἐστι, TO KEY παύοι pw ἱκνεῖσθαι

> ες / 92 ef Υψ / | εἰς οµὀν, οὐτ) gov ἔστιν ὅπως εἴη KEV ἐόντος τῇ μᾶλλον τῇ δ᾽ ἧσσον, ἐπεὶ wav ἐστιν ἄσυλον. si γὰρ πάντοθεν ἶσον ὁμῶς ἐν πείρασι κύρει.

τὰ πρὸς δόξαν.

9 A / ΔΝ / 3 / ἐν τῷ σοι παύσω πιστὸν λόγον ἠδὲ νόηµα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης" δόξας & ἀπὸ τοῦδε βροτείας

94. 119. Simpl. Phys. 31 ν 146, 7. 94-98. Ibid. 19 r 87, 18 and 86, 31. 94-96. Ibid. 31r 143,22. 98. Plat. Theaet. 180 ΕΣ, and from this Simpl. Phys. πχ 29, 18. 103-105. Plat. Soph. 244; from Plato, Simpl. Phys. 12r 52, 23; 19 v 89, 22; Stob. Hcl. i. 15, p. 352. 103-104. Arist. de X.Z.G. ch. 2 and 4; Prokl. Tim. 16095: Simpl. Phys. 27r 126, 22 and 127, 31; 29 v 137,16. 104-105. Prokl. Parm. iv. p. 62.

V. 95: DZ (87,15) πεφωτισμένον. V.96: (19: 86, 18) οὐδὲν γάρ

ἐστιν, (31: 146) οὐδ' εἶ χρόνος ἐστίν, corr. Stein. V. 98: Text from Simpl. 19: 87. Simpl. 31: 146 πάντ᾽ dvdpacra. Plato οἷον ἀκίνητον Ἱ τελέθει τῷ πάντι] ὄνομ) εἶναι. V. 100: MSS, οὐχί, corr. Karst. V.105: H and Plato χρεόν. V. 102: Kar- sten avrap ἐπί, Stein αὐτὰρ ἐόν. V. 106: DEF παύοι, text from a: F κινεῖσθαι, Stein ἱκέσθαι. V. 107: MSS. οὔτε by; corr.a. DEF καὶ ἕν, a κενὸν, corr. Karsten. V.109: DEF οἱ γάρ, a } γάο, Diels ei γάρ or ᾗ γάρ: MSS. κυρεῖ, corr. Stein. e

9ὔ

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 97

being in one place from contact with being in an- other place; it is not scattered here and there through the universe, nor is it compounded of parts.

Therefore thinking and that by reason of which thought exists are one and the same thing, for thou wilt not find thinking without the being from which it receives its name. Nor is there nor will there be anything apart from being; for fate has linked it together, so that it is a whole and immovable. Wherefore all these things will be but a name, all these things which mortals determined in the belief that they were true, viz. that things arise and perish,

100 that they are and are not, that they change their

105

110

position and vary in colour.

~ But since there is a final limit, it is perfected on every side, like the mass of a rounded sphere, equally distant from the centre at every point. For it is necessary that it should neither be greater at all nor less anywhere, since there is no not-being which can prevent it from arriving at equality, nor is being such that there may ever be more than what is in one part and less in another, since the whole is inviolate. For if it is equal on all sides, it abides in equality within its limits,

For if it is equal on all sides, it abides in equality within its limits,

CONCERNING OPINIONS.

At this point 1 cease trustworthy discourse and the thought about truth; from here on, learn the opinions of mortals, hearing of the illusive order of my verses.

ώ H

98 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

µάνθανε, κόσμον ἐμῶν ἐπέων atratnNov ἀκούων. \ , 4 9 ,

μορφὰς yap κατέθεντο δύο γνώµαις ὀνομάζειν

τῶν µίαν οὐ χρεών ἐστιν, ἐν @ πεπλανηµένοι εἶσίν. 115 ἀντία δ᾽ ἐκρίναντο δέµας καὶ σήματ’ ἔθεντο

χωρὶς an’ ἀλλήλων, τῇ μὲν Φλογὸφ αἰθέριον trip

ἥπιον ἔμμεν ἀραιὸν, ἑαυτῷ πάντοσε τωύὐτόν,

τῷ © ἑτέρῳ μὴ τωὐτόν' ἀτὰρ κἀκεῖνο κατ’ αὐτοῦ

ἀντία νύκτ) aban, πυκινὸν δέµαε ἐμβριθές τε. 120 τῶν σοι ἐγὼ διάκοσµον ἐοικότα πάντα φατίζω,

ε 9. f / a“ / /

@s οὐ µή ποτέ Tis σε βροτῶν γνώµη παρελάσῃ.

αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ πάντα ddos καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται καὶ τὰ κατὰ σφετέρας δυνάµεις ἐπὶ τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς, n / LY e A ή \ \ 3 / πᾶν πλέον ἐστὶν ομοῦ φάεος καὶ νυκτὸς ἀφάντου, 125 ἴσων ἀμφοτέρων, ἐπεὶ οὐδετέρῳ µέτα μηδέν.

αἱ γὰρ στεινότεραι πλῆνται πυρὸς ἀκρήτοιο,

αἱ ὃ ἐπὶ ταῖς νυκτὸς, μετὰ δὸ Φλογὸς ἵεται αἶσα, 9 4 / / ο

ἐν δὲ µέσῳ τούτων δαίµων, i) πάντα κυβερνᾶᾷ.

110-121. Simpl. Phys. 9r 38, 30. 110-119. Ibid. 7 v 30, 4. 113-119. Ibid. 38 r 180, 1. 110-113. Simpl. de Coelo 138, Peyr. 55 sq. V. 118: (9r 38) DEF γνώµας. 110-111. Phys. 9 r 41,8 (7 v 80 and 88 r 180 all MSS. give γνώµαις and Stein prefers this, p. 794). V. 117: (9 r 39) DE, (89 r 180) DEF ἥπιον ἀραιὸν ἐλαφρόν (ἔστιν a), 7r 30, and (9r 39) af Hmov by µέγ ἀραιὸν ἐλαφρόν, RP λεπτὸν ἁραιὸν ἐλαφρὸ», text follows Stein V. 118: (9139) aHF (39 r 180) aF, (7 v 31) MSS. war’ abré- (9 r 89) DE κατὰ ταῦτον, text follows Stein, who uses first letter of the next line.- V.119: F κατ’ αὐτό τᾶντια, aDE τἆναντια, text from Stein by change of Tto Tf. V. 120: MSS. τὸν, corr. Karsten. V. 121: Stein reads γγώμῃ. 122-125. Simpl. Phys. 39 r 180, 9. V. 125: D Ίσο», Stein suggests ἀμφότερο». 126-128. Ibid. 9r 39,14. 127-131. Ibid. 7 v 31, 13. V. 126: E*D! πάηντο. D?E πύηντο, a ποίηντο, corr. Bergk: ΓΕ: ἀκρήτοις, a ἀκρίτοιο, corr. Stein. V.127: 3 ofera. V. 129: MSS. πάντα, Mullach πάντῃ, Stein πᾶσιν: aF ἄρχη, text follows DE. V.130: Stein suggests μµιγῆ», τό 7’.

115

120

125

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 99

Men have determined in their minds to name two principles [lit. forms]; but one of these they ought not to name, and in so doing they have erred. They distinguish them as antithetic in character, and give them each character and attributes distinct from those of the other. On the one hand there is the aethereal flame of fire, fine, rarefied, everywhere — identical with itself and not identical with its oppo- site; and on the other hand, opposed to the first, is the second principle, flameless darkness, dense and heavy in character. Of these two principles I declare to thee every arrangement as it appears to men, s0

Of these two principles I declare to thee every arrangement as it appears to men, s0

that no knowledge among mortals may surpass thine.

But since all things are called light and darkness, and the peculiar properties of these are predicated of one thing and another, everything is at the same time full of light and of obscure darkness, of both equally, since neither has anything in common with

the other.

And the smaller circles are filled with unmixed fire, and those next them with darkness into which their portion of light penetrates; in the midst of

these is the divinity who directs the course of all.

H 2

100 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

πάντῃ yap στυγεροῖο τόκου Kal µίξιοε apyei 190 πέμπουσ᾽ ἄρσενι θῆλυ μυγὲν TO 7’ ἐνάντιον αὖθις ἄρσεν θηλυτέρῳ.

πρώτιστον μὲν Ἔρωτα θεῶν µητίσατο πάντων.

elon δ) αἰθερίαν τε φύσιν τά 7 ἐν αἰθέρι πάντα σήµατα καὶ καθαρᾶς εὐαγέος ἠελίοιο

196 λαμπάδος ἔργ) ἀΐδηλα καὶ ὁππόθεν ἐξεγένοντο, ἔργα τε κύκλωπος πεύσῃ περίφοιτα σελήνης

\ / 3 / \ > \ , \ 4

καὶ φύσιν. εἰδήσειο τε καὶ οὐρανὸν apdis ἔχοντα, ἔνθεν Edu τε, καὶ ὥς µιν ἄγουσ) ἐπέδησεν ᾽Ανάγκη weipar’ ἔχειν ἄστρων.

140 πῶς γαῖα καὶ ἥλιος ἠδὲ σελήνη αἰθήρ τε ξυνὸς γάλα 7 οὐράνιον καὶ Ὄλυμπος ἔσχατος ἠδ ἄστρων θερμὸν µένος ὠρμήθησαν γίνεσθαι. νυκτιφαὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἀλώμενον ἀλλότριον Pas

145 αἴει παπταίνουσα πρὸς αὐγὰς ἠελιοῖο

ὧς γὰρ ἑκάστοτ' ἔχει κρᾶσις µελέων πολυκάµπτων, Tas νόος ἀνθρώποισι παρέστηκεν' τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ ἔστιν ὅπερ φρονέει µέλέων φύσις ἀνθρώποισιν

καὶ πᾶσιν καὶ παντύ' τὸ γὰρ πλέον ἐστὶ νόημα.

150 δεξιτεροῖσιν μὲν κούρους, λαοῖσι δὲ κούρα».

132. Plato, Symp. 178 8; Arist. Met.i. 4, 984 b 26; Plut. Amat. 756 F; Sext. Emp. Math. ix.9; Stob. Ecl. i. 10, p. 274; Simpl. Phys. 9 r 39, 18. 133-139. Clem. Al. Strom. v. 14, 732. Stein assigns to Empedokles. 140-143. Simpl. de Coelo f. 198: Peyr. 55 sqq., Brandis 510a. V. 140: Stein introduces λέγειν before πως from what precedes.

144. Plut. Οοἷοί. p. 1116. ‘ 145. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 2824; de fac. lun. 929 a. 146-149. Arist. Met. iii. 5, 1009 b 17; Theophr. de sens. 8; Doz. 499. V. 146: Text follows Arist. SB°C, Theophr. PF; Vulg. ἕκαστος : MSS. κρᾶσι», corr. Stephan. V. 147: Arist. παρίσταται; text follows Theophr.

150. Galen, Hipp. Epid. vi. 48; Comm. ii. (ix. p. 430 Char).

190

185

140

145

150

150

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 101

For she controls dreaded birth and coition in every part of the universe, sending female to join with male, and again male to female.

First of all the gods she devised love.

Thou shalt know the nature of the heavens and all signs that are in the sky, the destructive deeds of the pure bright torch of the sun and whence they ~ arose, and thou shalt learn the wandering deeds of the

First of all the gods she devised love.

Thou shalt know the nature of the heavens and all signs that are in the sky, the destructive deeds of the pure bright torch of the sun and whence they ~ arose, and thou shalt learn the wandering deeds of the

round-eyed moon and its nature. Thou shalt know

also the sky surrounding all, whence it arose, and how necessity took it and chained it so as to serve as a limit to the courses of the stars. How earth and sun and moon and common sky and the milky way of the heavens and highest Olympos and the burning (might of the) stars began to be.

It (the moon) wanders about the earth, shining at night with borrowed light. She is always gazing earnestly toward the rays of the sun. |

For as at any time 18 the blending of very com- plex members in a man, so is the mind in men con- stituted ; for that which thinks is the same in all men and in every man, viz. the essence of the members of the body; and the element that is in excess is thought.

On the right hand boys, on the left hand girls.

So, according to men’s opinions, did things arise, and so they are now, and from this state when they shall have reached maturity shall they perish. For each of these men has determined a name as 8 distinguishing mark.

When male and female mingle seed of Venus in the form [the body] of one, the excellence from the two different bloods, if it preserves harmony, fashions a well-formed body ; but if when the seed is mingled the excellencies fight against each other

102 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

of A / w 4 le) κ οὕτω τοι κατὰ δόξαν ἔφυν τάδε viv τε ἔασι, καὶ μετέπειτ᾽ amo τοῦδε τελευτήσουσι τραφέντα. “A 9 Ww bad / 9 / e / τοῖς & ὄνομα ἄνθρωποι κατέθεντ᾽ ἐπίσημον ἑκάστῳ.

Kars. (150) Femina virque simul Veneris cum germina miscent unius in formam diverso ex sanguine virtus temperiem servans bene condita corpora fingit. at si virtutes permixto semine pugnent nec faciant unam permixto in corpore dirae nascentem gemino vexabunt semine sexum.

Simpl. Phys. 7, v. 91, 4. ἐπὶ r@dé ἐστι τὸ ἁραιὸν καὶ

\ N \ N ‘N \ Ν N \ Ν Ν 2 \

τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ φαὸς καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ κουφον, ἐπὶ

δὲ πυκνῷ ὠνόμασται τὸ ψυχρὸν καὶ ὁ ζόφος καὶ σκληρὸν καὶ βαρύ ταῦτα γὰρ ἀπεκρίθη ἑκατέρως ἑκατέρα.

151-153. Simpl. de Coelo f. 1388; Peyr. 55 sq., Gaisf. Poet. Mim. 287.

V. 151: MSS. ἔφυ, corr. Stein. MSS. (καὶ) νῦν ἔασι, Peyr. νῦν τε

ἔασι, Stein viv καὶ ἔασι. V.153: Text follows Oxford MS.: Turin MS. transposes last two words.

150-155. (Karsten) Coelius Aurel. de Morb. Chron. iv. 9, p. 545 Wet. RP.102c. V. (151) Vulg. venis informans, corr. Diels, Dox. 193, η. 1.

and do not unite into one, they will distress the sex that is coming into existence, as the twofold seed is mingled in the body of the unfortunate woman.

With this there are fineness and heat and light and softness and brightness; and with the dense are classed cold and darkness and hardness and weight, for these are separated the ones on one side, the others on the other.

With this there are fineness and heat and light and softness and brightness; and with the dense are classed cold and darkness and hardness and weight, for these are separated the ones on one side, the others on the other.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 103

b) PassaGEsS RELATING TO PARMENIDES IN PLATO AND | ARISTOTLE.

Plato, Theaet. 180 p. I almost forgot, Theodoros, that there were others who asserted opinions the very opposite of these: ‘ the all is alone, unmoved ; to this all names apply,’ and the other emphatic statements in opposition to those referred to, which the school of Melissos and Parmenides make, to the effect that all things are one, and that the all stands itself in itself, not having space in which it is moved.

Ibid. 183 ©. Feeling ashamed before Melissos and the rest who assert that the all is one being, for fear we should examine the matter somewhat crudely, I am even more ashamed in view of the fact that Parmenides is one of them. Parmenides seems to me, in the words of Homer, 8 man to be reverenced and at the same time feared. For when I was.a mere youth and he a very old man, I conversed with him, and he seemed to me to have an exceedingly wonderful depth of mind. I fear lest we may not understand what he said, and that we may fail still more to understand his thoughts in saying it; and, what is most important, I fear lest the question before us should fail to receive due consideration. ...!

Soph. 238 c (concluding a discussion of Parmenides). You understand then that it is really impossible to speak of not-being or to say anything about it or to conceive it by itself, but it is inconceivable, not to be spoken of or mentioned, and irrational.

Parm. 1508. Accordingly the unity itself in relation to itself is as follows: Having in itself neither greatness nor littleness, it could not be exceeded by itself nor gould it exceed itself, but being equal it would be equal to itself.

' Οἱ, Soph. 217 ο.

104 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

lbid. 168 ο. This statement : It does not exist, means absolutely that it does not exist anywhere in any way, nor does not-being have any share at all in being. Accordingly not-being could not exist, nor in any other way could it have a share in being.

(Symp. 178 8, 195 ο: Reference to the stories which Hesiod and Parmenides told about the gods. Line 182 is quoted.)

Arist. Phys. 1. 2; 184b16. The first principle must. be one, unmoved, as Parmenides and Melissos say, . . -

(Symp. 178 8, 195 ο: Reference to the stories which Hesiod and Parmenides told about the gods. Line 182 is quoted.)

Arist. Phys. 1. 2; 184b16. The first principle must. be one, unmoved, as Parmenides and Melissos say, . . -

Ibid. i. 8; 18684. To those proceeding after this impossible manner things seem to be one, and it is not difficult to refute them from their own statements. For both of them reason in a fallacious manner, both Parmenides and Melissos; for they make false assump- tions, and at the same time their course of reasoning is not logical. . . . And the same sort of arguments are used by Parmenides, although he has some others of his own, and the refutation consists in showing both that he makes mistakes of fact and that he does not draw his conclusions correctly. He makes a mistake in assuming that being is to be spoken of absolutely, speaking of it thus many times ; and he draws the false conclusion that, in case only whites are considered, white meaning one thing, none the less there are many whites and not one; since neither in the succession of things nor in the argument will whiteness be one. For what is. predicated of white will not be the same as what is pre- dicated of the object which is white, and nothing except white will be separated from the object; since there is no other ground of separation except the fact that the white is different from the object in which the white exists. But Parmenides had not yet arrived at .the knowledge of this.

Ibid. 1. 5; 188 α 20. Parmenides also makes heat

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 105

and cold first principles; and he calls them fire and earth.

Ibid. iii. 6; 207215. Wherefore we must regard Parmenides as a more acute thinker than Melissos, for the latter says that the infinite is the all, but the former asserts that the allis limited, equally distant from the centre [on every side].

Gen. Corr. i. 8; 918 Ὦ 6. Parmenides says that the two exist, both being and not being—i.e. earth and water.

Metaph. i. 3; 984b1. None of those who have affirmed that the all is one have, it happens, seen the nature of such a cause clearly, except, perhaps, Parmenides, and he in so far as he sometimes asserts that there is not one cause alone, but two causes.

earth and water.

Metaph. i. 3; 984b1. None of those who have affirmed that the all is one have, it happens, seen the nature of such a cause clearly, except, perhaps, Parmenides, and he in so far as he sometimes asserts that there is not one cause alone, but two causes.

Metaph.i.5 ; 986 Ὦ 18. For Parmenides seemed to lay hold of a unity-according to reason, and Melissos accord- ing to matter; wherefore the former says it is limited, the latter that it is unlimited. Xenophanes first taught the unity of things (Parmenides is said to have been his pupil), but he did not make anything clear, nor did he seem to get at the nature of either finiteness or infinity, but, looking up into the broad heavens, he said, the unity is god. These, as we said, are to be dismissed from the present investigation, two of them entirely as being somewhat more crude, Xenophanes and Melissos ; but Parmenides seems to speak in some places with greater care. For believing that not-being does not exist in addition to being, of necessity he thinks that being is one and that there is nothing else, . . . and being compelled to account for phenomena, and assuming that things are one from the standpoint of reason, plural from the standpoint of sense, he again asserts that there are two causes and two first principles, heat and

! VY. Parmenides, Frag. v. 104.

106 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

cold, or, as he calls them, fire and earth; of these he regards heat as being, its opposite as not-being.

Metaph. 1. 4; 1001 a 82. There is nothing different from being, so that it is necessary to agree with the reasoning of Parmenides that all things are one, and that this is being.

(ο) PassaGES RELATING TO PARMENIDES IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

Theophrastos, Fr. 6 ; Alexander Metaph. p. 24, 5 Bon.; Dox. 482. And succeeding him Parmenides, son of Pyres, the Eleatic—Theophrastos adds the name of Xenophanes—followed both ways. For in declaring that the all is eternal, and in attempting to explain the genesis of things, he expresses different opinions accord- ing to the two standpoints:—from the standpoint of truth he supposes the all‘to be one and not generated and spheroidal in form, while from the standpoint of popular opinion, in order to explain generation of phenomena, he uses two first principles, fire and earth, the one as matter, the other as cause and agent.

Theophrastos, Fr. 6a; Laer. Diog. ix. 21, 22; Doz. 482. Parmenides, son of Pyres, the Eleatic, was a pupil of Xenophanes, yet he did not accept his doctrines. .. . He was the first to declare that the earth is spheroidal and situated in the middle of the universe. He said that there are two elements, fire and earth; the one has the office of demiurge, the other that of matter. Men first arose from mud; heat and cold are the elements of which all things are composed. He holds that intelligence and life are the same, as Theophrastos records in his book on physics, where he put down the opinions of almost everybody. He said that philosophy has a two- fold office, to understand both the truth and also what

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 107

men believe. Accordingly he says: (Vv. 28-80), ‘ Tis necessary for thee to learn all things, both the abiding essence of persuasive truth, and men’s opinions in which rests no true belief.’

Theoph. Fr. 17; Diog. Laer. viii. 48; Dox. 492. Theophrastos says that Parmenides was the first to call the heavens a universe and the earth spheroidal.

Theoph. de Sens. 8; Doz. 499. Parmenides does not make any definite statements as to sensation, except that knowledge is in proportion to the excess of one of the two elements. Intelligence varies as the heat or the cold is. in excess, and it 16 better and purer by reason of heat ; but nevertheless it has need of a certain symmetry. (Vv. 146-149) ‘For,’ he says, ‘as at any time is the blending of very complex members in a man, so 18 the mind in men constituted; for that which thinks is the same in all men and in every man, viz., the essence of the members of the body; and the element that is in excess is thought.’ He says that perceiving and thinking are the same thing, and that remembering and forgetting come from these' as the result of mixture, but he does not say definitely whether, if they enter into the mixture in equal quantities, thought will arise or not, nor what the disposition should be. But it is evident that he believes sensation to take place by the presence of some quality in contrast with its opposite, where he says that a corpse does not perceive light and heat and sound by reason of the absence of fire, but that it per- ceives cold and silence and the similar contrasted qualities, and in general that being as a whole has a certain knowledge. So in his statements he seems to do away with what is difficult by leaving it out.

Theophr. Fr. 7 ; Simpl. Phys. 25r115; Doz. 488. In

‘ Karsten understands ‘heat and cold,’ Diels ‘perceiving and think- ing.’

108 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the first book of his physics Theophrastos gives as the opinion of Parmenides: That which is outside of being is not-being, not-being is nothing, accordingly being is one.

488. In

‘ Karsten understands ‘heat and cold,’ Diels ‘perceiving and think- ing.’

108 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the first book of his physics Theophrastos gives as the opinion of Parmenides: That which is outside of being is not-being, not-being is nothing, accordingly being is one.

Hipp. Phil. 11; Dox. 564. Parmenides supposes that the all is one and eternal, and without beginning and spheroidal in form; but even he does not escape the - Opinion of the many, for he speaks of fire and earth as first principles of the all, of earth as matter, and of fire as agent and cause, and he says that the earth will come to an end, but in what way he does not say. He says that the all is eternal, and not generated, and spherical, and homogeneous, not having place in itself, and unmoved, and limited.?

Plut. Strom. 5; Doz. 580. Parmenides the Eleatic, the companion of Xenophanes, both laid claim to his opinions, and at the same time took the opposite stand- point. For he declared the all to be eternal and immov- able according to the real state of the case; for it is alone, existing alone, immovable and without beginning (v. 60); but there is a generation of the things that seem to be according to false opinion, and he excepts sense perceptions from the truth. He says that if any- thing exists besides being, this is not-being, but not- being does not exist at all. So there is left the being that has no beginning; and he says that the earth was formed by the precipitation of dense air.

Epiph. adv. Haer. iti. 10; Dox. 590. Parmenides, the son of Pyres, himself also of the Eleatic school, said that the first principle of all things is the infinite.

Cic. de Nat. Deor.i.11; Dox.534. For Parmenides devised a sort of contrivance like a crown (he applied to it the word στεφάνη), an orb of light with con- tinuous heat, which arched the sky, and this he called

1 Ῥ. Herm. Irr. Gen. Phil. 6; Doz. 652.

- - -- θ---ἶωωι a es ή αμα Ow -—— =, *.

παρ ----α-

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 109

Herm. Irr. Gen. Phil. 6; Doz. 652.

- - -- θ---ἶωωι a es ή αμα Ow -—— =, *.

παρ ----α-

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 109

god, but in it no one could suspect a divine form or a divine sentiment, and he made many monstrosities of this sort; moreover, he raised to the rank of gods War, Discord, Desire, and many other things which disease or sleep or forgetfulness or old age destroys ; and similarly with reference to the stars he expresses opinions which have been criticised elsewhere and are omitted here. Aet. i. 8; Dox. 284. Parmenides, the Eleatic, son of Pyrrhes, was a companion of Xenophanes, and in his first book the doctrines agree with those of his master ; for here that verse occurs: (v. 60), Universal, existing alone, immovable and without beginning. He said that the cause of all things is not earth alone, as his master said, but also fire. 7; 803. The world is immovable and limited, and spheroidal in form. 24; 820. Parmenides and Melissos did away with generation and destruction, because they thought that the all is unmoved. 25; 321. All things are controlled by necessity ; this is fated, it is justice and forethought, and the producer of the world. Aet. ll. 1; Doz. 827. The world isone. 4; 992. It is without beginning and eternal and indestructible. 7; 885. Parmenides taught that there were crowns encircling one another in close succession,!' one of rare- fied matter, another of dense, and between these other mixed crowns of light and darkness; and that which surrounded all was solid like a wall, and under this was a crown of fire; and the centre of all the crowns was solid, and around it was a circle of fire; and of the mixed crowns the one nearest the centre was the source of motion and generation for all, and this ‘the goddess who directs the helm and holds the keys,’? he calls ‘justice and necessity.. The air is that which is separated from the earth, heing evaporated by the

' Cf. vv. 123-131. 2 V. Simpl. Phys. 8: 34, 14.

110 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

he calls ‘justice and necessity.. The air is that which is separated from the earth, heing evaporated by the

' Cf. vv. 123-131. 2 V. Simpl. Phys. 8: 34, 14.

110 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

forcible pressure of the earth; the sun and the circle of the milky way are the exhalation of fire, and the moon is the mixture of both, namely of air and fire. The aether stands highest of all and surrounding all, and beneath this is ranged the fiery element which we call the heavens, and beneath this are the things of earth. 11; 389. The revolving vault highest above the earth is the heavens. 840. The heavens are of a fiery nature. 19; 942. The stars are masses of fire. 15; 845. He ranks the morning star, which he considers the same as the evening star, first in the aether; and after this the sun, and beneath this the stars in the fiery vault which he calls the heavens. 17; 346. Stars are fed from the exhalations of the earth. 20; 849. Thesun is of a fiery nature. The sun and the moon are separated from the milky way, the one from the thinner mixture, which is hot, the other from the denser, which is cold. 25; 966. The moon is of a fiery nature. 26; 357. The moon is of the same size as the sun, and derives its light from it. 80; 961. (The moon appears dark) because darkness is mingled with its fiery nature, whence he calls it the star that shines with a false light.

Aet. iii. 1; 865. The mixture of dense and thin gives its milk-like appearance to the milky way. 11; 877. Parmenides first defined the inhabited parts of the earth by the two tropical zones. 15; 880. Because the earth is equally distant on all sides from other bodies, and so rests in an equilibrium, not having any reason for sway- ing one way rather than another ; on this account it only shakes and does not move from its place.

Aet. iv. 8; 888. The soul is of a fiery nature. 5; 891. The reason is in the whole breast. 892. Life and intelligence are the same thing, nor could there be any living being entirely without reason. 9; 897. Sen- sations arise part by part according to the symmetry of

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: PARMENIDES 1ἱ

the pores, each particular object of sense being adapted to each sense (organ). 398. Desire is produced by lack of nourishment.

Aet. v. 7; 419. Parmenides holds the opposite opinion ; males are produced in the northern part, for this shares the greater density; and females in the southern part by reason of its rarefied state. 420. Some descend from the right side to the right parts of the womb, others from the left to the left parts of the womb; but if they cross in the descent females are born. 11; 422. When the child comes from the right side of the womb, it resembles the father ; when it comes from the left side, the mother. 80; 448. Old age attends the failure of heat. |

112 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ΥΠ. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO.

11; 422. When the child comes from the right side of the womb, it resembles the father ; when it comes from the left side, the mother. 80; 448. Old age attends the failure of heat. |

112 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ΥΠ. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO.

Zeno of Elea, son of Teleutagoras, was born early in the fifth century B.c. He was the pupil of Parmenides, and his relations with him were so intimate that Plato calls him Parmenides’s son (Soph. 241 p). Strabo (vi. 1, 1) applies to him as well as to his master the name Pythagorean, and gives him the credit of advancing the cause of law and order in Elea. Several writers say that he taught in Athens for a while. There are numerous accounts of his capture as party to a conspiracy ; these accounts differ widely from each other, and the only point of agreement between them has reference to his determination in shielding his fellow conspirators. We find reference to one book which he wrote in prose (Plato, Parm. 127 c), each section of which showed the absurdity of some element in the popular belief.

Literature : Lohse, MHalis 1794; Gerling, de Zenonts Paralogismis, Marburg 1825; Wellmann, Zenos Bewetse, G.-Pr. Frkf. a. O. 1870; Raab, d. Zenonische Beweise, Schweinf. 1880; Schneider, Philol. xxxv. 1876; Tannery, Rev. Philos. Oct. 1885; Dunan, Les arguments de Zénon, Paris 1884; Brochard, Les arguments de Zénon, Paris 1888; Frontera, Htude sur les arguments de Zénon, Paris 1891.

ΤΗΕ ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO 113

(a) FRaGMENTS oF ZENO, FROM SIMPLICIUS ON THE Puysics. 0

1. Simpl. Phys. 901 189, 11. εὖ γὰρ ἄλλῳ ὄντι προσ- γένοιτο, οὐδὲν ἂν μεῖζον ποιήσειεν. μεγέθους γὰρ μηδενὸς 4” ϕ XN 2Ο / 9 9 ὄντος, προσγενοµένου δὲ οὐδὲν οἷόν τε cis µέγεθοο ἐπι- δοῦναι. καὶ οὕτως ἂν ἤδη τὸ προσηγινόµενον οὐδὲν εἴη. ei δὲ ἀπογινομένου τὸ ἕτερον μηδὲν ἔλαττόν ἐστι, μηδὲ aD προσηινοµένου αὐξήσεται, δῆλον ὅτι τὸ προσηενόµενον οὐδὲν ἦν οὐδὲ τὸ ἀπογενόμενον.

2. Simpl. Phys. 30 r 140, 29. εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη τοσαῦτα εἶναι ὅσα ἐστὶ καὶ οὔτε πλείονα αὐτῶν οὔτε 9 Ud 3 Ν a / 6 / ἐλάττονα. εἰ δὲ τοσαῦτά ἐστιν ὅσα ἐστύ πεπερασμένα A ¥ 9 , 9 \ Ww / 4 ΔΝ ἂν ein. εἰ πολλά ἐστιν, ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστίν. ἀεὶ γὰρ ο 4 “ 4 / \ 4 9 / 6 ἕτερα μεταξὺ τῶν ὄντων ἐστί, καὶ πάλιν ἐκείνων ἕτερα µεταξύ. καὶ οὕτως ἄπειρα τὰ ὄντα ἐστί.

3. Simpl. Phys. 30v 141, 1. εἰ μὴ ἔχοι µέγεθος τὸ ὂν

> δ) Fy ¥ 9 δὲ ” > + ο / θό ” οὐδ ἂν ein, st δὲ ἔστιν, ἀνάγκη ἕκαστον μέγεθός τι ἔχειν καὶ πάχος καὶ ἀπέχειν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου. καὶ περὶ τοῦ προύχοντος ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἕξει μέγεθος καὶ προέξει αὐτοῦ τι. ὅμοιον δὴ τοῦτο ἅπαξ > a) 9 4 IAN \ 3 aA a τε εὐπεῖν καὶ ἀεὶ λέγειν οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον ἔσχατον ἔσται οὔτε ἕτερον πρὸς ἕτερον οὐκ ἔσταυι. οὕτωφ > / 9 Α΄ 3 \ A 9 4 εὖ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη αὐτὰ pixpa τε εἶναι καὶ peyara, \ \ σ \ oo θ / ds 6 / μικρὰ μὲν ὥστε μὴ ἔχειν μέγεθος, μεγάλα δὲ ὥστε ἄπειρα εἶναι.

οὕτωφ > / 9 Α΄ 3 \ A 9 4 εὖ πολλά ἐστιν, ἀνάγκη αὐτὰ pixpa τε εἶναι καὶ peyara, \ \ σ \ oo θ / ds 6 / μικρὰ μὲν ὥστε μὴ ἔχειν μέγεθος, μεγάλα δὲ ὥστε ἄπειρα εἶναι.

4. Simpl. Phys. 190 v 562, 4. ef ἔστιν ὁ τόπον, ο ” fa) a 9 ΔΝ Ν 4 4 ἔν τινι ἔσται' πᾶν γὰρ ov ἕν τινι' τὸ δὲ ἔν τινι καὶ ἐν τόπῳ. ἔσται apa καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν τόπῳ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπ᾽ ἄπειρον' οὐκ apa ἔστιν ὁ τόπος.

Sources and Critical Notes.

Fr. 1. D εἰ γὰρ, EF οὗ γὰρ, a οὗ γὰρ εἰ: Ἡ ἄλλων. προσγενοµένου δὲ] Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 591, n. 2, strikes out δὲ: F' οἴονται eis: E gives od διὰ for οὐδὲ: DEF ἀπογινόμενον.

Fr. 2. a adds καὶ πάλιν after ἂν εἴη.

Fr. 3. DF ἔχοι, aE ἔχει.

Fr. 4. E omits καὶ after ἄρα.

114 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

(a2) SrmPLicrus’s ACCOUNT OF ZENO’S ARGUMENTS, INCLUDING THE TRANSLATION OF THE F'RAGMENTS. .

80 r 188, 90. For Eudemos says in his Physics, ‘Then does not this exist, and is there any one? This was the problem. He reports Zeno as saying that if any one explains to him the one, what it is, he can tell him what things are. But he is puzzled, it seems, because each of the senses declares that there are many things, both absolutely, and as the result of division, but no one establishes the mathematical point. He thinks that what is not increased by receiving addi- tions, or decreased as parts are taken away, 18 not one of the things that are.’ It was natural that Zeno, who, as if for the sake of exercise, argued both sides of a case (so that he is called double-tongued), should utter such statements raising difficulties about the one; but in his book which has many arguments in regard to each point, he shows that a man who affirms multiplicity naturally falls into contradictions. Among these arguments is one by which he shows that if there are many things, these _ are both small and great—great enough to be infinite in size, and small enough to be nothing in size. By this he shows that what has neither greatness nor thickness nor bulk could not even be. (Fr. 1)' ‘For if, he says, anything were added to another being, it could not make it any greater; for since greatness does not exist, it is impossible to increase the greatness of a thing by adding to it. So that which is added would be nothing. If when something is taken away that which is left is no less, and if it becomes no greater by receiving additions, evidently that which has been added or taken away is nothing.’ These things Zeno says, not denying the one, but holding that each thing has the greatness of

' Cf. Arist. Metaph. ii. 4; 1001 b8.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO 115

many and infinite things, since there is always some-. thing before that which is apprehended, by reason of its . infinite divisibility ; and this he proves by first showing that nothing has any greatness because each thing of the many is identical with itself and is one.

thing before that which is apprehended, by reason of its . infinite divisibility ; and this he proves by first showing that nothing has any greatness because each thing of the many is identical with itself and is one.

Ibid. 830 v 140, 27. And why is it necessary to say that there is a multiplicity of things when it is set forth in Zeno’s own book? For again in showing that, if there is a multiplicity of things, the same things are both finite and infinite, Zeno writes as follows, to use his own words: (Fr. 2) ‘If there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be just as many as exist, and not more nor fewer. If there are just as many as there are, then the number would be finite. If there is a multiplicity at all, the number is infinite, for there are always others between any two, and yet others between each pair of these. So the number of things is infinite.’ So by the process of division he shows that their number is infinite. And as to magnitude, he begins with this same argument. For first showing that (Fr. 3) ‘if being did not have magnitude, it would not exist at all,’ he goes on, ‘if anything exists, it is necessary that each thing should have some magnitude and thick- ness, and that one part of it should be separated from another. The same argument applies to the thing that. precedes this. That also will have magnitude and will have something Before it. The same may be said of each thing once for all, for there will be no such thing as last, nor will one thing differ from another. So if there is a multiplicity of things, it is necessary that these should be great and small—small enough not to have any magnitude, and great enough to be infinite.’ !

Ibid. 180 v 562, 9. Zeno’s argument seems to deny ‘that place exists, putting the question as follows: (Fr. 4) ' Cf. Diels, Archiv f. d. Gesch. d. Phil. i. 245; Geller, 1.5 593 n. 1.

12

116 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

‘If there is such a thing as place, it will be in some- thing, for all being is in something, and that which is in something is in some place. Then this place will be in a place, and so on indefinitely. Accordingly there is no such thing as place.’

Ibid. 181r 568, 17. Eudemos’ account of Zeno’s opinion runs as follows:—‘ Zeno’s problem seems to come to the same thing. For it is natural that all being should be somewhere, and if there is a place for things, where would this place be? In some other place, and that in another, and so on indefinitely.’

Eudemos’ account of Zeno’s opinion runs as follows:—‘ Zeno’s problem seems to come to the same thing. For it is natural that all being should be somewhere, and if there is a place for things, where would this place be? In some other place, and that in another, and so on indefinitely.’

Itid. 286 v. Zeno’s argument that when anything is in a space equal to itself, it is either in motion or at rest, and that nothing is moved in the present moment, and that the moving body is always in a space equal to itself at each present moment, may, I think, be put in a syllogism as follows: The arrow which is moving forward is at every present moment in a space equal to itself, accordingly it is then the moving arrow is still. This is false ; for time is not composed of present moments that are indivisible, nor indeed 1s any other quantity. Zeno pre- sents four arguments concerning motion which involve puzzles to be solved, and the first of these shows that motion does not exist because the moving body must go half the distance before it goes the whole distance; of this we have spoken before (Phys. vill. 8; 26845). And the second is called the Achilles argument ; it is this :— The slow runner will never be overtaken by the swiftest, for it is necessary that the pursuer should first reach the point from which the pursued started, so that neces- sarily the slower is always somewhat in advance. This argument is the same as the preceding, the only difference being that the distance is not divided each time into halves. . . . His opinion is false that the one in advance is not overtaken ; he is not indeed overtaken while he is in advance; but nevertheless he is overtaken, if you will grant that he passes through the limited space. These are the first two arguments, and the third is the one that has been alluded to, that the arrow in its flight 1s stationary. This depends on the assumption that time is composed of present moments; there will be no syllogism if this is not granted. And the fourth argument is with reference to equal bodies moving in opposite directions past equal bodies in the stadium with equal speed, some from the end of the stadium, others from

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: ZENO 119

the middle ; in which case he thinks half the time equal to twice the time. The fallacy lies in the fact that while he postulates that bodies of equal size move forward with equal speed for an equal time, he compares the one with something in motion, the other with something at rest.

(ο) PassaGES RELATING TO ZENO IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

Plut. Strom.6; Doz.581. Zeno the Eleatic brought out nothing peculiar to himself, but he started farther difficulties about these things. |

(ο) PassaGES RELATING TO ZENO IN THE DoxoGRAPHISTS.

Plut. Strom.6; Doz.581. Zeno the Eleatic brought out nothing peculiar to himself, but he started farther difficulties about these things. |

Epiph. adv. Haer. iii. 11; Doz. 590. Zeno the Eleatic, a dialectician equal to the other Zeno, says that — the earth does not move, and that no space is void of content. He speaks as follows :—That which is moved is moved in the place in which it is, or in the place in which it is not; itis neither moved in the place in which it is, nor in the place in which it is not; accordingly it is not moved at all.

Galen, Hist. Phil. 8; Dox.601. Zeno the Eleatic is said to have introduced the dialectic philosophy. 7; Dow. 604. He was a skeptic.

Aet. i. 7; Dox. 909. Melissos and Zeno say that the one is universal, and that it exists alone, eternal, and unlimited. And this one is necessity [Heeren inserts here the name Empedokles], and the material iof it is the four elements, and the forms are strife and love. He says that the elements are gods, and the mixture of them is the world. The uniform will be resolved into them ;' he thinks that souls are divine, and that pure men who share these things in a pure way are divine. 23; 820. Zeno et al. denied generation and destruc- tion, because they thought that the all is unmoved.

' Reading πρὸς ταῦτα λυθήσεται, which, as Mr. G. D. Lord suggests to me, is probably the source of the corruption προστανλυθήσεται. The Vatican vulgate combines both readings.

120 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

VIII. THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS.

Meuissos of Samos, son of Ithagenes, was a contem- porary of Zeno, though he may have been slightly younger. Parmenides is said to have been his teacher, and it is possible that he may have made the acquaint- ance of Herakleitos. According to Diogenes, he was a respected statesman, and there seems to be good evidence (Plutarch, Perikles 26, after Aristotle) that he com- manded the Samian fleet at its victory over the Athe- nians, 4408.c. He wrote a book which later writers refer to under various titles.

Literature:. The fragments are treated by Brandis, Commen. Eleat. iii. and by Mullach de Melisso X. G. p. 80; Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889, disputes the authenticity of Fr. 1-5. Spalding, Vindic. philos. Megar. Berlin 1798, first showed that the first two chapters of the book called de ο... Zenone, Gorgia, refer to Melissos. Cf. also Fr. Kern, Zur Wiirdigung des Meltssos, Fest- schrift d. stettin. Stadtgym. 1880.

Sources and Critical Notes.

Fr, 1-5. The passage giving these fragments, as they have been galled, contains little that is not found in the remaining fragments, and in spite of the fact that it is given as a direct quotation, it seems best to regard it as a condensed statement of the opinions of Melissos. V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS 121

V. Zeller, Vorsokr. Phil. 607, n. 1, and Pabst, de Meliss. Fragmentis, Bonn 1889.

THE ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS 121

(a2) Fraaments oF MELISsos MAINLY FROM SIMPLICIUS ON THE Puysics.

Simpl. Phys. 28 v 109, 20 (Fr. 7). ὅτε τοίνυν οὐκ ἐγένετο, ἔστι δέ, ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ del ἔσται καὶ ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἔχει οὐδὲ τελευτήν, GAN ἄπειρόν ἐστιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγένετο, ἀρχὴν ἂν εἶχεν ' ἤρξατο γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόµενον * καὶ τελευτήν ' ἐτελεύτησε γὰρ ἄν ποτε γινόµενον ' εὖ δὲ µήτε ἤρξατο µήτε ἐτελεύτησεν ἀεί τε ἦν καὶ asl ἔσται, οὐκ ἔχει ἀρχὴν οὐδὲ τελευτήν ' οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ εἶναι ἀνυστὸν ὅ τι μὴ wav ἐστι. 1.31. (Fr. 8.) ἀλλ) ὥσπερ ἔστιν ae, οὕτω καὶ τὸ μέγεθος ἄπειρον asi χρὴ εἶναι. Ἱ. 83. (Fr. 15.) εὖ γὰρ διῄρηται τὸ ἐόν, κινεῖται. κινούµενον δὲ οὐκ ἂν sin ἅμα.

Phys. 241 110. 1. (Έτ. 16.) εἰ μὲν dv ein, δεῖ αὐτὸ av εἶναι ' ἓν δὲ ὃν δεῖ αὐτὸ σῶμα μὴ ἔχειν. (19 τ 87, ϐ) εἰ δὲ ἔχοι πάθος, ἔχοι ἂν µόρια καὶ οὐκέτι bv ein. 1. 8. (Fr. 9.) ἀρχήν τε καὶ τέλος ἔχον οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀίδιον οὔτε ἄπειρόν ἐστιν. Ἱ. δ. (Ετ. 10.) εἰ μὴ ἂν εἴη, περανεῖ πρὸς aXXo.

Phys. 24r 111, 19. (Fr. 11.) οὕτως οὖν aldsov ἐστι καὶ ἄπειρον' καὶ ἂν καὶ ὅμοιον πᾶν. καὶ οὔτ ἂν ἁπ- ὀλοιτο οὔτε μεῖζον γίνοιτο οὔτε µετακοσµέοιτο οὔτε ἀλγεῖ οὔτε ἀνιᾶταυ. εἰ γάρ τι τούτων πάσχοι, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι by ein. εἰ γὰρ ἑτεροιοῦται, ἀνάγκη τὸ gov μὴ ὅμοιον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἀπόλλυσθαι τὸ πρόσθεν Zov, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γίνεσθαυ. εἰ τοίνυν τριχὶ pin µυρίοις ἔτεσιν ἑτεροῖον γίνοιτο τὸ Trap,

Fr. 7. D omits καὶ . . . Ὑινόμενον. Simplicius writes γινόμενο», Diels would restore γενόµενο» regularly, and compares Spengel ad Eudem. fr. p. 18,18. DH ἔχει, aF ἔχον.

Fr. 15. af’ dua, Ε ἀλλὰ.

Fr. 16. aD bv εἴη, EF οὖν εἴη, Brandis suggests ὃν tors. Ε δὲ wh ὃν. Cf. 19 r 87, 6.

Fr. 11. af γίγνοιτο. E οὐκέτι, omits ἂν. E omits δὲ after τὸ. aD

(F) τριχὶ wii, 8 τρι μὴ H. = Vulg. from Brandis εἰ τοίνυν τρισμυρίοισι ἕτεσι. ΑΕ παρόντι for παντί.

122 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Fr. 16. aD bv εἴη, EF οὖν εἴη, Brandis suggests ὃν tors. Ε δὲ wh ὃν. Cf. 19 r 87, 6.

Fr. 11. af γίγνοιτο. E οὐκέτι, omits ἂν. E omits δὲ after τὸ. aD

(F) τριχὶ wii, 8 τρι μὴ H. = Vulg. from Brandis εἰ τοίνυν τρισμυρίοισι ἕτεσι. ΑΕ παρόντι for παντί.

122 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ὀλεῖται ἂν ἐν τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ. Ἱ. 24. (Fr. 12.) ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ µετακοσμηθῆναι ἀνυστόν' ὁ γὰρ κόσμος ὁ πρὀσθεν ἐἑὼν ? . / 4 « \ oN / σ XN / οὖκ ἀπόλλυται οὔτε ὁ μὴ ἑὼν «γίνεται ὅτε δὲ µήτε προσηίνεται μηδὲν µήτε ἀπόλλυται µήτε ἑτεροιοῦται, πῶς ἂν μετακοσμηθὲν τῶν ἐόντων Te; εἰ μὲν γάρ τι 4 ε ον) 2 A \ / 2 9 Αα ἐγίνετο ἑτεροῖον, ἤδη ἂν καὶ µετακοσμηθείη' οὐδὲ ἀληεῖξ ov γὰρ ἂν πᾶν ein ἀληγέον' οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο ἀεὶ εἶναι “A > έ WY. ἔ 2 δύ “A e Ma) Ww 9 OR χρημα adyéov οὐδὲ ἔχει ἴσην ὀύναμιν τῷ Όγιει' OUT ἄν φ ¥ >» ο ὧν ῃ / A 3 a. ὅμοιον etn, εἰ ἀλγέοι ἀπογινομένου yap τευ ἂν ἀλγέοι ἢ προσηινοµένου, κοὺὐκ ἂν ἔτι ὅμοιον εἴη. οὐδ' ἂν τὸ ὑγὼς > “A δύ 9 λ \ a wv \ ο ΔΝ N N ΑΜ” ἀλγῆσαι ὀύναιτο' aro yap ἄν 9λοιτο TO υγιες καὶ TO EOD, Ν ΔΝ 3 9N 4 \ A “~ > a) e Ν τὸ δὲ οὐκ ov «γένοιτο. καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνιᾶσθαι ωὺτὸς λόγος τῷ ἀλφέοντι. 1.6. (Fr. 14.) οὐδὲ κενεόν ἐστιν ovdév: λ \ \ ’ ὃ έ b μ bd Λ 9 rf 4 δέ τὸ γὰρ κενεὸν οὐδέν ἐστιν' οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴη TO γε μηδέν. ΦΑΝ A ‘ ς fel ΔΝ 3 # > - > Ν οὐδὲ κινεῖται ὑποχωρῆσαι γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδαμῇ, ἀλλὰ > XN \ 8 e nA aA ? Δ πλέων ἑστίν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ κενεὸν ἦν, ὑπεχωρεῖ ἂν Eis τὸ κενὀν' κενοῦ δὲ μὴ ἐόντος οὐκ ἔχει ὅκῃ ὑποχωρήσει. πυκνὸν δὲ καὶ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἂν ein τὸ γὰρ ἀραιὸν οὐκ ἀνυστὸν πλέων εἶναι ὁμοίως τῷ πυκνῷῶ, GAN ἤδη τὸ ἆραιόν ye κενεώτερον γίνεται τοῦ πυκνοῦ. κρίσιν δὲ ταύτην χρὴ ποιήσασθαι τοῦ πλέω καὶ τοῦ μὴ πλέω" εὖ Ν » Αα A 3 δέ 3 , 3 δὲ 4 μὲν οὖν χωρεῖ τι ἢ εἰσδέχεται, ov πλέων' εἰ δὲ µήτε χωρεῖ µήτε εἰσδέχεται, πλέων. ἀνάγκη τοίνυν πλέων εἶναι, εἰ κενὸν μὴ ἔστιν. εὖ τοίνυν πλέων ἐστίν, οὐ κινεῖταιυ. Phys. 94 v 162, 24. (Έτ. 6.) del ἦν ὅ τι ἦν καὶ aed ἔσται. εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, avayxaioy ἔστι πρὶν γενέσθαι , ce) εἶναι μηδέν. tei τύχοι νῦν μηδὲν ἦν, οὐδαμὰ ἂν γένοιτο οὐδὲν ἐκ µηδενό».

Ἐγ. 12. D μετὰ τὸ κοσµηθῆναι: a ἀπολεῖται: DF µετακοσμηθέντων ἐόντων: a γάρ, DFE γε: a ἄλγεινόν (twice): D οὐκ for κοὺκ: DF ὀντὸς, ak ὁ αὐτὸς,

Fr. 14. Cf. Simpl. 40, 12. Ἅ πλέον et passim, Text follows aD: DF κενώτερο», EL κοινότερον: & omits οὖν.

Fr. 6. E εἰ τύχοι νῦν, Dei τύχη, aF' ei τοίνυν. Diels suggests ὅτε τοίνυ»; cf. 109, 20. DEH οὐδὲν, ak under.

ΤΗΕ ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS 123

14. Cf. Simpl. 40, 12. Ἅ πλέον et passim, Text follows aD: DF κενώτερο», EL κοινότερον: & omits οὖν.

Fr. 6. E εἰ τύχοι νῦν, Dei τύχη, aF' ei τοίνυν. Diels suggests ὅτε τοίνυ»; cf. 109, 20. DEH οὐδὲν, ak under.

ΤΗΕ ELEATIC SCHOOL: MELISSOS 123

Simpl. de Coelo, 187r; Schol. Aristot. 509b18; cf. Aristokl. Euseb. Pr. Ev. xiv. 17. (Fr. 17.) µέγχιστον μὲν 4 a ee ) ο / / > \ \ οὖν σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λόγος ὅτι ἓν µόνον ἐστίν. ἁτὰρ καὶ , πα 9 \ \ α α 9 4 τάδε σημεῖα": εἰ γὰρ ἦν πολλὰ, τοιαῦτα χρῆν αὐτὰ εἶναι, ΄ 4 N > N cd ον \o@ : οἷόν περ ἐγώ dnt τὸ bv εἶναι. εὖ γὰρ ἔστι yh καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ 2Α A / \ λ “A XN N A \ Q anp καὶ σίδηρος καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ wip καὶ τὸ μὲν S@ov τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς καὶ µέλαν καὶ λευκὸν καὶ τὰ ὅσα φασὶν οἱ ” > ce) ? \ A ¥ ο α 2 a“ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι ἀληθῆ,--εὐ δὴ ταῦτα ἔστι Kal ἡμεῖς ὀρθῶς ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἀκούομεν, εἶναι χρὴ ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον οἷόν περ τὸ πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ µεταπίτπτειν μηδὲ / ε A > 9 > N 9 a Lo 4 γίνεσθαι ἕτεροῖον, ANN’ αὐεὶ εἶναι ἕκαστον oloy περ ἔστιν. νῦν δέ hapev ὀρθῶς ὁρᾷν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι, δοκεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν τό τε θερμὸν ψυχρὸν γίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν θερμὸν καὶ τὸ σκληρὸν μαλθακὸν καὶ τὸ μαλθακὸν N \ Ν “ 3 4 4 Αι σκληρὸν, καὶ τὸ ζφῷον ἀποθνήσκειν καὶ ἐκ pn ζῶντος γίνεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι, καὶ ὅ τι ἦν τε Ν “A 20 ef > > 9 ϱ / \ καὶ ὃ νῦν οὐδὲν ὅμοιον εἶναι, ANN’ ὅ τε σίδηρος σκληρὸς gov τῷ δακτύλ (βεσθαι Ἱ ὁμοῦ ῥέ ὶ ὸ é @ κατατρίβεσθαι Ἱ ὁμοῦ ῥέων καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ λίθος καὶ ἄλλο ὅ τι ὐσχυρὸν δοκεῖ εἶναι πᾶν, ὥστε / / e ~ [ή \ ww ’ ὠ σ / συμβαίνει µήτε opay µήτε τὰ ὄντα γινώσκειν ἐξ ὕδατός τε yh καὶ λίθος γίνεσθαι. ov τοίνυν ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ὁμολοηγεῖ ΄ φαµένοις γὰρ εἶναι πολλὰ καὶ ἀίδια καὶ εἴδη τε καὶ ἴσχυν ἔχοντα, πάντα ἑτεροιοῦσθαι ἡμῖν δοκεῖ καὶ µεταπίπτειν ἐκ τοῦ ἑκάστοτε ὁρωμένου. δῆλον τοίνυν ιά > > A « A ΦΟΝ 9 A \ 9 A A ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἑωρῶμεν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα πολλὰ ὀρθῶς δοκεῖ εἶναι. οὗ γὰρ ἂν µετέπιπτεν εἰ ἀληθῆ ἦν, ἀλλ ἦν οἷόν περ ἐδόκει ἕκαστον τοιοῦτον τοῦ γὰρ ἐόντος ἀληθινοῦ “ δέ. a \ Δ Ν ‘ bd / κρεῖσσον οὐδέν. Hv δὲ µεταπέσῃ, τὸ μὲν ἐὸν ἀπώλετο, τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐὸν γέγονεν. οὕτως οὖν εὖἰ πολλὰ εἴη, τοιαῦτα χρὴ εἶναι οἷόν περ τὸ ἕν.

Fr. 17. Vulg. χρή: Simpl. (gov, Aristokl. (ῶν (twice): Aristokl. εἶναι ἐχρῇῆ», καὶ τὸ eddy τοιοῦτον, οἷον πρῶτον ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν εἶναι, Simpl. omits πάντα and ἀληθῆ: Aristokl. ἕτερον, AA’ εἶναι ὅμοιον, οἷόν περ ἐστὶ ἕκαστον, Simpl. omits ἔστιν: Bergk ὁμουρέω», digito conterminus, aptatus, MSS. τὸ µέσο», corr. Brandis, Gesch. d. Phil. i. 403: Vulg. εἴη.

124 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Simpticius’s AccouNT OF MELISs0s, INCLUDING THE TRANSLATION OF THE FRAGMENTS.

ἕτερον, AA’ εἶναι ὅμοιον, οἷόν περ ἐστὶ ἕκαστον, Simpl. omits ἔστιν: Bergk ὁμουρέω», digito conterminus, aptatus, MSS. τὸ µέσο», corr. Brandis, Gesch. d. Phil. i. 403: Vulg. εἴη.

124 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Simpticius’s AccouNT OF MELISs0s, INCLUDING THE TRANSLATION OF THE FRAGMENTS.

22; 105, 18. Now let us glance at Melissos’ argu- ment, which we ran across a few lines back. Melissos, making use of the axioms of the physicists, in regard to generation and destruction, begins his book as follows : (Fr. 1) If nothing is, how could this be spoken of as though something is? And if anything is, either it has come into being, or else it always has been. If it came into being, it sprung either from being or from not-being; but it is impossible that any such thing should have sprung from not-being (for nothing else that is could have sprung from it, much less pure being) ; nor could it have sprung from being, for in that case it . And thus he asserted that god is 8 monad, and examining the nature of number with especial care, he said that the universe produces melody ~~ and is put together with harmony, and he first proved the motion of the seven stars to be rhythm and melody. And in wonder at the structure of the universe, he decreed that at first his disciples should be silent, as it were mystae who were coming into the order of the all; then when he thought they had sufficient education

----.

152 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

in the principles of truth, and had sought wisdom sufficiently in regard to stars and in regard to nature, he pronounced them pure and then bade them speak. He separated his disciples into two groups, and called one esoteric, and the other exoteric. To the former he entrusted the more perfect sciences, to the latter the more moderate. And he dealt with magic,.as they say, and himself discovered the art of physiognomy. Postulating both numbers and measures he was wont to say that the first principle of arithmetic em- braced philosophy by combination, after the following manner :

Number is the first principle, a thing which is unde- fined, incomprehensible, baving in itself all numbers which could reach infinity in amount. And the first principle of numbers is in substance the first monad, which is 8 male monad, begetting as a father all other numbers. Secondly the dyad is female number, and the same is called by the arithmeticians even. Thirdly the triad is male number; this the arithmeticians have been wont to call odd. Finally the tetrad is a female

‘ number, and the same is called even because it is

female.

All numbers, then, taken by classes are fours (for number is undefined in reference to class), of which is composed the perfect number, the decad. For the — series, one two three and four, becomes ten, if its own name is kept in its essence by each of the numbers.

Pythagoras said that this sacred tetraktys is ‘the spring

having the roots of ever-flowing nature’ in itself, and

For the — series, one two three and four, becomes ten, if its own name is kept in its essence by each of the numbers.

Pythagoras said that this sacred tetraktys is ‘the spring

having the roots of ever-flowing nature’ in itself, and

from this numbers have their first principle. For the

eleven and the twelve and the rest derive from the ten the first principle of their being. The four parts of the decad, this perfect number, are called number, monad, power, and cube. And the interweavings and

PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS 193

minglings of these in the origin of growth are what naturally completes nascent number ; for when a power is multiplied upon itself, it is the power of a power; and when a power is multiplied on a cube, it is the power of a cube; and when 4 cube is multiplied on a cube, the cube of a cube; thus all numbers, from which arises the genesis of what arises, are seven :—number, monad, power, cube, power of a power, power of a cube, cubé of a cube.

He said that the soul is immortal, and that it changes from one body to another ;! so he was wont to say that he himself had been born before the Trojan war as Aethalides, and at the time of the Trojan war as Kuphorbos, and after that as Hermotimos of Samos, then as Pyrrhos of Delos, fifth as Pythagoras. And Diodoros of Eretria and Aristoxenos the musician say that Pythagoras had come into Zaratas of Chaldaea ; and he set forth that in his view there were from the beginning two causes of things, father and mother ; and the father is light and the mother darkness; and the parts of light are warm, dry, light, swift; and of darkness are. cold, moist, heavy, slow; and of these all the universe is composed, of male and female. And he says that the universe exists in accordance with musical harmony, so the sun algo makes an harmonious period. And concerning the things that arise from the earth .and the universe they say that Zaratas spoke as follows: There are two divinities, one of the heavens and the other of the earth; the one of the earth produces things from the earth, and it is water; and the divinity of the heavens is fire with a portion of air, warm, and cold ; wherefore he says that none of these things will destroy or even pollute the soul, for these are the essence of all things. And it is said that Zaratas forbade men

1 Cf. Epiph. Haer. 1.7; Doz. 589.

154 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

And it is said that Zaratas forbade men

1 Cf. Epiph. Haer. 1.7; Doz. 589.

154 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

to eat beans because he said that at the beginning and composition of all things when the earth was still a whole, the bean arose. And he says that the proof of this is that if one chews a bean to a pulp and exposes it to the sun for a certain time (for the sun will affect it quickly), it gives out the odour of human seed. And he says that there is another and clearer proof: if when a bean is in flower we were to take the bean and its flower, and putting it into a pitcher moisten it and then bury it in the earth, and after a few days dig it up again, we should see in the first place that it had the form of a womb, and examining it closely we should find the head of a child growing with it.

He perished in a conflagration with his disciples in Kroton in Italy. And it was the custom when one became a disciple for him to burn his property and to leave his money under a seal with Pythagoras, and he remained in silence sometimes three years, sometimes five years, and studied. And immediately on being released from this he mingled with the others and con- tinued a disciple and made his home with them; other- wise he took his money and was sent off. The esoteric

| class were called Pythagoreans, and the others Pytha- ‘goristae. And those of the disciples who escaped the conflagration were Lysis and Archippos and Zalmoxis the slave of Pythagoras, who is said to have taught the ~~~ Pythagorean philosophy to the Druids among the Celts.! ο Itis said that Pythagoras learned numbers and measures from the Egyptians; astonished at the wisdom of the priests, which was deserving of belief and full of fancies and difficult to buy, he imitated it and himself also taught his disciples to be silent, and obliged the student to remain quietly in rooms underneath the earth. Epiph. Pro. i.; Dox. 587. Pythagoras laid down ' Of. 25; Doz. 574.

(epee eee ee eee sk

PYTHAGORAS AND THE PYTHAGOREANS 10δι

the doctrine of the monad and of foreknowledge and the interdict on sacrificing to the gods then believed on, and he bade men not to partake of beings that had life, and to refrain from wine. And he drew a line between the things from the moon upwards, calling these immortal, ς) and those below, which he called mortal; and he taught the transmigration of souls from bodies into bodies even as far as animals and beasts. And he used to teach his followers to observe silence for a period of five years, Finally he named himself a god.

And he used to teach his followers to observe silence for a period of five years, Finally he named himself a god.

Epiph. Haer. 1. 8; Dox. 390. Pythagoras the Samian, son of Mnesarchos, said that the monad is god, and that nothing has been brought into being apart from this. He was wont to say that wise men ought not to sacrifice animals to the gods, nor yet to eat what had life, or beans, nor to drink wine. And he was wont to say that all things from the moon downward were subject to change, while from the moon upward they were not. And he said that the soul goes at death ' into other animals. And he bade his disciples to keep silence for a period of five years, and finally he named himself a god.

Herm. J.G.P. 16; Dox. 655. Others then from the ancient tribe, Pythagoras and his fellow-tribesmen, revered and taciturn, transmitted other dogmas to me as mysteries, and this is the great and unspeakable ipse- dizit: the monad is the first principle of all things. From its forms and from numbers the elements arose. And he declared that the number and form and measure of each of these is somehow as follows :—Fire is com- posed of twenty-four right-angled triangles, surrounded by four equilaterals. And each equilaieral consists of six right-angled triangles, whence they compare it to the pyramid. Air is composed of forty-eight triangles, sur- ‘younded by eight equilaterals. And it is compared to

156 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

the octahedron, which is surrounded by eight equilateral triangles, each of which is separated into six right-angled triangles so as to become forty-eight in all. And water is composed of one hundred and twenty triangles, sur- rounded by twenty equilaterals, and it is compared to the icosahedron, which is composed of one hundred and twenty equilateral triangles. And aether is composed of twelve equilateral pentagons, and is like a dodeca- hedron. And earth is composed of forty-eight tri- angles, and is surrounded by six equilateral pentagons, and it is like a cube. For the cube is surrounded by six tetragons, each of which is separated into eight triangles, so that they become in all forty-eight.

pe EMPEDOKLES.

ἘΝΡΕΡΟΚΙΙΕΒ, son of Meton, grandson of an Empedokles who was a victor at Olympia, made his home at Akragas in Sicily. He was born about 494 B.c., and lived to the age of sixty. The only sure date in his life is his visit to Thourioi soon after its foundation (444). Various stories are told of his political activity, which may be genuine traditions ; these illustrate a democratic tendency. At the same time he claimed almost the homage due to a god, and many miracles are attributed to him. His writings in some parts are said to imitate Orphic verses, and apparently his religious activity was in line with this sect. His death occurred away from Sicily—probably in the Peloponnesos.

At the same time he claimed almost the homage due to a god, and many miracles are attributed to him. His writings in some parts are said to imitate Orphic verses, and apparently his religious activity was in line with this sect. His death occurred away from Sicily—probably in the Peloponnesos.

Literature :—Sturz, Hmped. vita et phil. carm. rell. Lips. 1805; Karsten, Emped. carm. rell. Amst. 1888 ; Bergk, Kleine Schriften, Berl. 18389; Pan- zerbieter, Beitr. 2. Krittk u. Erkl. ᾱ. Emped. Meining. 1844 ; Stein, Hmped. Frag. Bonn 1882 ; Schneidewin, Philol. xv.; H. Diels; Hermes xv. pp. 161-179 ; Gorgias und Empedocles, Acad. Berol. 1884; Unger, Philol. Suppl. 1883, pp. 511-550; O. Kern, Archiv f. d. Gesch. d. Philos. i. 498 ff.; Knatz, ‘Empedoclea’ in Schedae Phil. H. Usener oblatae, Bonn 1891; A. Platt, Journal of Philology, xxiv. p. 246; Bidez, Archiv, ix. 190; Gomperz, Hermes, xxxi. p. 469.

Norz.—I print Stein’s numbers at the left of the Greek text, Karsten’s numbers at the right.

158 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

FRAGMENTS OF EXMPEDOKLES. ΠΕΡΙ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΠΡΩΤΟΣ. Παυσανία, σὺ δὲ κλῦθι, Saippovos ᾽Αγχίτου vid. 54

στεινωποὶ μὲν γὰρ παλάμαι κατὰ γυῖα κέχυνται' 92 πολλὸ δὲ Ser’ ἔμπαια, τά 7 ἀμβλύνουσι μερίμνα». παῦρον δὲ ζωῆς ἀβίου µέρος ἀθρήσαντες 5 ὠκύμοροι καπνοῖο δίκην ἀρθέντες ἀπέπταν, 96 αὐτὸ µόνον πεισθέντες, ὅτῳ προσέκυρσεν ἕκαστος πάντοσ᾽ ἐλαυνόμενος, τὸ δ᾽ ὅλον μὰψ εὔχεται

εὑρεῖν οὕτως οὔτ᾽ ἐπιδερκτὰ τάδ ἀνδράσιν οὐδ éra- κουστὰ οὔτε vow περιληπτάἀ. σὺ δ᾽ οὖν, ἐπεὶ OO ἑλιά- σθη», 10 πεύσεαι ov πλέον ἠὲ βροτείη μῆτις ὅπωπεν. 40

ἀλλὰ, θεοὶ, τῶν μὲν µανίην ἀποτρέψατε γλώσ- ση», ἐκ ὃδ ὁσίων στοµάτων καθαρὴν ὀχετεύσατε

πηγήν. καὶ σέ, πολυµνήστη λευκώλενε παρθένε Μοῦσα, ἄντομαι, ὧν θέµις ἐστὶν ἐφημερίοισιν ἀκούειν, 15 πέµπε wap’ εὐσεβίῆς, ἑλάουσ᾽ εὐήνιον appa 45

Sources and Critical Notes. 1. Diog. Laer. viii. 60. 2-10. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 123-124. 8. Prokl. on Tim. p. 175. 5. Plut. Mor. 360c. 6. Diog. Laer. ix. 73; 8-9a. Plut. Mor. 17 £.

3. MSS. δειλεµπέα, corr. Emperius. Prokl. dew’ ἔπεα. 4. MSS. ζωῇσι βίου, corr. Scaliger. CFR ἀθροίσαντος. 7. MSS. ἐλαυνόμενοι, τὸ 8° ὅλον εὔχεται, corr. Stein. 9. Bergk adds 38 after σὺ. 10. MSS. πλεῖόν ye, Karsten πλέον 42, Stein πλέον: MSS. ὄρωρε», corr. Panzerbieter.

11-23. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 125. 16-17. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 682% . 18. Prokl. Tim. 106; Plut. Mor. 98 8. 12. MSS. ὀχεύσατε, corr. Steph. 16. MSS. σέ, Stein µέ. 17. Sexts

EMPEDOKLES 159

TRANSLATION.

Book I.

1. And do thou hear me, Pausanias, son of wise Anchites.

ὄρωρε», corr. Panzerbieter.

11-23. Sext. Emp. Math. vii. 125. 16-17. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 682% . 18. Prokl. Tim. 106; Plut. Mor. 98 8. 12. MSS. ὀχεύσατε, corr. Steph. 16. MSS. σέ, Stein µέ. 17. Sexts

EMPEDOKLES 159

TRANSLATION.

Book I.

1. And do thou hear me, Pausanias, son of wise Anchites.

2. For scant means of acquiring knowledge are scattered among the members of the body; and many are the evils that break in to blunt the edge of studious thought. And gazing on a little portion of life that is not life, swift to meet their fate, they rise and are borne away like smoke, persuaded only of that on which each’ one chances as he is driven this way and that, but the whole he vainly boasts he has found. Thus these things - are neither seen nor heard distinctly by men, nor com- prehended by the mind. And thou, now that thou hast

“withdrawn hither, shalt learn no more than what mortal mind has seen.

11. But, ye gods, avert the madness of those men from my tongue, and from lips that are holy cause a pure stream to flow. And thee I pray, much-wooed white- armed maiden Muse, in what things it is right for beings of a day to hear, do thou, and Piety, driving obedient car, conduct meon. Nor yet shall the flowers of honour

160 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

20

25

80

μηδὲ µέ y’ εὐδόξοιο βιήσεται ἄνθεα τιμῆς \ A 3 ο es πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ϐ) coins πλέον εἰπεῖν θάρσεϊῖ καὶ τότε δὴ σοφίης ἐπ᾽ ἄκροισι θοάζειν. GAN ary’ ἄθρει πάση παλάμη 7h δῆλον ἕκαστον, pyre tu’ ὄψιν ἔχων πίστει πλέον ἢ Kat’ ἀκουὴν 50 49 9 4 (δ e XN 4 4 μήτ᾽ ἀκοὴν ἐρίδουπον ὑπὲρ τρανώµατα γλώσσης, µήτε τι τῶν ἄλλων, ὁπόσων πόρος ἐστὶ νοῆσαι, γυίων πίστιν ἔρυκε, νόει & ᾗ δῆλον ἕκαστον.

φάρμακα δ ἄσσα γεγᾶσι κακῶν καὶ γήραος ἄλκαρ / / 9. AN 4 , πεύσῃ, ἐπεὶ μούνῳ col ἐγὼ κρανέω τάδε πάντα. 425 παύσεις 8 ἀκαμάτων ἀνέμων pévos of τ) ἐπὶ γαΐαν 3 / A / 3 LA ὀρνύμενοι πνοιαῖσι καταφθινύθουσιν apovpas:

καὶ πάλιν, εὖτ) ἐθέλῃσθα, παλίσσυτα πνεύματ᾽

ἐπάξεις' θήσεις δ᾽ ἐξ ὄμβροιο κελαινοῦ καίριον αὐχμὸν ἀνθρώποις, θήσεις δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὐχμοῖο θερείου 490 ῥεύματα δενδρεόθρεπτα κατ᾽ αἰθέρος ἀΐἴσσοντα ἄξεις δ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Αίδαο καταφθιµένου pévos ἀνδρός.

A 4 e / A ” τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιξώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε 55

Zevs ἀργὴς “Hpn τε φερέσβιος 48 ᾽Αιδωνεὺς

MSS. ἐφωθοείης, corr. Steph. Clem. confirms correction. 18. MSS. θοάζει, Plut. θαµίζειν, corr. Hermann. 19. MSS. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἄθρει was, corr. Bergk. 20. Bergk τι . . . πιστήν, Gomperz, ὄψει ἔχων πίστιν πλέον’. 22. MSS. ὁπόση, corr. Stein. 23. MSS. 6’, Karsten 3’.

24-32, Diog. Laer. viii. 59 from Satyros; Suidas under ἄπνους; Eudocia, p. 170; Tzetzes, Chil. ii. 906 f.; Iriarte, Catal. Mairit. p.

450.

26-28. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 754.

27. Clem. θνητοῖσι; Clem., Diog. Laer. Vin. MS., Tzt. apodpas. Else- where ἄρουραν. 28. Clem. εὖτ, others ἄν κ. Diog., Clem. παλίντιτα, corr. Stein. 29. Τσι. στήσει, Suidas στήσει. 30. Τσζί. στήσει. 381. Diog. τὰ δ᾽ ἐν θέρει ἀήσαντα, Hermann τά τ) αἶθέρι αἰθύσσονται, corr. Stein.

Strom. p. 754.

27. Clem. θνητοῖσι; Clem., Diog. Laer. Vin. MS., Tzt. apodpas. Else- where ἄρουραν. 28. Clem. εὖτ, others ἄν κ. Diog., Clem. παλίντιτα, corr. Stein. 29. Τσι. στήσει, Suidas στήσει. 30. Τσζί. στήσει. 381. Diog. τὰ δ᾽ ἐν θέρει ἀήσαντα, Hermann τά τ) αἶθέρι αἰθύσσονται, corr. Stein.

83-35. Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 362, and x. 315; Plut. Mor. 8784 (Eus. Pr. Evang. xiv. p. 749) ; Probus on Verg. Eel. vi. 831; Hipp. Ref.

EMPEDOKLES 161

well -esteemed compel me to pluck them from mortal hands, on condition that I speak boldly more than is holy and only then sit on the heights of wisdom.

19. Bué come, examine by every means each thing how it is clear, neither putting greater faith in anything - seen than in what is heard, nor in a thundering sound more than in the clear assertions of the tongue, nor keep from trusting any of the other members in which there lies means of knowledge, but know each thing in the way in which it 18 clear.

24. Cures for evils whatever there are, and protec- tion against old age shalt thou learn, since for thee alone will I accomplish all these things. Thou shalt break the power of untiring gales which rising against the earth blow down the crops and destroy them; and, again, whenever thou wilt, thou shalt bring their blasts back ; and thou shalt bring seasonable drought out of dark storm for men, and out of summer drought thou shalt bring streams pouring down from heaven to nurture the trees; and thou shalt lead out of Hades the spirit of a man that is dead.

$8. Hear first the four roots of all things: bright Zeus, life-giving Hera (air), and Aidoneus (earth), and Nestis who moistens the springs of men with her tears.!

1 Cf. Dow. p. 90, n. 3.

162 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

85 Νῆστίς 0’ Saxpvos τέγγει κρούνωµα βρότειον. Gro δέ τοι ἐρέω᾽ iors οὐδενός ἐστιν ἁπάντων θνητῶν, οὐδέ τι» οὐλομένου θανάτοιο τελευτή, ἀλλὰ µόνον μεῖξίς τε διάλλαξίς τε µιγέντων ἐστὶ, φύσις δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνομάζεται ἀνθρώποισιν. 80

40 οἱ & ὅτε κεν κατὰ hata μιγὲν pads αἰθέρι h κατὰ θηρῶν ἀγροτέρων γένος ἢ κατὰ θάµνων ἠὲ κατ’ οἰωνῶν, τότε μὲν TA λέγουσι γενέσθαι ° etre δ' ἀποκριθέωσι, τὰ 8 ad δυσδαίµονα πότµον, 9456 ἣ θέµις ἐστί, καλοῦσι, νόμῳ δ᾽ ἐπίφημι καὶ αὐτόν.

45 νήπιοι' ov γάρ σφιν δολιχόφρονές εἶσι µέριμναι, οἳ δὴ γίγνεσθαι πάρος οὐκ ἐὸν ἐλπίζουσιν ἤ τι καταθνῄσκειν τε καὶ ἐξόλλυσθαι ἁπάντῃ.

ix τε γὰρ οὐδάμ) ἐόντος ἁμήχανόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, 81

45 νήπιοι' ov γάρ σφιν δολιχόφρονές εἶσι µέριμναι, οἳ δὴ γίγνεσθαι πάρος οὐκ ἐὸν ἐλπίζουσιν ἤ τι καταθνῄσκειν τε καὶ ἐξόλλυσθαι ἁπάντῃ.

ix τε γὰρ οὐδάμ) ἐόντος ἁμήχανόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, 81

λαεγ. 246: Stob. Hcl. i. 10, p. 287. 34-85. Athenag. Legatw, Ῥ. 22; Diog. Laer. viii. 76; Herakl. Alleg. Hom. 443 α. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 746 joins 83, 78, and 104. 33. τῶν, Sext. yap, Prob. 8). Last word Prob. éaow. 34. Plat. Ζεὺς αἰθὴρ. 35. Diog. Laer. ἐπιπικροῖ ὕμμα βρότειο», Prob. ye πικροῖς νωµα (νωμᾷ Ὁ) βρότειον yévos. 36-39. Plut. Mor. 1111 5, 885 p. 86b, 38. Arist. Gen. Corr. I. 1; 814b7; Meta. iv. 4; 1015a1. 38, 99. Arist. de X.Z.G. ο. 2 975 b 7. 86. Plut. de placit. οὐδὲ», adv. Colot. ἑκάστου. Ar. Meta. ἐόντω». 87. Plut. adv. Col. οὐλομένη 0. γενέθλη. 39. Plut. de placit. bois δὲ βροτοῖς. 40-44. Plut. Οοἷοί. 11196. 44. Plut. Mor. 820 Fr. 40. MSS. ὅτε μὲν . . . pas αἰθέρι, Mul. ὅ τι κε», Panz. αἰθέρος xy. 42. MSS. τὸν γενέσθαι, Reiske τὸ λέγουσι γεν., Karst. δοκέουσι γε». 43. MSS. ἀποκριθῶσι, corr. ΕΙἰβοΏ]. 44. MSS. εἶναι καλέουσι; Suws. Plut. Mor. 830 χ gives the line as in the text. Duebner suggests εἰκαίως for εἶναι here. 45-47. Plut. Οοἷοί. 1156. 47. MS. #ro:, corr. Reiske. MS. πάντη, corr. Steph. 48-50. Arist. de X.Z.G.2; 916 8 96. 48-49. Philo, de incorr. mundi p. 488. 48. Vulg. ἔκ τε μὴ, Cd. Lps. Syl. ἐκ τοῦ μὴ, Philo ἐκ τοῦ γὰρ οὑδαμῆ. 49. ΜΒ. τό τε by, Stein καί +’ eddy. Arist. ἄπρηκτο», Philo ἄπανστον. Text from Diels, Hermes xv.p. 161. 50. MS. θήσεσθαι, corr. Karst.

EMPEDOKLES 163

86. And a second thing I will tell thee: There is no origination of anything that is mortal, nor yet any end in baneful death ; but only mixture and separation of what

is mixed, but men call this ‘ origination.’

‘

40. But when light is mingled with air m human form, or in form.like the race of wild beasts or of plants or of birds, then men say that these things have come into being; and when they are separated, they call them evil fate; this is the established practice, and I myself

also call it so in accordance with the custom.

45. Fools! for they have no far-reaching studious thoughts who think that what was not before comes

into being or that anything dies and perishes utterly.

48, For from what does not exist at all it is impos- sible that anything come into being, and it is neither possible nor perceivable that being should perish com- pletely ; for things will always stand wherever one in

each case shall put them. mu 2

164 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

kal’ gov ἐξαπολέσθαι ἀνήνυστον καὶ ἄπυστον' 50 αἰεὶ γὰρ στήσονται ὅπη κά τις αἰὲν ἐρείδῃ.

οὐκ ἂν avnp τοιαῦτα σοφὸς φρεσὶ μαντεύσαιτο, 350

ws ὄφρα pév τε βιοῦσι, τὸ δὴ βίοτον καλέουσι,

τόφρα μὲν οὖν εἰσὶν καὶ σφιν πάρα Sera καὶ ἐσθλά,

πρὶν δὲ πάγεν τε βροτοὶ καὶ ἐπεὶ λύθεν, οὐδὲν ἄρ᾽ εἰσίν.

55 ἀλλὰ κακοῖο μὲν κάρτα πέλει κρατέουσιν

ἀπιστεῖν. 84

ws δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμετέρης κέλεται πιστώµατα Μούσης,

55 ἀλλὰ κακοῖο μὲν κάρτα πέλει κρατέουσιν

ἀπιστεῖν. 84

ws δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμετέρης κέλεται πιστώµατα Μούσης,

γνῶθι, διατµηθέντος évl σπλάγχνοισι λόγοιο.

κορυφὰς ἑτέρας ἑτέρῃσι προσάπτων 447 μύθων, unre τελεῖν ἀτραπὸν µίαν ' 60 dis γὰρ καὶ τρὶς δεῖ 6 τι bn καλόν ἐστιν ἐνί- σπειν. ο 446 [πείρατα μύθων] 87 δίπλ᾽ ἐρέω' τοτὲ µεν γὰρ ἂν ηὐξήθη µόνον εἶναι

51-54. Plut. Colof. 1113 ». 53. MSS. εἶσὶ καί σφι, corr. Karst. MSS. δεινα, corr. Bergk. 55-57. Clem. Al. Strom. 656. 56-57. Theod. Serm. 476 Sch. 56. Theod. ὧδε γὰρ.

58-59. Plut. de orac. def. 418c. Arranged in verse by Xylander, MSS. μήτε λέγειν corr. Knatz, Empedociea, p. 7.

60. Plut. non pos. suav. viv. 1103 F δὶς γὰρ d δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἁκοῦσαι, Schol. Plat. Gorg. 124 Ruhnk. δὶς καὶ τρὶς τὸ καλὸν. . . Ἐμπεδ. rd ἔπος “ καὶ dls γὰρ ὃ δεῖ καλόν ἐστιν ἐνίσπειν.᾽ Text from Sturz.

61-73. Simpl. in Arist. Phys. 94 r158,1 sq. 66--68. Tzetzes, Hom. .58 Sch. 67-73. Simpl. de caelo Peyr. p. 47 sq. 67-68. Simpl. Phys. 6v 25, 29, and 5101. Diog. Laer. viii. 76; Stob. Hel. i. 11, p.290; ‘pit. Hom. p. 327 Gal. 69-73. Arist. Phys viii. 1; 250 b30.

61. Karst. supplies πείρατα μύθω» from v. 75. 62. Cf. 104. 65. #

δρυφθεῖσα, MS. dperrh. 66-67. Cf. 116-117. 68. Simpl. 158,

8 δίχα πάντα. Elsewhere as in text. 69. Om. Simpl. 158 b

1. 73. MSS. ἀκίνητοι corr. Bergk.

EMPEDOKLES 169

51. A man of wise mind could not divine such things

as these, that so long as men live what indeed they call life, so long they exist and share what is evil and what is excellent, but before they are formed and after they

are dissolved, they are really nothing at all.

55. But for base men it is indeed possible to withhold belief from strong proofs; but do thou learn as the pledges of our Muse bid thee, and lay open her word to

the very core.

58. Joining one heading to another in discussion, not completing one path (of discourse) . . . for it is

right to say what is excellent twice and even thrice.

/ 60. Twofold is the truth I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be one alone out of many, and at another time, however, it separated so that there were many out of the one.. Twofold is the coming into being, twofold the passing away, of perishable ings 5

for the latter (i.e. passing away) the combining of

166 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ἐκ πλεόνων, tot? δ᾽ av διέφυ πλέον) ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶναι.

δοιὴ 52 θνητῶν γένεσις, δοιὴ δ᾽ ἀπόλειψι».

τὴν μὲν γὰρ πάντων σύνοδος τίκτει τ) ὀλέκει τε,

65 ἡ δὲ πάλιν διαφυοµένων θρεφθεῖσα διέπτη.

καὶ ταῦτ) ἀλλάσσοντα διαμπερὲς οὐδαμὰ λήγει,

ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι cvvepyouer’ eis bv ἅπαντα,

ἄλλοτε ὃ av Six’ Exacta φορεύμενα Neixeos ἔχθει,

118 eis ὅ κεν ἓν συμφύντα τὸ Tay ὑπένερθε γένηται.

οὕτως ᾗ μὲν bv ἐκ πλεόνων µεµάθηκε φύεσθαι

9 > »# / a , ,

ἀλλ) aye, μύθων κλῦθι, µάθη yap τοι dpévas αὔξει.

m4 e A A \ 9 4 /

Τῦ ws yap καὶ πρὶν seta πιφαύσκων πείρατα μύθων,

Sian’ ἐρέω" τοτὲ μὲν yap bv ηὐξήθη µόνον εἶναι

90

95 144

100

74-95. Simpl. Phys. 34 r 158, 13 sq. following the preceding with-

out break. 74. Stob. Hcl. App. 34 Gais.; cf. Clem. Al. Strom. 697. 77-80. Simpl. Phys. 6 v 26, 1; Sext. Emp. Math. ix. 10. 78. Plut. de adult. p. 63p; Clem. Al. Strom. 746 (with v. 33). 79-80. Sext. Emp. Math. x. 317. 79. Plut. Mor. 9523. 80-81. Plut. Amat. 756 pb. 81. Clem. Al. Strom. 653; Simpl. Phys. 41 τ168, 26. 91. Cf. Stob. Eel. i. 18; Placit. i. 18 and Theod. iv. 529c (Dox. 316); Galen, Hist. phil. 0. 92. Arist. X.Z.G.975b10. Simpl. omits 91.

74. Simpl. µέθη, corr. Bergk from Stob. and Clem. 78. Sext.

ἥπιον, Clem. αἰθέρος, Plut. αἰθέρος ἤπιον. 79. Simpl. ἕκαστον, Sext. ἁπάντῃ; corr. Panz. 80. Plut. ἐν τοῖς, Sext. φιλί... Ίσον. 81. Simpl. aF' σὺν vg; cf. Plut. 82. Simpl. J φυτοῖσιν : Bergk, Karst. ἐνίζεται. 83. Simpl. DE καὶ ἄρθωια, F καὶ &p’ ὅμοια, 85. Simpl. μετ ὅσοισιν, Pana. μεθ) ὅλοισι», Prel. 7’ ὅσσοισιν. [ have suggested μετὰ τοῖσιν. 89. Simpl. καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ofr’ ἄρτι. Cf. 159, 8 μηδὲν ἐπιγίνεσθαι und’ ἀπολήγει», corr. Stein. 93. Simpl. Da κε καὶ xhpvt, F omits κε, corr. Stein (notes). 95. D γίνονται MS. ἄλλοτε, corr. Stein. DE καὶ ἠνεκὲς (cf. Hesych.), aF’ διηνεκὲς.

EMPEDOKLES 167 all things both begets and destroys, and the former (i.e. coming into being), which was nurtured again out of parts that were being separated, is itself scattered. 66. And these (elements) never cease changing place continually, now being all united by Love into one, now each borne apart by the hatred engendered of Strife, until they are brought together in the unity of the all, and become subject to it. Thus inasmuch as one has been wont to arise out of many aid again with the separation of the one the many arise, so things are con- tinually coming into being and there is no fixed age for them; and farther inasmuch as they [the elements] never cease changing place continually, so they always

ῤ

exist within an immovable circle.

74. But come, hear my words, for truly learning causes the mind to grow. For as I said before in declaring the ends of my words: Twofold is the truth

I shall speak; for at one time there grew to be the one

168 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

80

85

90

112

dx πλεόνων, τοτὲ δ᾽ ad διέφυ πλέον ἐξ ἑνὸν eivas,

πρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ yata καὶ αἰθέρος ἄπλετον ὕψος - 105

Neixos 7’ οὐλόμενον δίχα τῶν, ἀτάλαντον ἑκάστῳ,

καὶ Φιλότης ἐν τοῖσιν ion μῇκόφ τε πλάτος TE.

τὴν σὺ vow δέρκευ μηδ ὄμμασιν oo τεθηπώε,

ἥτι καὶ θνητοῖσι νοµίξεται ἔμφυτοες ἄρθροις,

τῇ τε φίλα φρονέουσι καὶ ἄρθμια ἔργα τελεῦσι, 110

γηθοσύνην καλέοντεε ἐπώνυμον ἠδ ᾿ΑΦφροδίτην

σὺ δ' ἄκονε λόγου στόλον οὐκ ἁπατηλόν.

ταῦτα γὰρ loa τε πάντα καὶ ἡλίκα γένναν ἔασι,

tins ὃ ἄλληε ἄλλο µέδει, πάρα 8 ἦθος ἑκάστῳφ. 115

οὐδὲν γὰρ τσρὸς τοῖς ἐπιγίγνεται οὐδ' ἀπολήπει.

εἶτε γὰρ ἐφθείροντο διαμπερὲς, οὐκέτ) ἂν ἧσαν.

οὐδέ τι τοῦ παντὸς κενεὸν πέλει οὐδὲ περισσὀν.

τοῦτο & ἐπαυξήσειε τὸ wav τί κε καὶ πόθεν ἐλθόν ; 120

arn δέ κε καὶ ἀπολοίατ ἐπεὶ τῶνδ οὐδὲν ἔρημον ;

ἐν 68 µέρει κρατέουσι περιπλομµένοιο κύκλοιο

96-109. Simpl. Phys. 34r 159, 19. 98-107. Simpl. Phys. 7 v 33, 8, 96 and100. Arist. Gen. Corr. i. 1, 314 b 19; Philopon. Comment. on this passage; Plut. de prim. frig. 249 r; Galen, vol. xiii. p. 31 Chart. 104-107". Arist. Meta. ii. 4; 10004 99.

98. Arist. Philopon. λευκὸν . . . θερμὸ», Simpl. Galen θερμὸ» .. . λαμπρὺ»: Simpl. Arist. ὁρᾶ», Plut. Aristot. ὅρα, Simpl. F’ ὁρᾷ. 99. Simpl. ἔδεται or έδειτο: Stein ὅσσα πέλει, Diels ὅσσα θέει τε. 100. Some MSS. Arist. and Plut. (οφόεντκ. 101. Simpl. θέληµα, a θελίµνα, corr. Sturz: Simpl. 33, 11 στερέωμα. 102. Simpl. 159, 19 πέλοντα. 104. Simpl. 159, 31 D παντὸς &rny, a Ε) wdyr’ hv: Arist. Met. ἐξ ὧν wdv@’ ὅσα 7’ ἦν ὅσα τ) ἐσθ᾽ ὅσα 7’ ἔσται ὀπίσσω. 105. Simpl. 198, 16 δένδρα ve βεβλάστηκε. 108. ED τογο», Diels τό γ) bv? Hermes xv. 163 τόσον: E διάκρασις, D διάκρισι. Stara. Sdwrviis from Simpl. 34 ν. 161, 20. Platt διὰ Κύπρις ἀμείβει Journ. Philol. 48, p. 946.

I bracket 108-109 as another form of 94-95.

EMPEDOKLES 169

_ alone out of many, and at another time it separated so that there were many out of the one; fire and water and earth and boundless height of air, and baneful Strife apart from these, balancing each of them, and Love among them, their equal in length and breadth. 81. Upon her do thou gaze with thy mind, nor yet sit dazed in thine eyes; for she is wont to be implanted in men’s members, and through her they have thoughts of love and accomplish deeds of union, and call her by the names of Delight, and Aphrodite; no mortal man has discerned her with them (the elements) as she moves on her way. But do thou listen to the undeceiving course of my words.!...

87. For these (elements) are equal, all of them, and of like ancient race; and one holds one office, another another, and each has his own nature. . . . For nothing is added to them, nor yet does anything pass away from them ; for if they were continually perishing they would no longer exist. . . . Neither is any part of this all empty, nor over full. For how should anything cause this all to increase, and whence should it come? And whither should they (the elements) perish, since no place is empty of them? And in their turn they prevail as the cycle comes round, and they disappear before

[αὐτὰ γάρ ἐστι ταῦτα, δι ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα 109 ylvetat ἀλλοιωπά. Ίτογον διὰ κρᾶσις ἀμείβει.] 187

; Cf. Parmenides v. 112.

170 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

118 καὶ φθίνει eis ἄλληλα καὶ αὔξεται ἐν µέρει 198 αἴσηρ. 94 ἀλλ᾽ abr’ ἔστιν ταῦτα δι ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα 1922 95 «γίνεται ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα καὶ ἠνεκὲς aizv ὁμοῖα.

Ίτογον διὰ κρᾶσις ἀμείβει.] 187

; Cf. Parmenides v. 112.

170 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

118 καὶ φθίνει eis ἄλληλα καὶ αὔξεται ἐν µέρει 198 αἴσηρ. 94 ἀλλ᾽ abr’ ἔστιν ταῦτα δι ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα 1922 95 «γίνεται ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα καὶ ἠνεκὲς aizv ὁμοῖα.

110 καὶ γὰρ καὶ πάρος ἦν τε καὶ ἔσσεται, οὐδέ ποτ), οἵω, 111 τούτων ἀμφοτέρων κεινώσεται ἄσπετος αἰών.

96 ἀλλ᾽ aye Tavs’ ὁάρων προτέρων ἐπιμάρτυρα δέρκευ, el τι καὶ ἐν προτέροισι λιπόξυλον ἔπλ.ετο poppy. 125 ἠέλιον μὲν θερμὸν ὁρᾶν καὶ λαμπρὸν ἁπάντη, ἄμβροτα δ ὅσσα πέλει τε καὶ ἀργέτι δεύεται avy, 100 ὄμβρον & ἐν πᾶσι δνοφόεντά τε ῥυγαλέον τε, ἐκ 8 ains προρέουσι θέλυµνά τε καὶ στερεωπά. ἐν δὲ Κότῳ διάµορφα καὶ ἄνδιχα πάντα πέλονται, 190 σὺν & ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι καὶ ἀλλήλοισι ποθεῖται. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάνθ᾽ ὅσα τ ἦν ὅσα 7 ἔστι καὶ ἔσται, 106 δένδρεά 7 ἑβλάστησε καὶ avépes ἠδὲ yuvaixes θῆρές 7’ οἰωνού τε καὶ ὑδατοθρέμμονες ὐχθῦς

καί τε θεοὶ δολιχαίωνες τιμῇσι φέριστοι. 135 as 8 ὁπόταν γραφέες ἀναθήματα ποικίλλωσιν 120 ἀνέρες audi τέχνης ὑπὸ µήτιος ed δεδαῶτε 155

110-111. Hippol. Ref. haer. 247 Mill.

110. MS. εἰ γὰρ . . . fora: οὐδέχω τοίω, corr. Schneid. Phil. vi. 160. 111. MS. κενώσεται ἄσβεστος, corr. Mill.

112-118. Simpl. Phys. 8 r 33, 19.

114. MS. ἐστι, corr. Panz. 115. ΜΒ. κηρῶ», Stz. θηρῶ», Bergk θνητῶν. 118. E év, D ὁν, F bv, 4 dv, Text Hermes xv. 163.

Lines 114-115 are bracketed as a duplication of 94-95, and accordingly 112-113 are inserted before 94-95, where 113 corresponds excellently with 93; 116-117 are bracketed as another form of 67-68 (cf. 248), and acoordingly 118 finds itg proper place after 68. Cf. ‘ Repetitions in Empedokles,” Classical Review, Jan. 1898.

EMPEDOKLES 171

each other, and they increase each in its allotted turn. But these (elements) are the same; and penetrating through each other they become one thing in one place and another in another, while ever they remain alike (t.e. the same).

110. For they two (Love and Strife) were before and shall be, nor yet, I think, will there ever be an unutterably long time without them both.

96. But come, gaze on the things that bear farther witness to my former words, if in what was said before there be anything defective in form. Behold the sun, warm and bright on all sides, and whatever is immortal and is bathed in its bright ray, and behold the rain- eloud, dark and cold on all sides; from the earth there proceed the foundations of things and solid bodies. In Strife all things are, endued with form and separate from each other, but they come together in Love and are desired by each other. 104. For from these (ele- ments) come all things that are or have been or shall be ; from these there grew up trees and men and women, wild beasts and birds and water-nourished fishes, and. the very gods, long-lived, highest in honour.

121. And as when painters are preparing elaborate votive offerings—men well taught by wisdom in their

the very gods, long-lived, highest in honour.

121. And as when painters are preparing elaborate votive offerings—men well taught by wisdom in their

114 Γαὐτὰ yap ἔστιν ταῦτα, δ ἀλλήλων δὲ θέοντα 140. 115 «γίνοντ’ ἄνθρωποί τε καὶ ἄλλων ἔθνεα κηρῶν, ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν eis ἕνα κόσμον, ἄλλοτε & av δίχ᾽ ἕκαστα φορεύμενα Νείκεος ἔχθει, . eis ὃ κεν ἓν συμφύντα τὸ wav ὑπένερθε γένηται.]

112 THE FiRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ot 7° ἐπεὶ οὖν µάρψωσι πολύχροα φάρμακα χερσίν, ἁρμονίῃ µίξαντε τὰ μὲν πλέω, ἄλλα δ’ ἑλάσσω,

128 ἐκ τῶν εἴδεα πᾶσιν ἀλίγκια πορσύνουσι'

127. οὕτω µή σ᾿ ἁπάτη φρένα καινύτω ἄλλοθεν εἶναι 162 θνητῶν, ὅσσα ye Sida γεγᾶσιν ἀάσπετα, πηγήν. ἀλλὰ Topas ταῦτ) ἴσθι θεοῦ πάρα μῦθον

ἀκούσα». ...

190 εἰ & dye, νῦν τοι ἐγὼ λέξω πρῶθ) ἡλίου ἀρχὴν, ἐξ ὧν δὴ ἐγένοντο τὰ νῦν ἐσορώμενα πάντα, yaia τε καὶ πόντο πολυκύμων ἠδ' ὑγρὸς anp Τιτὰν ἠδ' αἰθὴρ σφίγγων περὶ κύκλον ἅπαντα. 185

[σφαῖρον Env. | 64 185 ἔνθ᾽ ob’ ἠελίοιο δεδίσκεται ἀγλαὸν Eidos 72

οὐδὲ μὲν OVO αἴης λάσιον µένος οὐδὲ θάλασσα:

οὕτως ἁρμονίης πυκινῴ κύτει ἐστήρικται 59

σφαῖρος κυκλοτερὴς μονίῃ περιηγέϊ yaiwv.

119-129. Simpl. Phys. 94 r 160, 1. 120. DEF ἄμφω: F dedawres. 122. MSS. ἁρμονίη: D µίξαντες 8 µόξαν re. 123. 8Η’ waco’ ἐναλίγκια. 194. D κτίζοντες . . . ἀνέρες. ' 127. F οὕτω μὴν ἁπάτη; a ds νύ κε»: Bergk φρένας: καινύτω (Hesych. νικάτω) corr. Blass for MSS. καί νύ ry. 128. MSS. γεγάασιν ἄσπετα, corr. Bergk.

130-133. Clem. Al. Strom. 674.

130. εἰ 8 &ye τοι λέξω, Pott. εἰ 3’ Bye τοι μὲν ἐγὼ. 131. Gomperz, Hermes xxxi, 469 ἐσορῶμεν ἅπαντα.

194. Simpl. Phys. 258 r καὶ θεὺν ἐπονομάζει καὶ οὐδετέρως wort καλεῖ σφαῖρον Env. Cf. v. 138. 135-138. Simpl. Phys. 272 v. 135-136. Plut. de fac. im lun. 926 £. “138. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. 47; M. Antonin. xii. 83; Stob. Hcl. Phys. i. 15, 354; Achilles (Tatius) iv Anat. 77 Pet. and frag. Schol. p. 96; Prokl. in Tim. 160. 135. Simpl. διείδεται ὠκέα yvia, Plut. δεδίττεται, corr. Karst. 186. Plut. MS. γένος, Bergk µένος. 137. MS. κρυφφ or κρύφα, Karst. κρύφφ, Stein κύτει. 138. Simpl. Phys. µονι] περιγηθέι αἰών, Text from Simpl. de caelo. Stob. Tatius χαίρων. Schol. in Arat. κυκλοτερεῖ µανίᾳ. j

| EMPEDOKLES 173 art—they take many-coloured πο to work with, and blend together harmoniously more of one and less of another till they produce likenesses of all things ; so let not error overcome thy mind to make thee think there is any other source of mortal things that have likewise come into distinct existence in unspeakable numbers ; but know these (elements), for thou didst hear from

a god the account of them.

130. But come, I will tell thee now the first principle of the sun, even the sources of all things now visible, earth and billowy sea and damp mist and Titan aether

(i.e. air) binding all things in its embrace.

185. Then neither is the bright orb of the sun greeted, nor yet either the shaggy might of earth or sea; thus, then, in the firm vessel of harmony is fixed God,

air) binding all things in its embrace.

185. Then neither is the bright orb of the sun greeted, nor yet either the shaggy might of earth or sea; thus, then, in the firm vessel of harmony is fixed God,

a sphere, round, rejoicing in complete solitude.

[δένδρεά τε κτίζοντε καὶ ἀνέρας ἠδὲ γυναῖκα» 125 θῆράς 7 οἰωνού» τε καὶ ὑδατοθρέμμονας ἐχθῦν 160

καί τε θεοὺς δολιχαίωνα» τιµῇσι φερίστουρ.]

174 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ µέγα Νεῖκος ἐν) µελέεσσιν ἐθρέφθη 66 140 és τιµάς 7’ ἀνόρουσε τελειομένοιο χρόνοιο» 5s σφιν ἁμοιβαῖος πλατέοφ παρέλήλαται ὅρκου.

πάντα yap ἑξείης πελεμίζετο γυῖα θεοῖο. 70 χωρὶε γὰρ Bapv πᾶν, ywpis κοῦφον. τι

ἄστοργοι καὶ ἄκρητοι. 14ὔ σωρευόµενον µέγεθο».

εἴπερ ἀπείρονα γῆν τε βάθη καὶ δαψιλὸς αἰθήρ, 199

as διὰ πολλῶν δὴ βροτέων ῥηθέντα µαταίως

ἐκκέχυται στοµάτων, ὀλίγον τοῦ παντὸς ἰδόν- των. . . «

ἥλιος ὀξυβελὴς ᾖδ' av ἱἑλάειρα σελήνη. . . 168 150 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἁλισθεὶς µέγαν οὐρανὸν ἀμφιπολεύει. 187

ἀνταυγεῖν πρὸς Ὄλυμπον ἀταρβήτοισι προσ- ὠποιθ. 188

139-141. Arist. Meta. ii. 4; 1000b13; Simpl. Phys. 272 b. 189. Arist. AAA’ ὅτε Sh, Simpl. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ. 141. Simpl. δ: Arist. E παρελήλατο. 142. Simpl. Phys. 272 v. associated with v. 135. 143-144. Plut. de fac. lun. 926 F. 143. Sturz ends the line ἔθηκεν with object Neixos. 144. MSS. ἄκρατοι καὶ ἄστοργοι, corr. Stein. 145. Arist. Gen. et Corr. i. 8; 325 b 22. 146-148. Arist.de X.Z.G. 2; 9768 35; decoeloii. 115 ; 294825; and Simpl. on this passage. 147-148. Clem. Al. Strom. 817.

147. Arist. X.Z.G. βροτέω», de coelo, Clem. γλώσσης: Clem. ἐλθόντα. 148. Clem. εἰδότων. 149. Plut. de fac. lun. 920 ο. MS. ὀξυμελὴς, Xylander ὀξυβελὴς: MS. ἠδὲλάινα, corr. G. Dindorf. Cf. Hesych. ἱλάειρα; Preller Adi’ 488. 150. Macrob. Saturn.i.17; Htym. Mag., Orion Etym., poe under ἥλιος; Cramer, Anec. ii. 444. Macrob. οὔνεκ) ἀναλισθείε, Suid. Cram. ἀλεῖσθαι; Ht. M. µέσον, 151. Plut. Pyth. or. 4008; Galen, de us. part. iii. 3. Plut. ἀνταυγεῖ», Galen ἀνταυγέω.

EMPEDOKLES 175

189. But when mighty Strife was nurtured in its members and leaped up to honour at’ the completion of the time, which has been driven on by them both in turn

under a mighty oath.....

142. For the limbs of the god were made to tremble, -

all of them in turn.

148. For all the heavy (he put) by itself, the light by itself.

144. Without affection and not mixed together. 145. Heaped together in greatness.

146. If there were no limit to the depths of the earth and the abundant air, as is poured out in foolish words from the mouths of many mortals who see but little of the all.

4149. Swift-darting sun and kindly moon.

150. But gathered together it advances around the

great heavens.

151. It shines back to ‘Olympos with untroubled

face.

176 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

176 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

7 δὲ φλὸξ ἱλάειρα puvvOadins τύχεν αὐγῆς. 198 ὢς αὐγὴ τύψασα σεληναίης κύκλον εὐρύν. . 192

κυκλοτερὲς περὶ γαῖαν ἑλίσσεται ἀλλότριον φῶς 190 156 ἅρματος ὥσπερ av’ ἴχνος 189

ἀθρεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἄνακτος ἑναντίον ἁγέα κύκλον. 191

‘ ἐπεσκέδασεν δέ οἱ αὐγὰς eis αἴθρην καθύπερθεν, ἐπεσκνίφωσε δὲ yains 195 τόσσον ὅσον 7 εὗρος γλαυκώπιδος ἔπλετο µήνηςν.

160 νύκτα δὲ γαῖα τίθησιν ὑφισταμένη φαέεσσιν. 197 νυκτὸς ἐρημαίης ἀλαώπιδος. 198

πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔνερθ᾽ ἔδεος πυρὰ καίεται. ο 207

152. Simpl. Phys. 74v; 331, 7. aDF ψύχε, E τύχε: MSS. yalns, Stein adyijs. 1538. Plut. de fac. lun. 929 x. 153a. Diels, Hermes xv. 175, constructs the following line from Philo ed. Aucher, p. 92: καὶ µέγαν, αὐτίκ) ἀνῆλθε, Odovo’ ὡς οὐρανὸν ἴκοι.

154. Achill. Tat. Introd. in Αγαἰ. ο. 16 p. 77 Pet. 155. Plut. de fac. orb. lun. 925. 155. Plut. (σελήνη) περιφεροµένη πλήσιον, ἅρματος ὥσπερ ἴχνος ἀνελίσσεται ἥτε περὶ ἄκρα». 156. Bekk. Anecd. i. 337. 157-159. Plut. de fac. lun. 929 ο. 157. MS. dweoxevace, Xyl. ἀπεσκέδασεν, Bergk ἀπεσκίασεν». 158. MS. ἔστε yala, Xyl. ἐς γαῖαν: Stein ἱσταμένη or eis αἴθρην : MS. ἁἀπεσκνίφωσε, corr. Karst. 159. γλαυκώπιδος, cf. Plut. de fac. lun. 934 p (Diels, Hermes xv. 176). 160. Plut. Quaest. Plat. 1006 Σ. 161. Plut. Quaest. conv. 7208. ΜΒ. ἀγλαώπιδος, corr. Xyl. Cf. Hesych. ἀλαῶπιν' . . . οὗ βλέ- πουσαγ. 162. Prokl. on Tim. iii, 141. MS. οὔδεος, Sturz writes ὕδεος from following. Diels finds con- nection only with preceding and writes ἔδεος. Cf. Hesych.

€30s° . . . γή.

EMPEDOKLES 177

152. The kindly light has a brief period of shining.

158. As sunlight striking the broad circle of the

moon.

154. A borrowed light, circular in form, if revolves

about the earth, as if following the track of a chariot.

156. For she beholds opposite to her the sacred circle

of her lord.

157. And she scatters his rays into the sky above, and spreads darkness over as much of the earth as the

breadth of the gleaming-eyed moon.

160. And night the earth makes by coming in front

of the lights. 161. Of night, solitary, blind-eyed.

162. And many fires burn beneath the earth. | N

178 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

φύλον ἄμουσον ἄγουσα πολυσπερέων καµασή-

νων. 205 dds ἐπάγη ῥιπήσιν swopévos ἠελίοιο 206 165 γῆφ ἱδρῶτα θάλασσαν.

«ἀλλ)Σ αἰθὴρ µακρῇσι κατὰ χθὀνα δύετο pitas. 208 οὕτω γὰρ συνέκυρσε θέων tore, πολλάκι 8 ἄλλων.

καρπαλίµως ἀνόπαιον. 202

αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ παλίνορσοε ἐλεύσομαι és πόρον ὕμνων, 165 170 τὸν πρότερον κατέλεξα, λόγου λόγον ἐξοχετεύων

κείνου: ἐπεὶ Νεῖκος μὲν ἐνέρτατον ἵκετο βένθος

δίνης, ἐν δὲ µέσῃ Φιλότης στροφάλιγηι γένηται,

ἐν τῇ δὺ τάδε πάντα συνέρχεται by µόνον εἶναι,

οὖκ apap, ἀλλὰ θελημὰ συνιστάμεν) ἄλλοθεν

170

175 τῶν δὲ συνερχοµένων er’ ἔσχατον ἵστατο Neixos.

163. Plut. Quaes. conv. 685 F. Karst. πολυσπορέων. Cf. 214.

164. Hephaest. Enchir. ο. 1 p. 4 Gais. 165. Arist. Meteor. ii. 3; 857 a 26; Plut. Placit. phil. iii. 18, and de Is. 3658. Clem. Al. Strom. 676. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. ο. 41. 166-167. Arist. de Gen. et Corr. ii. 6; 33483. 167. Phys. ii. 4; 196 8 22. 166. Diels suggests prrais. Cf. v. 164.

168. Eustath. on Od. a 820, Ῥ. 1 (from Herodian, περὶ σχημ. Ὁμηρ.). Cf. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 334 a1.

169-185. Simpl. de caelo, Peyron p. 27; Gais. Poet. Min. Gr. ii. p. xlii; Schol. Aristot. Brand. p. 507 a. 171-185. Simpl. Phys. 7 v 32, 11. 175. Stob. Ecl.i.286. Cf. Arist. Meé. ii.4;1000b2. 178-181. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. p. 37. 182-183. Theophr. Athen. x. 423; Arist. Poet. ο. 25 ; 1461 a 24. Eust. ad Iliad. i. p. 746, 57.

170. MS. λόγφ, corr. Bergk. Peyr. ὑποχετεύω», Brand. ἐποχ., corr. Bergk. 173. Simpl. Phys. ἐν τῇ δὴ, de caelo Cd. Taur. Peyr. ἐν τῇ ἠδέ, corr. Bergk. 174. Phys. DE θελημὰ, F 0éAnua, de caelo JP Cd. Taur. ἀλλ) ἐθέλημα. 175. Simpl. repeats 184 instead of 175,

| a

EMPEDOKLES 179

163. (The sea) with its stupid race of fertile fishes.

164. Salt is made solid when struck by the rays of

the sun.

165. The sea is the sweat of the earth.

166. But air! sinks down beneath the earth with its long roots . . . . For thus it happened to be running at_

that time, but oftentimes otherwise.

168. (Fire darting) swiftly upwards.

169. But now I shall go back over the course of my verses, which I set out in order before, drawing my present discourse from that discourse. When Strife reached the lowest depth of the eddy and Love comes to be in the midst of the whirl, then all these things come together at this point so as to be one alone, yet not immediately, but joining together at their pleasure, one from’ one place, another from another. And as they were joining together Strife departed to the utmost

boundary. But many things remained unmixed, alter-

1 In Empedokles’ yerses, αἰθ)ρ regularly means air. | n2

180 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

πολλὰ δ᾽ ἅμιχθ) ἕστηκε κεραιοµένοισιν ἐναλλάξ,

baa ἔτι Νεῖκος ἔρυκε µετάρσιον ' ov γὰρ ἀμέμφεων

πὼ πᾶν ἐξέστηκεν ἐπ᾽ ἔσχατα τέρµατα κύκλου.

ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν 7 ἐνέμιμνε µελέων, τὰ δέ 7’ ἐξεβε- βήκει.

180 ὅσσον δ᾽ αἰὲν ὑπεκπροθέοι, τόσον αἰὲν ἐπῄει

ἠπιόφρων Φιλότητος ἀμεμφέος ἄμβροτος ὁρμή: αἶψα δὲ θνήτ) ἐφύοντο τὰ πρὶν µάθον ἀθάνατ' εἶναι,

ζωρά τε τὰ πρὶν ἄκρητα, διαλλάξαντα κἐλεύθου». τῶν δέ τε µισγοµένων χεῖτ᾽ ἔθνεα pupia θνητῶν,

185 παντοίῃς ἰδέῃσιν ἀρηρότα, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι.

” \ \ « \ ¢ a 4

ἄρθμια μὲν yap ἑαυτὰ ἑαυτῶν πάντα µέρεσσιν ἠλέκτωρ τε χ2ών τε καὶ οὐραγὸς ἠδὲ θάλασσα, daca pin ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἀποπλαγχθέντα πεφυκεν. ε 9 σ σ a) 9 a “a 9

ε 9 σ σ a) 9 a “a 9

ὧν 8 αὕτως ὅσα κρᾶσιν ἐπάρτεα μᾶλλον εἶναι,

190 ἀλλήλοις ἑστέρκται ὁμοιωθεντ’ ᾿Αφροδίτῃ. ἐχθρὰ δὲ πλεῖστον ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων διέχουσι µάλιστα

γέννα τε κράσει τε καὶ εἴδεσιν ἐκμακτοῖσιν, / / ΣΣ / \ \ ; 4 πάντῃ συγγίγνεσθαι ἀήθεα καὶ μαλὰ λυγρά

175

180

926

990

which is inserted from Stob. by Schneid. 176. Phys. E ἐστι: ΡΕ ΕΙ κεκερασµένοισι», Taur. κεραι(οµένοισιν, text from de caelo. 177. de caelo ἀμφαφέως. 178. Phys. ΔΕ" πω wav, DE οὕπω way, de caelo τὸ way. 180. af ὑπεκπροθέε. 181. Phys. DE πίφρω», F xeplppwv, DEF (de caelo P) φιλότητος, Phys. ἀμεμφέος, de caelo ἀμφέσσο», Stein Φφιλότης τε καὶ ἔμπεσεν. 182. Arist. omits εἶνα. 183. Phys. ἄκριτα, Theophr. ἄκρητα: Arist. ζώα τε πρὶν Κέκριτο Athen. διαλλάττοντα, Phys. διαλλαξαντα.

186-194. Simpl. Phys. 34 r 160, 28. 191-192. Theophr. de sens. § 16.

186. DE ἄρθμια, al ἄρτια: DE ἑαυτὰ ἑαυτῶν, ΔΕ αὐτὰ ἑαυτῶν,

Stein suggests πάἀνθ᾽ αὑτῶν ἀγένοντο, Diels ἔασιν ἑαυτῶν. 188. MS. ὅσσα Φιν, Diels ὅσσα fr’, Hermann ὁσσάκις. 189. MSS. ἐπάρκεα, Karst. éxdprea. al” ἔχθρα, ED ἔργα: MS. μάλιστα, Karst. ἅμικα. 192. DEF xploe, a κράσει, 193. DE & ὑγρὰ, a λυγρὰ. 194. MSS. and Simpl. 161, 12 νεικεογεννέστησιν, Panz. νείκεος ἐννεσίῃσι, MS. σφίσι γένναν ὀργᾶ (a yévras), Panz. σφίσι γένν᾽ ἄστοργος, Diels ἕοργεν.

EMPEDOKLES 181

nating with those that were mixed, even as many as Strife, remaining aloft, still retained; for not yet had it entirely departed to the utmost boundaries of the circle, but some of its members were remaining within, and others had gone outside. 180. But, just as far as it is constantly rushing forth, just so far there ever kept coming in a gentle immortal stream of perfect Love; and all at once what before I learned were immortal were coming into being as mortal things,! what before were unmixed as mixed, changing their courses. And gs they (the elements) were mingled to- gether there flowed forth the myriad species of mortal things, patterned in every sort of form, a wonder to behold.

186. For all things are united, themselves with parts of themselves—the beaming sun and earth and sky and sea—whatever things are friendly but have separated in mortal things. And so, in the same way, whatever things are the more adapted for mixing, these are loved by each other and made alike by Aphrodite. But what- ever things are hostile are separated as far as possible from each other, both in their origin and in their mixing and in the forms impressed on them, absolutely unwonted to unite and very baneful, at the suggestion of Strife, since it has wrought their birth.

1 θνητά, ‘perishable things’ in contrast with the elements, might almost be rendered ‘ things on the earth.’

182 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Neixeos ἐννεσίῃσι, ὅτι σφίσι γένναν ἔοργεν. 195 τῇδε μὸν οὖν ἰότητι τύχης πεφρόνηκεν ἅπαντα... 812 καὶ καθ’ ὅσον μὲν ἀραιότατα ξυνἔκυρσε πεσόντα.

[ὕδατι μὲν γὰρ ὕδωρ,] πυρὶ δ αὔξεται [ὠγύγιον]

195 τῇδε μὸν οὖν ἰότητι τύχης πεφρόνηκεν ἅπαντα... 812 καὶ καθ’ ὅσον μὲν ἀραιότατα ξυνἔκυρσε πεσόντα.

[ὕδατι μὲν γὰρ ὕδωρ,] πυρὶ δ αὔξεται [ὠγύγιον]

πῦρ 270 αὔξει δὲ χθὼν μὲν σφέτερον δέµας, αἰθέρα

& αἰθήρ. ἡ δὲ χθὼν ἐπίηρος ἐν εὐστέρνοις χοάνοισι 211

200 rw δύο τῶν ὀκτὼ µερέων λάχε Νήστιδος αἴγλη». τέσσαρα ὃ "Ἡφαίστοιο. τὰ δ' ὀστέα λεύκ) ἐγένοντο "Αρμονίης κὀλλῃσιν ἀρηρότα θεσπεσίηθεν.

ἡ δὲ χθὼν τούτοισιν ian συνέκυρσε μάλιστα 215 Ἡφαίστῳ τ) “Oppo τε καὶ Αἰθέρ παμ- φανόωντι,

205 Κύπριδοε ὁρμισθεῖσα τελείοι» ἐν λιμένεσσιν, sit’ ὀλίγον µε΄ζων εἴτε πλεόνεσσιν ἑλάσσων. ἐκ τῶν αἷμά τε γέντο καὶ ἄλληε εἴδεα σαρκὀς.

ἄλφιτον ὕδατι κολλήσας. . . 208

σχεδύνην Φιλότητα.

195-196. Simpl. Phys. 74 ν 331, 12. 195. aF omit οὗ», 197-198. Arist. de gen. et corr. ii. 6; 333 b 1. 197. Arist. πυρὶ γὰρ αὔξει τὸ wip, corr. Karst. 198. γένος H, δέµας. 199-202. Simpl. Phys. 66 v 800, 21. 199-201. Arist. de anima i. 5; 410 a 4; and commentators on this passage. ’ 199. Simpl. aH F’ εὐτύκτοις, D and Arist. εὐστέρνοι». 200. al τὰ, DE τὰς, Diels τὼ: aF µερέων, DE µοιράων. 203-207. Simpl. Phys. 7 v32, 6. 203. 74 v, 881, 5. 205. aDE ὁρμησθεῖσα, F ὁρμισθεῖσα. 206. MS. πλέον ἑστίν, corr.

Panz. 207. af aluar’ ἐγένοντο, D αἷμα τέγεντο, E αἵματ) ἔγεντο.

208. Arist. Meteor. ἵν. 4: 989 8 1; Probl. 21, 22; 999 Ὁ 16: cf. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 B. 209. Plut. de prim. frig. 952 3.

EMPEDOKLES ‘183

195. In this way, by the good favour of Tyche, all things have power of thought.

196. And in go far as what was least dense came

together as they fell.

197. For water is increased by water, primeval fire by fire, and earth causes its own substance to increase,

and air, air.

199. And the kindly earth in its broad hollows received two out of the eight parts of bright Nestis, and four of MHephaistos, and they became white bones, fitted together marvellously by the glues of

Harmony.

203. And the earth met with these in almost equal amounts, with Hephaistos and Ombros and bright- shining Aether (1.6. air), being anchored in the perfect harbours of Kypris; either a little more earth, or a little less with more of the others. From these arose blood and various kinds of flesh.

208. . . . glueing barley-meal together with water.

209. (Water) tenacious Love.

184 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ΠΕΡΙ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΣ

210 Ei δέτί σοι περὶ τῶνδε λιπόξυλον ἔπλετο πίστι», 196 mas ὕδατον yains τε καὶ αἰθέρον ἠελίου τε κιρναµένων χροιαί 7’ εἴδη τε γενοίατο θνητῶν Toi’, ὅσα νῦν γεγάασι συναρμοσθέντ) ᾿Αφροδίτῃ..

πῶς καὶ δένδρεα μακρὰ καὶ εἰνάλιοι καµασῆνεν.. 248

215 ds δὸ τότε χθόνα Κύπριφ, ἐπεί τ) ἐδίηνεν ἓν ὄμβρφ 207

αἰθέρ) ἐπιπνείουσα θοῷ πυρὶ δῶκε κρατῦναι.

τῶν & ba’ ἔσω μὲν πυκνὰ, τὰ & ἔκτοθι pava πέπηηε, 200 Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃ» πλάδης τοιῆσδε τυχόντα.

τῶν & ba’ ἔσω μὲν πυκνὰ, τὰ & ἔκτοθι pava πέπηηε, 200 Κύπριδος ἐν παλάμῃ» πλάδης τοιῆσδε τυχόντα.

οὕτω & ᾠοτοκεῖ paxpa δένδρεα πρῶτον ἑλαίαν. 245 220 οὕνεκεν ὀψίγονοί τε σίδαι καὶ ὑπέρφλοα pra 246 olvos ὑπὸ φλοιῷ πέλεται σαπὲν ἐν ξύλφ ὕδωρ. 247

210. 219.. ΒΙπιρ]. de caelo, Peyr. p. 268: Gaisf. Poet. Min. Gr. II. xliii. Brand. Schol. Arist. 507 a. 210. Α εἰ δ᾽ ἔτι σοι, B εἶδέτι σοι, Taur. ef δέ τισι. 212. ΜΒ. εἴδη τε yevolaro χροιάστε, corr. Ritschl. 214. Athen. viii. 334 5. 215-218. Simpl. de caelo a little after 219. 218. Simpl. Phys. 74 v ο 831, 9. 215. MS. os δὲ . . . ἔπειτ), corr. Karst.: A ἑδίμνεν ἐν, B ἐδείκνυεν ἐν, Taur. ἐδείκνυεν. 216. A ἡ δέ ἀποπνέουσα, B ei δὲ ἀποπνοίουσα, Taur. ἡ δὲ ἀποπνείουσα, Panz. ἡδὺ 8° ἐπιπνείυσα, corr. Stein. 217. Phys. E πλάσης, ἃ πλάσιος, text from de caelo. 219. Arist. de gen. anim. i. 23; 73185; cf. Philop. on this passage and Theophr. de caus. oe i. 7, 1. Philop. and Arist. . . . μικρὰ . . . ἑλαία». 220. Plut. Quaest. conv. 6838 0. 221. Plut. Quaest. nat. 912 ο, 9199: ef. Arist. Top. iv. 5; 127 a 18. ΜΒ. ἀπὸ φλοιοῦ, corr. Meziriacus.

EMPEDOKLES 18d

Book II.

210. And if your faith be at all lacking in regard to these (elements), how from water and earth and air and sun (fire) when they are mixed, arose such colours and forms of mortal things, as many as now have arisen under the uniting power of Aphrodite. ...

214. How both tall trees and fishes of the sea (arose).

215. And thus then Kypris, when she had moistened the earth with water, breathed air on it and gave it to swift fire to be hardened.

217. And all these things which were within were made dense, while those without were made rare, meeting with such moisture in the hands of Kypris.

219. And thus tall trees bear fruit (lit. eggs), first of all olives.

220. Wherefore late-born pomegranates and luxu- riant apples ...

221. Wine is water that has fermented in the wood beneath the bark. -

186 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

εἶ γάρ κέν σφ᾿ ἀδινῇσιν ὑπὸ πραπίδεσσιν éepeicas εὐμενέως καθαρῇσιν ἐποπτεύσῃε µελέτησιν, ταῦτά τέ σοι pada πάντα δι ai@vos παρέσονται, 225 ἄλλα τε πὀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶνδε κεκτήσεαι' αὐτὰ γὰρ αὔξει ταῦτ) eis 700s ἕκαστον, ὅπη pias ἐστὶν ἑκάστῳ. εἰ δέ σύ γ ἀλλοίων ἐπορέξεαι ola κατ’ ἄνδρας µυρία δειλὰ πέλονται, τά 7’ ἀμβλύνουσι pEpip- yas, tov adap ἐκλείψουσι περιπλοµένοιο χρόνοιο 230 σφῶν αὐτῶν ποθέοντα φίλην ἐπὶ γένναν ixec Oar: t πάντα yap ἴσθι φρόνησιν ἔχειν καὶ νώματον αἶσαν.

(χάρις) στυγέει δύστλητον ᾿Ανάγκην. 69

τοῦτο μὲν ἐν κὀγχαισι Oaraccovopors βαρυνά- τοις 220

καλχῶν κηρύκων Te λιθορρίνων χελύων τε. .

235 ἔνθ᾽ ὄψῃ χθόνα χρωτὸς ὑπέρτατα ναιετάουσαν. ο

222-231. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. 251 Mill; Schneidewin, Philol. vi. p. 165.

(χάρις) στυγέει δύστλητον ᾿Ανάγκην. 69

τοῦτο μὲν ἐν κὀγχαισι Oaraccovopors βαρυνά- τοις 220

καλχῶν κηρύκων Te λιθορρίνων χελύων τε. .

235 ἔνθ᾽ ὄψῃ χθόνα χρωτὸς ὑπέρτατα ναιετάουσαν. ο

222-231. Hippolyt. Ref. haer. 251 Mill; Schneidewin, Philol. vi. p. 165.

222. MS. καὶ ἓν, corr. Mill. MS. σφαδίνησιν . . . corr. Schneid. 223. MS. ἐποπτεύειε, corr. Schneid. 224. MS. ταῦτα δὲ, corr. Schneid. 225. MS. xr... Schneid. xarepxduer’, corr. Stein. 227. MS. rdaa’ οἷῶν ἐπιρέξεις, corr. Schneid. 228. MS. δῆλα πέλονται . . . µέριμναι, Schneid. δείλ) ἁπάλαμνα . . . µερίμνα». 229. MS. σῆς, Schneid. Io’. 231. Cf. Sext. E. Math. viii. 286.

MS. of Hippol. καὶ yooparociwor.

232. Plut. Quaesé. conv. 745 p. 233-235. Plut. Quaest. conv. 618 5. 234-235, de fac. lun. 927 χ. 284. Quaest. conv. καὶ μὴ», de fac. lun. καὶ τὴν, Stein μαινῶν, Diels καλχῶ», comparing Nicander, Alexipharm. 893 and Schol. Schneid. p. 98 for the interpretation of a fish furnishing a dye. Also Arist. Hist. anim. viii. 18; 599810 πορφύραι καὶ κήρυκες, x Ἡ

| EMPEDOKLES 187

222. For if thou shalt fix them in all thy close-knit mind and watch over them graciously with pure attention, all these things shall surely be thine for ever, and many others shalt thou possess from them. For these themselves shall cause each to grow into its own cha- racter, whatever is the nature’ of each. But if thou shalt reach out for things of another sort, as is the manner of men, there exist countless evils to blunt your studious thoughts; fsoon these latter shall cease to live as time goes on, desiring as they do to arrive at the longed-for generation of themselves.{ For know that all things have understanding and their

share of intelligence. 292. Favor hates Necessity, hard to endure.

238. This is in the heavy-backed shells found in the sea, of limpets and purple-fish and stone-covered tortoises .... there shalt thou see earth lying uppermost on

the surface.

1 φύσις here seems to mean ‘ nature,’ and not ‘ origin.’

188 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ταὐτὰ Tpixes καὶ φύλλα καὶ οἰωνῶν πτερὰ πυκνὰ 223 καὶ provides γίγνονται ἐπὶ στιβαροῖσι µέλεσσιν.

αὐτὰρ ἐχίνοιφ 225 ὀξυβελεῖό χαῖται vwro.s ἐπιπεφρίκασιν.

940 ἐξ ὧν ὄμματ' ἔπηξεν ἀτειρέα 87 ᾿Αφροδίτη.

γόμφοιφ ἀσκήσασα καταστόργοιφ Αφροδίτη. 228

Κύπριδοο dv παλάμῃσιν ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ ἐφύοντο. 229 πολυαίµατον ἧπαρ.

ᾗ πολλαὶ μὲν κόρσαι ἀναύχενες ἑβλάστησαν, 232 245 yupvol & ἑπλάζοντο βραχίονες εὔνιδες ὤμων, ὄμματα δ᾽ olf ἐπλανᾶτο πενητεύοντα µετώπων.

τοῦτο μὲν ἐν βροτέων µελέων ἀριδείκετον ὄγκῳ. 335 ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν᾽ eis ἓν ἅπαντα γυῖα τὸ σῶμα λέλογχε βίου θαλέθουσιν ἐν ἄκμῃ" 250 ἄλλοτε ὃ αὖτε κακῇσι διατμηθέντ ἐρίδεσσι πλάζεται ἄνδιχ' Exacta παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι βίοιο. |

τοῦτο μὲν ἐν βροτέων µελέων ἀριδείκετον ὄγκῳ. 335 ἄλλοτε μὲν Φιλότητι συνερχόμεν᾽ eis ἓν ἅπαντα γυῖα τὸ σῶμα λέλογχε βίου θαλέθουσιν ἐν ἄκμῃ" 250 ἄλλοτε ὃ αὖτε κακῇσι διατμηθέντ ἐρίδεσσι πλάζεται ἄνδιχ' Exacta παρὰ ῥηγμῖνι βίοιο. |

286-237. Arist. Meteor. iv. 9 387 b 4. 237. MS. λεπίδες, corr. Karst. from a gloss of Hesych. 238-239. Plut. de fort. 98 p. 238. MS. ἐχῖνος, corr. Steph. 239. MS. ὀξυβελὴς δέ re, text follows Cd. Vulc. 240-242. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. 28; Gaisford xliii. Brand. Schol. 512a. ' The three lines are cited separately. 949. A tupxpér’, B ξυμπρώταιε, corr. Karst. 243. Plut. Quaest. conv. 688 E. 244-246. Simpl. de caelo, Peyr. 46; Gaisf. xliv. Schol. Brand. 512 a.

944. Ar. de anim. iii.6; 480 8 29; degen. απ. Ἱ. 18; 722 b 20, and com- mentators.

944. MS. ᾗ, 4, &s. 245, πολλαὶ, πολλῶν ἐμπλάζοντο. 247-253. Simpl. Phys. 258 1. 247. MS. τοῦτον μὲν ἂν . . . ὄγκον, Vulg. omits ἂν, text from

Diels. 249. MS. θαλέθοντος, corr. Karst. 253. Ald. ὀρειμελέ- ecow, corr. Schneider (cf. 438).

EMPEDOKLES 189

286. Hair and leaves and thick feathers of birds are the same thing in origin, and reptiles’ scales, too, on strong limbs.

238. But on hedgehogs, sharp-pointed hair bristles on their backs.

240. Out of which divine Aphrodite wrought eyes untiring.

241. Aphrodite fashioning them curiously with bonds of love.

242. When they first grew together in the hands of Aphrodite.

243. The liver well supplied with blood.

244, Where many heads grew up without necks, and arms were wandering about naked, bereft of shoulders, and eyes roamed about’alone with no foreheads.

247. This is indeed remarkable in the mass of human members; at one time all the limbs which form the body, united into. one by Love, grow vigorously in the prime of life; but yet at another time, separated by evil Strife, they wander each in different directions along the breakers of the sea of life. Just so it is with

190 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

as δ᾽ aitws θάµνοισι καὶ ἰχθύσιν ὑδρομελάθροις θηρσί 7° ὀρειλεχέεσσιν ἰδὲ πτεροβάµοισι κύμ- Bats. αὐτὰρ ἐπὲὶ κατὰ μεῖζον éuloyeto δαίµονι δαίµων, 255 ταῦτά τε συµπίπτεσκον ὅπη συνέκυρσεν ἕκαστα, ἄλλα τε πρὸς τοῖς πολλὰ διηνεκῆ ἐξεγένοντο.

πολλὰ μὲν ἀμφιπρόσωπα καὶ ἀμφίστερν ἐφύ- οντο, Bovyevn ἀνδρόπρωρα, τὰ δ᾽ ἔμπαλιν ἐξανέτελλον ἀνδροφυῆ βούκρανα, peuvypéva τῇ μὲν ἀπ᾿ av- ὁνρῶν, 260 τῇ δὲ γυναικοφυῆ, στεῖροιο ἠσκημένα γυίοις.

εἰλίποδ ἀκριτόχειρα.

νῦν & dy, Saws ἀνδρῶν τε πολυκλαύτων τε γυναικῶν

ἐμμυχίουςο ὅρπηκας ἀνήγαγε κρινόµενον trip,

τῶνδε κλύ' οὐ γὰρ μῦθος ἀπόσκοπος οὐδ' ἀδαή- pov.

265 οὐλοφυεῖς μὲν πρῶτα τύποι χθονὸς ἐξανέτελλον, ἀμφοτέρων ὕδατός τε καὶ εἴδεοο αἶσαν ἔχοντες, Tous μὲν Tip ἀνέπεμπε θέλον πρὸς ὁμοῖον ixe-

σθαι,

254-256. Simpl. de caelo following 246 after a break. 254. B Taur. omit δαίµονι. 256. B Taur. ἐξεγένετο. 257-260. Aelian, hist. anim. xvi. 29. Cf. Plut. Colot. 1123 8.

Simpl. de caelo following 246 after a break. 254. B Taur. omit δαίµονι. 256. B Taur. ἐξεγένετο. 257-260. Aelian, hist. anim. xvi. 29. Cf. Plut. Colot. 1123 8.

340

235

239

242,

248

257. MS. Φύεσθαι, Karst. ἐφύοντο. 258. MS. ἀνδρόπρωνα . . . ἐξανατείνειν, corr. Gronovius. 259. MS. én’, corr. Jacobs.

260. MS. σκιεροῖς, corr. Diels. 261. Plut. Coloé. 1123 s. MS. εἱλίποδα κριτόχειρα, corr. Karst. and Duebner. 262-269. Simpl. Phys. 86 v 381, 31.

263. MS. ἐννυχίους, corr. Panz. cf. Odyssey A 344 ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, which perhaps should be restored here. 266. MS. εἴδεος, Stz. οὔδεος, but cf. Simpl. 382,7. 269. EH οἵα τ’, F ot’, a otr ad,

Diels οἷόν τ’: EF γύων, 8 γῆρυ», corr. Stein.

EMPEDOKLES 191

plants! and with fishes dwelling in watery halls, and beasts whose lair is in the mountains, and birds borne

on wings.

984. But as divinity was mingled yet more with divinity, these things kept coming together in whatever way each might chance, and many others also in addi-

tion to these continually came into being.

257. Many creatures arose with double faces and double breasts, offspring of oxen with human faces, and again there sprang up children of men with oxen’s heads; creatures, too, in which were mixed some parts from men and some of the nature of women, furnished with sterile

members.

261. Cattle of trailing gait, with undivided hoofs.

262 But come now, hear of these things; how fire separating caused the hidden offspring of men and weeping women to arise, for if is no tale apart from our subject, or witless. In the first place there sprang up out of the earth forms grown into one whole,? having a share of both, of water and of fire. These in truth fire

caused to grow up, desiring to reach its like; but they

1 θάμνος, ‘ bush,’ I have rendered regularly ‘ plant.’ 2 Cf. Aet. v.19; Λου. 430.

192 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

οὔτε τί πω µελέων ἐρατὸν δέµαε ἐμφαίνοντας, ovr’ ἐνοπὴν οἷόν τ’ ἐπιχώριον ἀνδράσι γυῖον. 255

270 ἀλλὰ διέσπασται µελέων φύσιο ἡ μὲν dv dvdpos 257 % δὲ γυναικὸς ἐν. . .

τῷ & ἐπὶ καὶ πόθον ἦλθε δι ὄψιος ἀμμιχθέντι. 956

ἐν δ' ἐχύθη καθαροῖσι᾿ τὰ μὲν τελέθουσι γυναῖκεν 259 ψύχεος ἀντιάσαντα.

275 λιμένας σχιστοὺς ᾿Αϕροδίτης.. 261

ἐν γὰρ θερµοτέρῳ τοκὰς ἄρρενος ἔπλετο γαστήρ, 262 καὶ µέλανες διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἰνωδέστεροι ἄνδρες καὶ λαχνήεντεν μᾶλλον.

ὧν ὃ ὅτ᾽ ὀπὸς γάλα λευκὸν ἐγόμφωσεν καὶ ἔδησε. 265 280 pnvos av ὀγδοάτου δεκάτῃ πύον ἔπλετο λευκόν. 266 yvous ὅτι πάντων εἰσίν ἀπορροαὶ Sac’ ἐγένοντο. 267 ὢς αγλυκὺ μὲν γλυκὺ µάρπτε, πικρὸν δ ἐπὶ πικρὸν ὄρουσεν, 268 ὀξὺ & ἐπ᾽ ὀξὺ ἔβη, δαλερὸν δαλερῷ ἐπόχενυεν.

270. Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722b12; ibid. i.1; 764b17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage. 270. 2 omits ἐν. 271. Stein transposes last two words.

267 ὢς αγλυκὺ μὲν γλυκὺ µάρπτε, πικρὸν δ ἐπὶ πικρὸν ὄρουσεν, 268 ὀξὺ & ἐπ᾽ ὀξὺ ἔβη, δαλερὸν δαλερῷ ἐπόχενυεν.

270. Arist. de gen. anim. i. 18; 722b12; ibid. i.1; 764b17; and 270-271 in Philop. on this passage. 270. 2 omits ἐν. 271. Stein transposes last two words.

272. Plut. Quaest. nat. 917 ο. MS. τῷ δέ τι . . . etre διὰ πέψεως ἀμμίσγων. Karst, τῷ 3° ἐπὶ .. ο Bt ὄψεος dvr’ ἀΐσσων, Stein ἀμμιχθέντι. 273-274. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 1; 723 8 24 after 271. S ἐλύθη. 275. Schol. Eur. Phoen. p. 600 Valck. Stein transposes first two

words. 276-278. Galen in Hippokr. Eipidem. iv. 2.

276. MS. τὸ κατ) ἄρρενα ἔπλετο yalns. Text from Diels.

279. Plut.de amic. mult. 95 a; cf. Arist. de gen. anim. iv.4; 771 b 23. 280. Arist. de gen. anim. iv. 8; 777 8 10; and Philop. on this passage. 281. Plut. Quaest. Nat. 916 p. 282-283. Plut. Quaest. Conv. 663 a. 282. MS. μὲν ἐπὶ γλυκὺ, corr. Macrob. 288. MS. omits ἔβη and ends δαλεροῦ λαβέτω, corr. Karst.

EMPEDOKLES 193

showed as yet no lovely body formed out of the members, nor yoice nor limb such as is natural to men.

270. But the nature of the members (of the child ?) is divided, part in the man’s, part in the woman’s (body).

271. But desire also came upon him, having been united with ... by sight.

278. It was poured out in the pure parts, and some meeting with cold became females.

275. The separated harbours of Aphrodite.

276. In its warmer parts the womb is productive of the male, and on this account men are dark and more

muscular and more hairy. 279. As when fig-juice curdles and binds white milk.

280. On the tenth day of the eighth month came the white discharge.

281. Knowing that there are exhalations from all things which came into existence.

281. Thus sweet was snatching sweet, and bitter darted to bitter, and sharp went to sharp, and hot coupled with hot.

194 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

olvp ὕδωρ μᾶλλον μὲν ἐνάρθμιον, αὐτὰρ ἑλαίφ 272.

285 οὐκ ἐθέλει.

βύσσῳ δὲ γλαυκῇ κόκκου καταµίσγεται (ἄνθοο) 214.

ὧδε δ) ἀναπνεῖ πάντα καὶ ἐκπνεῖ ' πᾶσι λίφαιμοι σαρκῶν σύρριγγες πύματον κατὰ σῶμα τέτανται, καί σφιν ἐπὶ στοµίοις πύκναις τέτρηνται ἄλοξιν 290 ῥιγῶν ἔσχατα τέρθρα διαµπερέο, ὥστε φόνον μὲν κεύθειν, αἰθέρι & εὐπορίην διόδοαισι τετµῆσθαι. J 4 9 ¢ / Ν 2} 0 ἔνθεν ἔπειθ) ὁπόταν μὲν atraléy τέρεν αἷμα, IDA 4 af, ” 4 αἰθὴρ παφλάζων καταΐσσεται οἴἵδματι µάρηγῳ, 3 2 / / | πό ο 9 εὖτε δ) ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει ' ὥσπερ ὅταν Tats, 295 κλεψύδρην παίζουσα διιπετέος χαλκοῖο, ω) 9 2 A A 9 2 “a Ν A εὖτε μὲν αὐλοῦ πορθμὸν ἐπ᾽ εὐειδεῖ χερὶ θεῖσα 3 ο 4 3 eis ὕδατος βάπτησι τέρεν δέµας ἀργυφέοιο, οὐ TOT’ ἐν ἄγγοσδ᾽ ὄμβρος ἐσέρχεται, ἀλλά pw εἴργει > 9) ¥ \ 3 ολ / \ αἰθέρος ὄγχος ἔσωθε πεσὼν ἐπὶ τρήµατα πυκνὰ, > οὁ 99 / Ν΄ ες > ὃν 9 900 εἰς 6 κ᾿ ἀποστεγάση π'υκινὸν ῥοον αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα ’ 4 / Ww ο πνεύματος ἑλλείποντος ἐσέρχεται αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. a: & αὔτως ὅθ᾽ ὕδωρ μὲν ἔχει κάτα βένθεα χαλκοῦ

a: & αὔτως ὅθ᾽ ὕδωρ μὲν ἔχει κάτα βένθεα χαλκοῦ

284-285. Philop. on Arist. de gen. anim. 59 a.

284. MS. ὕδωρ οἵνῳ μᾶλλον ἐναρίθμιον. Text fem Stein. 236. Plut. de def. orac. 433 3.

MS. γλαυκῆς κρόκου, corr. Karst. and Xylander. 287-311. Arist. de respir. 7; 473 b9.

275

280

285

.

900

287. Mil δίαιµοι. 289. MSS. ἐπιστομίοις, ZMil ἐπιστομίαις, corr. Stz. MSS. πυκναῖς or πυκίνοις, Mil δόναξι. 290. Some MSS.

τέθρα, Mil Φόνον, others φανὸν. 291. M µέν vy’ ἐνθεῖναι

θέρει,

pr Z εὔπνοιαν. 292. Several MSS. ἐπάξῃ, ἐπαίξῃ. 293. Bekker with majority of MSS. καταβήσεται. 294. MSS. ἀναθρώσκει, corr. Karst. 295. Several MSS. κλεψύδραις, il παί(ησι, MZ παίζουσι, others παίζουσα, MZil διιπετέος, others δι εὐκετέο». 298. ilMZ οὐδ' dr’, οὐδέτ', Bk 008’ ὅγ᾽, Stein od τότ'. 299. MSS. dépos, corr. Stein. 301. MSS. αὔξιμον, a few others αἴσιμον,

EMPEDOKLES 195

284. Water combines better with wine, but it is un- willing to combine with oil.

286. The bloom of the scarlet dye mingles with shining linen. |

287. So all beings breathe in and out; all have bloodless tubes of flesh spread over the outside of the body, and at the openings of these the outer layers of skin are pierced all over with close-set ducts, so that the blood remains within, while a facile opening is cut for the alr to pass through. Then whenever the soft blood speeds away from these, the air speeds bubbling in with impetuous wave, and whenever the blood leaps back the alr is breathed out; as when a girl, playing with a klepsydra of shining brass, takes in her fair hand the narrow opening of the tube and dips it in the soft mass of silvery water, the water does not at once flow into the vessel, but the body of air within pressing on the close-set holes checks it till she uncovers the compressed stream; but then when the air gives way the determined amount of water enters. (802.) And so in the same way when the water occupies the depths of the bronze vessel, as long as the narrow opening and passage is blocked up by human flesh, the air outside striving eagerly to enter holds back the water inside behind the gates of the resounding tube, keeping

control of its end, until she lets go with her hand. ο 2

196 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ο 2

196 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

πορθμὸῦ χωσθέντος βροτέῳ ypol ἠδὲ πόροιο, αἰθὴρ & ἐκτὸς ἔσω λελιημένος ὄμβρον ἐρύκει 805 ἀμφὶ πύλας ἰσθμοῖο δυσηχέοε, ἄκρα κρατύνων, eis ὅ κε χειρὶ µεθῇ ΄ τότε δ᾽ av πάλιν, ἔμπαλιν ἢ πρίν, πνεύματορ ἐμπίπτοντος ὑπεκθέει αἴσιμον ὕδωρ. 295 ds δ) αὔτωρ τέρεν αἷμα κλαδασσόµενον διὰ γυίων ὁππότε μὲν παλίνορσον ἀπαϊξειε µυχόνδε, 310 αἰθέρος εὐθὺε ῥεῦμα κατέρχεται οἴδματι θῦον, εὖτε δ᾽ ἀναθρῴσκῃ, πάλιν ἐκπνέει ἶσον ὀπίσσω. κέρματα θηρείων µελέων μυκτῆρσιν ἐρευνῶν. 900 ὧδε μὲν οὖν πνοίηο τε λελόγχασι πάντα καὶ ὀσμῶν. 901 315 σάρκινον ὅζον. ws & ὅτε τι πρὀοδον νοέων ὡπλίσσατο λύχνον / \ / \ ? χειµερίην διὰ νύκτα, πυρὸς σέλας αἰθομένοιο ἄψας, παντοίων ἀγέμων λαμπτῆρας ἀμοργούς, oi? ἀνέμων μὲν πνεῦμα διασκιὸνᾶσιν ἀέντων, 805 320 das & ἔξω διαθρῴῷσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον jev, λάμπεσκεν κατὰ βηλὸν ἀτειρέσιν ἀκτίνεσσιν' A X αυ] / 9 3 ΄ Αα Os δὲ ror’ ἐν µήνιγξιν ἑεργμένον ὠγύγιον trip Cf. Simpl. Phys. 151 ν. 3803. Many MSS. χρωσθέντος. 807. MSS. αὔξιμον, Bk. αἴσιμον. 909. MSS. ἐπαίξειε, corr. Stein. 310. MZil αἰθέρος, others ἕτερο», MZil οἶδμα τιταίνων. 811. 1 ἀναθρώσκοι. 313.’ Plut. Quaest. nat. 9175: de curios. 520 F. MS. (Q..) κέµµατα, (de ο.) τέρματα, Buttmann κέρματα. From Plutarch Mor. 917 & and Arist. Problem. inedit. II. 101,

(Didot, IV. p. 310); Diels Hermes xv. 176 restores the following line after 318 : «ἐν Sply > ὕσσ᾽ ἀπέλειπε ποδῶν ἁπαλ) περίπνοια. 814. Theophrast. de sens. § 22. 315. Theophr. ibid. § 9. Diels Dox. 501 suggests ὁστοῦν. 816-825. Arist. de sens. οἱ sensib. ο. 2; 487b26. Alex. Aphrod. on this passage.

318. YE ἀμόργους, Ml ἁμουργούς. 320. Many MSS. zip. 323. MSS. Aerrfiow y’ ὀθόνῃσιν corr. Bekker: several MSS. ἐχεύατο, Aoxd(ero, 8324. Several MSS. ἀμφιναέντο».

* Stein omits 312 from his numbering of the lines,

| EMPEDOKLES 197

(906.) Then, on the other hand, the very opposite takes place to what happened before; the determined amount of water runs off as the air enters. Thus in the same way when the soft blood, surging violently through the members, rushes back into the interior, a swift stream of air comes in with hurrying wave, and whenever it (the blood) leaps back, the air is breathed out again in equal quantity.

313. With its nostrils seeking out the fragments of animals’ limbs,

314. So, then, all things have obtained their share of breathing and of smelling.

915. (The ear) an offshoot of flesh.

816. And as when one with a journey through a stormy night in prospect provides himself with a lamp and lights it at the bright-shining fire—with lanterns that drive back every sort of wind, for they scatter the breath of the winds as they blow—and the light darting out, inasmuch as it is finer (than the winds), shines across the threshold with untiring rays; so then elemental fire, shut up in membranes, it entraps in fine coverings to be the round pupil, and the coverings protect it against the deep water which flows about it, but the fire darting forth, inasmuch as it is finer... .

.

198 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

λεπτῇς εὖν ὀθόνῃσι λοχάζετο κύκλοπα κούρην; αἱ 8 ὕδατος μὲν βένθος ἀπέστεγον ἀμφινάοντο», 310 825 mip δ ἔξω διαθρῴσκον, ὅσον ταναώτερον ἦεν. . .

(ὀφθαλμῶν) µία φίγνεται ἀμφοτέρων dp. 911

αἵματος ἐν πἐλάγεσσι τεθραμµένη ἀντιθορόντος, 915 ᾿ τῇ τε νόηµα µάλιστα κυκλίσκεται ἀνθρώποισιν' αἷμα γὰρ ἀνθρώποιε περικάρδιὀν ἐστι νόηµα.

990 πρὸς παρεὸν γὰρ μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισιν. 3828

ὅσσον 7 ἀλλοῖοι µετέφυν, τόσον Ap σφίσιν ais 919 9 A / καὶ φρονέειν ἀλλοῖα παρίστατο.

γαίῃ μὲν γὰρ γαῖαν ὀπώπαμεν, ὕδατι 8 ὕδωρ, 321 αἰθέρι δ᾽ αἰθέρα δῖον, ἀτὰρ πυρὶ mip ἀίδηλον,

— 885 στοργῇ δὲ στοργὴν, νεῖκος δέ τε νεἰκεῖ λυγρῷ.

ἐκ τούτων γὰρ πάντα πεπήηασιν ἁρμοσθέντα

καὶ τούτοις φρονέουσι καὶ ἤδοντ᾽ ἠδὲ ἀνιῶνται.

326. Arist. Poet. ο. 21; 14ὔ8ᾳ 65. Strabo, viii. 364. 827-329. Stob. Ecl. Phys. i. p. 1026.

927. MSS. τετραµένα, corr. Grot. ACt. ἀντιθρῶντος, other MSS. ἀντιθροῶντος, corr. Bergk. 328. ACt. κικλήσκεται. 329. Cf. Etym. M. and Or. under αἷμα; Tertul. de an. xv. 576; Chal- cid. on Tim. p. 305.

330-332. Arist. de anim. iii. 8; 427a 28; and Philop. on this passage. Arist. Met. iii. 5; 1009b18; Themist. on Arist. de anima 85 b.

330. Some MSS. ἐναύξεται. 330. MS. omits 7’. 831. MS. καὶ τὸ φρονεῖν, corr. Karst. |

333-335. Arist. de anim. 1.2; 404 Ὦ 19: Met. ii. 4: 100056; Sext. Emp. Math. i. 303, vii. 92,121. Philop. on Arist. de Gen. et corr. 59 b; Hipp. Ref. haer. p. 165. Single lines are mentioned elsewhere.

334. Sext. ἠέρι 3’ ἠέρα. 335. Sometimes στοργὴν δὲ στοργῇ. 336-337. Theophr. de sens. § 10; Dox. 502.

890. MS. ds ἐκ τούτων w., corr. Karst. 337. MS. ἥδονται καὶ &, corr. Karst.

a

EMPEDOKLES 199

326. There is one vision coming from both (eyes).

927. (The heart) lies in seas of blood which darts in opposite directions, and there most of all intelligence centres for men ; for blood about the heart is intelligence

in the case of men.

830. For men’s wisdom increases with reference to

what lies before them.

331. In so far as they change and become different, to this extent other sorts of things are ever present for — them to think about.

333. For it is by earth that we see earth, and by water water, and by air glorious air; so, too, by fire we see destroying fire, and love by love, and strife by baneful strife. For out of these (elements) all things are fitted together and their form is fixed, and by these

e

“men think and feel both pleasure and pain.

200 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ΠΕΡΙ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΤΡΙΤΟΣ.

Ei γὰρ ἐφημερίων ἕνεκέν τί σοι, ἄμβροτε Μοῦσα,

ἡμετέρης ἔμέλεν μελέτης διὰ φροντίδας ἐλθεῖν, 840 εὐχομένῳ νῦν αὖτε παρίστασο, Καλλιόπεια,

ἀμφὶ θεῶν µακάρων ἀγαθὸν λόγον ἐμφαίνοντι.

Ei γὰρ ἐφημερίων ἕνεκέν τί σοι, ἄμβροτε Μοῦσα,

ἡμετέρης ἔμέλεν μελέτης διὰ φροντίδας ἐλθεῖν, 840 εὐχομένῳ νῦν αὖτε παρίστασο, Καλλιόπεια,

ἀμφὶ θεῶν µακάρων ἀγαθὸν λόγον ἐμφαίνοντι.

ὄλβιος ὃς θείων πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον, 964 δειλὸς 8 ᾧ σκοτόεσσα θεῶν πέρι δόξα µέμηλεν.

οὐκ ἔστιν πελάσασθ᾽ οὐδ' ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἐφικτὸν 856 845 ἡμετέροις ἢ χερσὶ λαβεῖν, ἥπερ τε μεγίστη πειθοῦς ἀνθρώποισιν ἁμαξιτὸς sis φρένα πίπτει. οὐ μὲν γὰρ βροτέῃ κεφαλῇ κατὰ γυῖα κέκασται, οὐ μὲν ἁπαὶ νώτοιο δύο κλάδοι ἀΐσσονται, 860 ov πόδες, ov θοὰ yoor’, ov µήδεα λαχνήεντα, 850 ἀλλὰ φρὴν ἱερὴ καὶ ἀθέσφατος ἔπλετο μοῦνον, - φροντίσι κὀσμον ἅπαντα καταΐσσουσα θοῇσιν.

338-341. Hipp. Ref. haer. vii. 31; 254. Cf. Schneid. Philol. vi. 167.

338. MS. εἰκάραι φηµερίων, corr. Mill. MS. τινὸς, corr. Schneid. 339. MS. ἡμετέρας µελέτας, corr. Schn. 3840. MS. εὐχομένων, corr. Schn. 341. MS. µακάρω», corr. Mill. Schn. καθαρὸν λόγο».

842. 8948. Clem. Al. Strom. 733. 344-346. Clem. Al. Strom. 694; Theodor. Ther. 1. 476 p.

344. Theod. πελάσασθ odd’, Clem. πελάσασθαι ἐν.

347-351. Ammon. on Arist. de interpret. 199 b; Schol. Arist. i. 35 b. Tzet. Chiliad. xiii. 79. 348-349. Hippol. Ref. haer. p. 248. 350-351. Tzet. vii. 522.

347. Ammon. οὔτε γὰρ ἀνδρομέῃ κεφαλῇ, T2t. οὗ μὲν γὰρ βροτέῃ κεφαλῃ. 348. Tat. οὗ μὲν ἀπαὶ, Hippol. οὗ γὰρ ἀπὸ, Ammon. Tzt. νώτων ye... ἀίσσουσι. Text from Hippol. 349. Hippol. yodvar’ οὗ µήδεα γενήεντα. (349a. Hippol. adds after 849 the following ἀλλὰ σφαῖρος ἕην καὶ Ίσος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ, Schneid. ἀλλὰ σφαῖρος ἕεις καὶ πάντοθεν Tras ἑαυτφ.)

a ο Ὡ. / αἰῶνοφ ἀμερθείς.

890 ἐξ οἵη» τιμῆς τε καὶ ὅσσου µήκεος ὄλβου 11 ὧδε πεσὼν κατὰ γαῖαν ἀναστρέφομαι μετὰ θνητοῖς. ἠλύθομεν τόδ᾽ ὑπ ἄντρον ὑπόστεηον. 91 ἔνθ᾽ ἦσαν Χθονίη τε καὶ Ἡλιόπη ταναῶπις, 24

Anpis @ αἱματόεσσα καὶ Αρμονίη θεμερῶπις,

383-384. Clem. Al. Strom. 750; Diog. Laer. viii. 77; Athen. viii. 865; Philostr. vit. Apoll. i. 1; 2, and often.

383. Hippol. Philos. 3 ἥτοι μὲν γὰρ, Cedren. Chron. i.157 #rot μὲν πρῶτα. Often κούρη re xdpos re. 384. Cedren. καὶ Op κ.θ. ἐξ adds ἔμπνους ἰχθὺς καὶ ἐν Ολυμπία Bots, Diog. Laer. ἔμπυρος, Athen. ἔμπορος, Clem. ἕλλοπος. Others ἄμφορος, νήχυτος, φαίδιµος.

385-888. 385. Clem. Al. Strom. 516. 885b-386. Hierocl. carm. aur. 254. 3886, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 Ρ. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 108: 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147 ; Julian. Imp. orat. &¢.

385. Clem. ἀσυνήθεα, Hierocl. ἀτέρπεα. 386. Synes. φθόνος, Philo Φόνοι τε λίμοι te. 388. Syn. Iul. ἐν λειμῶνι, Hier. dvd λειμῶνα, corr. Bentl.

254. 3886, 388. Synesius de prov. i. 89 Ρ. 386-387. Prokl. on Kratyl. 108: 386. Philo vol. ii. 638 Mang. 388. Synes. epist. 147 ; Julian. Imp. orat. &¢.

385. Clem. ἀσυνήθεα, Hierocl. ἀτέρπεα. 386. Synes. φθόνος, Philo Φόνοι τε λίμοι te. 388. Syn. Iul. ἐν λειμῶνι, Hier. dvd λειμῶνα, corr. Bentl.

889. Hierocl., as just cited ; λειμῶνα by ἀπολιπὼν . . . els γήινον ἔρχεται σῶμα ὀλβίου aidvos ἀμερθείς. 390-391. Clem. Al. Strom. 616. 390. Plut. de exil. 6072; Stob. Flor. ii. 80 Gais. 890. Clem. καὶ ofov. 391. Clem. λιπὼν. 392. Porphyr. de ant. nymph. ο. viii. 393-399, (United by Bergk.) 893-396. Plut. de tranquil. an. 414 Β. 894. Plut. de 19. Os. 8708. 896. Tztz. Chilad. xii. 575. 397» 899. Cornut. de nat. deor. chap. xvii. 894. Plut. 19. Os. µέροπι. 996. MS. Δειραίη, corr. Bentl. 396. Tzt. .

{

EMPEDOKLES 207

969. For before this I was born once a boy, and a maiden, and a plant, and a bird, and a darting fish in the sea. 885. And I wept and shrieked on beholding the unwonted land where are Murder and Wrath, and other species of Fates, and wasting diseases, and putrefaction

and fluxes.

888. In darkness they roam over the meadow of Ate.

389. Deprived of life.

990. From what honour and how great a degree of blessedness have I fallen here on the earth to οτι

with mortal beings | 892. We enter beneath this over-roofed cave.

898. Where were Chthonie and far-seeing Heliope (7.e. Earth and Sun?), bloody Contention and Harmony of sedate face, Beauty and Ugliness, Speed and Loitering, lovely Truth and dark-eyed Obscurity, Birth and Death, and Sleep and Waking, Motion and Stability, many-

‘ crowned Greatness and Lowness, and Silence and Voice.

205 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

395 Καλλιστώ 7’ Αἰσχρή τε, Θόωσά τε Δηναίη τε, Νημερτής τ’ ἐρόεσσα μελάγκουρός τ) ᾿Ασάφεια, Φυσώ τε Φθιμένη τε, καὶ Εὐναίη καὶ Ἔγερσις, Κινώ τ) ᾿Αστεμφής τε, πολυστέφανός τε Μεγιστὼ teal Φορύη, Σιωπή τε καὶ ’Opdain.t

400 ὢ πόποι, ὢ δειλὸν θνητῶν γένος, ὢ δυσάνολβον, 14 τοίων ἕἔκ 7’ ἐρίδων Ex τε στοναχῶν ἐγένεσθε.

σαρκῶν αολόχρωτι περιστέλλουσα χιτῶνι. 379 | ἀμφιβρότην χθὀνα. ἐκ μὲν γὰρ ζώων ἐτίθει νεκροείδε᾽ ἀμείβων. 878 .

405 οὖὐδέ τις ἦν κείνοισιν Αρης θεὸς οὐδὲ Κυδοιμὸς, 368 οὐδὲ Ζεὺε βασιλεὺς οὐδὲ Κρόνος οὐξὲ Ποσειδῶν, ἀλλὰ Κύπρις βασίλεια. 370 τὴν oly εὐσεβέεσσιν ἀγάλμασιν ἱλάσκοντο γραπτοῖς τε ζῴοισι μύριοισί τε δαιδαλεόδµοις

410 σμύρνης τε ἀκρήτου θυσίαις λιβάνου τε θυώδουε,

µελάγκο(υ)ρος, Plut. µελάγκαρπος. MSS. Φοριή, σόφη. Mullach’ Σιωπή. 400-401. Clem. Al. Strom. δ16- 611. Timon Phlias. in Euseb. Pr. ev. xiv. 18.

400. MS. 4 3, corr. Scalig. 401. MS. οἵω», corr. Stein. Cf. Timon and Porphyr. de abstin. ii. 27.

402. Stob. Hel. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 ο. Plut. ἀλλογνῶτι, Stob. V ἀλλοιχῶτι, A ἀλλογλῶτι.

403. Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 Ἡ. 404. Clem. Al. Strom. 516.

MS. νεκρὰ, efSe’, Flor. ἠδὲ, corr.

18.

400. MS. 4 3, corr. Scalig. 401. MS. οἵω», corr. Stein. Cf. Timon and Porphyr. de abstin. ii. 27.

402. Stob. Hel. i. 1050; Plut. de esu car. 998 ο. Plut. ἀλλογνῶτι, Stob. V ἀλλοιχῶτι, A ἀλλογλῶτι.

403. Plut. Quaest. conv. 683 Ἡ. 404. Clem. Al. Strom. 516.

MS. νεκρὰ, efSe’, Flor. ἠδὲ, corr.

405-414. Porphyr. de abstin. ii. 21 (405-412), 27 (415. 414). 405- 411. Athen. xii. 610 p. 405-407. Eustath. Iuad. x. p. 1261, 44. 412- 414. Euseb. Pr. ev. iv. 14 from Porphyry ; Cyrill. adv. Julian. ix. 307.

406. Porphyr. οὐδ) 6 Kpdéyos, Eustath. omits. 407. Porphyr. adds ἤ ἐστιν 7 Φιλία. 408. Cf. Plato Legg. vi.782p and Iamblich. Vit. Pyth. 151. 409. Athen. yp. δὲ, Burnett µμακτοῖς : Porphyr. δαιδαλεόσµοι». 410. Porphyr. ἀκράτον. 411. Athen.

EMPEDOKLES 209 400. Alas, ye wretched, ye unblessed race of mortal

beings, of what strifes and of what groans were ye born!

402. She wraps about them a strange garment of

flesh. 408. Man-surrounding earth.

404. For from being living he made them assume

the form of death by a change. . . .

405. Nor had they any god Ares, nor Kydoimos (Up- roar), nor king Zeus, nor Kronos, nor Poseidon, but queen Kypris. Her they worshipped with hallowed offerings, with painted figures, and perfumes of skilfully made odour, and sacrifices of unmixed myrrh and fragrant frank- incense, casting on the ground libations from tawny bees. And her altar was not moistened with pure blood of bulls, but it was the greatest defilement among men, to

deprive animals of life and to eat their goodly bodies. P

910 τἩΠΕΒ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ξουθῶν τε σπονδὰς μελιτῶν ῥιπτοῦντες és οὖδας, ταύρων 8 ἀκρήτοισι φόνοις οὗ δεύετο βωμό». 375 ἀλλὰ μύσος TOUT’ ἔσκεν ἐν ἀνθρώποισι µέηγιστον, θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντας ἐέδμεναι ἠέα γυῖα.

415 ἦν δέ τις ἐν κείνοισιν ἀνὴρ περιούσια εἰδὼν 440 παντοίων τε μάλιστα σοφῶν ἐπιήρανος ἔργων, 4432 ὃς δὴ µήκιστον πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον. 441

e / / 3 / ὁππότε γὰρ πάσησιν ὀρέξαιτο πραπίδεσσιν, ῥεῖά γε τῶν ὄντων πάντων λεύσσεσκεν ἕκαστον, 420 καί τε δέκ᾽ ἀνθρώπων καί 7’ εἴκοσιν αἰώνεσσιν... 445

ἦσαν γὰρ κτίλα πάντα καὶ ἀνθρώποισι προσηνῆ, 964

φῆρές T οὐωνοί τε, ἀιλοφροσύνῃ τε δεδήει,

δένδρεα δ᾽ ἐμπενόφυλλα καὶ ἐμπεδόκαρπα τεθήλει,

καρπῶν ἀφθονίῃσι κατήορα πάντ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν.

425 ov πέλεται Tots μὲν θεμιτὸν τόδε, τοῖς 8 ἀθέμιστον, 409 ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πάντων νόµιµον διά τ) εὐρυμέδοντος αἰθέρος ἠνεκέως τέταται διά Tt ἀπλέτου αὐγῆς.

ξανθῶν . . . ῥίπτοντες. 412. Porphyr. Cyrill. ἀκρίτοισι, Euseb. ἀκράτοισι, corr. Scalig. Porphyr. δεύεται. 413. Cyrill. ἔσχον. 414. Porphyr. ἀπορρέσαντες . . . ἐέλμεναι, corr. Stein and Viger. 415-420. Iamblich. Vit. Pyth. 67. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. 30. 415, 417. Diog. Laer. viii. 54. Order of verses in MS. 415,17, 16.

421-424. 421-422. Schol. Nicand. Theriac. p. 81 Schn. 423-424. Theophrast. de caus. plant. i. 13,2. Cf. Plut. Quaest. conv. 649 ο.

. . ἐέλμεναι, corr. Stein and Viger. 415-420. Iamblich. Vit. Pyth. 67. Porphyr. Vit. Pyth. 30. 415, 417. Diog. Laer. viii. 54. Order of verses in MS. 415,17, 16.

421-424. 421-422. Schol. Nicand. Theriac. p. 81 Schn. 423-424. Theophrast. de caus. plant. i. 13,2. Cf. Plut. Quaest. conv. 649 ο.

422. MS. φιλοφροσύνη, corr. Stz. 423-424. ἀείφυλλα καὶ ἐμπεδό- καρπά φησι θάλλειν Καρπῶν ἀφθονίῃσι Kar’ hépa πάἀντ’ ἐνιαυτὸν restored by Hermann. Herm. αἰείφυλλα, corr. Karst. from Plutarch. Stz. κατ) ἠέρα, Lobeck. xarhopa.

425.427. Arist. Rhet. i. 18 1873 b 15. 425. Arist. τοῦτο γὰρ οὗ τισὶ μὲν δίκαιον, τισὶ 3’ οὗ δίκαιο», Karst. θεμιτὸν . . . ἀθέμιστον. 427. YbZbAc αὐγῆς, Bekker from one MS. αὖ γῆς,

EMPEDOKLES 211

415. And there was among them a man of unusual sowie: and master especially of all sorts of wise deeds, who in truth possessed greatest wealth of mind; for whenever he reached out with all his mind, easily he beheld each one of all the things that are, even for ten

and twenty generations of men.

421. For all were gentle and obedient toward men, both animals and birds, and they burned with kindly love; and trees grew with leaves and fruit ever on

them, burdened with abundant fruit all the year.

425. This is not lawful for some and unlawful for others, but what is lawful for all extends on con- tinuously through the wide-ruling air and the boundless

light.

427. Will ye not cease from evil slaughter 9 See ye not that ye are devouring each other in heedlessness of |

mind ? P2

212 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ov παύσεσθε φόνοιο δυσηχέοο; ovK ἐσορᾶτε 416 ἀλλήλους δάπτοντες ἀκηδείῃσι vooto ;

450 μορφὴν δ᾽ ἀλλάξαντα πατὴρ Φφίλον υἱὸν ἀείρας 410 σφάζει ἐπεύχομενοφ, µόγα νήπιος' οἱ δὲ φορεῦνται λισσόμενοι θύοντος: ὁ δ' Ap νήκουστος ὁμοκλέων σφάξαο ἐν µεγάροισι κακὴν ἀλεγύνατο δαῖτα. ᾽ ds 8 αὔτως πατέρ᾽ vids ἑλὼν καὶ µητέρα παῖδεν

485 θυμὸν ἀπορραίσαντε φίλας κατὰ σάρκα» ἔδουσιν. οἴμοι ὅτ᾽ οὗ πρόσθεν µε διώλεσε νηλεὺο ἦμαρ, 9 πρὶν σχέτλ᾽ ἔργα Bopas περὶ χείλεσι µητί- —

σασθαι. | ἐν θήρεσσι λέοντες ὀρειλεχέεν χαμαιεῦναι 382 ylyvovrat, δάφναι & avi δένδρεσσιν ἠυκόμοισιν.

440 δαφναίων φύλλων ἀπὸ πάµπαν ἔχεσθαι. 419 δειλοί, πανδειλοί, κυάµων dio χεῖραν ἔχεσθαι. 418

κρηνάων ἅπο πέντε ταμὼν ἐν ἀτειρέι χαλκῴ 422 χεῖρας ἀπόρρυψαι. νηστεῦσαι KAKOTNTOS. 406

428-429. Sext. E. Math. ix. 129. 480-435. Sext. following the last verses. 430-481. Plut. de super- stitione 171 ο. 481. MSS. οἱ δὲ πορεῦνται, Scalig. ὃς . . . πορεῦται, Diels φορεῦνται. 432. MSS. θύοντες 88’ ἀνήκουότος, corr. Hermann. 435. MSS. ἀπορραίσαντα, corr. Karst. 436-437. Porphyr. de abst. ii. 31. 488-489. Aelian, Hist. An. xii. 7; Orphic. Frag. p. 511 Herm. 438. Λο]. ἐν θηρσὶ δὲ,

481. MSS. οἱ δὲ πορεῦνται, Scalig. ὃς . . . πορεῦται, Diels φορεῦνται. 432. MSS. θύοντες 88’ ἀνήκουότος, corr. Hermann. 435. MSS. ἀπορραίσαντα, corr. Karst. 436-437. Porphyr. de abst. ii. 31. 488-489. Aelian, Hist. An. xii. 7; Orphic. Frag. p. 511 Herm. 438. Λο]. ἐν θηρσὶ δὲ,

440. Plut. Quaest. conv. 646 0. MSS. τῆς δάφνης τῶν φύλλων ἀπὸ πάµπαν ἔχεσθαι χρή, corr. Stein. 441. Aul. Gell. Ν.Α. iv. 11; Didym. Geopon. ii. 865, 8. 442-443. Theo. Smyrn. Artth. i. 19 Bull, p. 15, 9 Hill. ΜΒ. κρηνάων ἀπὸ weve’ ἀνιμῶντα, φησί», ἀτείρει χαλκῷ δεῖν ἀπορρύ- πτεσθαι, Arist. poet.xxi.; 1457 Ὁ 15 ταμὼν ἀτειρέι χαλκφ. Text from Diels.

444, Plut. de wa 464 8.

EMPEDOKLES 213

480. A father takes up his dear son who has changed his form and slays him with a prayer, so great is his folly! They are borne along beseeching the sacrificer ; but he does not hear their cries of reproach, but slays them and makes ready the evil feast. Then in the same manner son takes father and daughters their mother, and devour the dear flesh when they have deprived them of life.

486. Alas that no ruthless day destroyed me before I devised base deeds of devouring with the lips!

488. Among beasts they become lions haunting the mountains, whose couch is the ground, and among fair- foliaged trees they become laurels.

440. Refrain entirely from laurel leaves.

441. Miserable men, wholly miserable, restrain your hands from beans.

442. Compounding the water from five springs in unyielding brass, cleanse the hands.

444, Fast from evil.

445. Accordingly ye are frantic with evils hard to bear, nor ever shall ye ease your soul from bitter woes.

447. But at last are they prophets and hymn-writers and physicians and chieftains among men dwelling on the earth ; and from this they grow to be gods, receiving the greatest honours, sharing the same hearth with the other immortals, their table companions, free from

human woes, beyond the power of death and harm.

214 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

445 τοιυγάρτοι χαλεπῇσιν ἀλύοντες κακότησιν 420 οὔποτε δειλαίων ἀχέων λωφήσετε θυµόν.

eis δὲ τελὸς pavrets τε καὶ ὑμνοπόλοι καὶ ἐητροὶ 884 καὶ πρόµοι ἀνθρώποισιν ἐπιχθονίοισι πέλονται, ἔνθεν ἀναβλαστοῦσι θεοὶ τιμῇσι Φφέριστοι,

450 ἀθανάτοις ἄλλοισιν ὀμέστιοι, αὐτοτράπεζοι, sivies ἀνδρείων ἀχέων, ἀπόκηροι, ἀτειρεῖς.

445-446. Clem. Al. Protr. p. 23. Cf. Carmen aureum v. 54 f.

447-449. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 632; Theod. Therap. viii. p. 599.

450-451. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 722; Euseb. Praep. evang. xiii. 13. MSS. ἐόντες ἆ. ᾿Αχαιῶν ἀπόκληροι awnpeis corr. Scaliger.

PassaGES FROM PLATO RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES.

Phaed. 96 8. Is blood that with which we think, or air, or το . . .?!

Clem. Al. Strom. p. 632; Theod. Therap. viii. p. 599.

450-451. Clem. Al. Strom. p. 722; Euseb. Praep. evang. xiii. 13. MSS. ἐόντες ἆ. ᾿Αχαιῶν ἀπόκληροι awnpeis corr. Scaliger.

PassaGES FROM PLATO RELATING TO EMPEDOKLES.

Phaed. 96 8. Is blood that with which we think, or air, or το . . .?!

Gorg. 498 a. And perhaps we really are dead, as I once before heard one of the wise men say: that now we are dead, and the body our tomb, and that that part of the soul, it so happens, in which desires are, is open to per- suasion and moves upward and downward. And indeed a clever man—perhaps some inhabitant of Sicily or Italy—speaking allegorically, and taking the word from ‘credible’ (πιθανός) and ‘ persuadable’ (πιστικός), called it a jar (πίθος). And those without intelligence he called uninitiated, and that part of the soul of the uninitiated where the desires are, he called its intemperateness, and said it was not watertight, as a jar might be pierced with holes—using the simile because of its insatiate desires.

Meno 76 c. Do you say, with Empedokles, that there are certain effluences from things ?—Certainly.

And pores, into which and through which the effluences go ?—Yes indeed.

* Cf. Cicero, Tusc. I. 9: sEapeneiee animum esse censet cordi

suffusum sanguinem.’

EMPEDOKLES 2

And that some of the effluences match certain of the pores, and others are smaller or larger ?—It is true.

And there is such a thing as vision ?—Yes.

And ... colour is the effluence of forms in agree- ment with vision and perceptible by that sense ?—It is.

Sophist. 242 p. And certain Ionian. and Sicilian Muses agreed later that it is safest ‘to weave together both opinions and to say that Being is many and one [πολλά τε καὶ ἕν], and that it is controlled by hate and love. Borne apart it is always borne together, say the more severe of the Muses. But the gentler concede that these things are always thus, and they say, in part, that sometimes all is one and rendered loving by Aphrodite, while at other times it 1s many and at enmity with itself by reason of a sort of strife.

PassaGEs IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO E:MPEDOKLES.

Phys.i. 3; 187420. And others say that the opposites existing in the unity are separated out of it, as Anaximan- dros says, and as those say who hold that things are both one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras.

1.4; 188218. But it is better to assume elements fewer in number and limited, as Empedokles does.

i. 4; 196a20. Empedokles says that the air is not always separated upwards, but as it happens.

vill. 1; 250b 27. Empedokles says that things are in motion part of the time and again they are at rest ; they are in motion when Love tends to make one out of many, or Strife tends to make many out of one, and in the intervening time they are at rest (Vv. 69-73).

vill. 1; 250b 27. Empedokles says that things are in motion part of the time and again they are at rest ; they are in motion when Love tends to make one out of many, or Strife tends to make many out of one, and in the intervening time they are at rest (Vv. 69-73).

vill. 1; 25246. So it is necessary to consider this (motion) a first principle, which it seems Empedokles means in saving that of necessity Love and Strife control things and move them part of the time, and that they are af rest during the intervening time.

216 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

De Caelo 279 b14. Some say that alternately at one time there is coming into being, at another time there is perishing, and that this always continues to be the case ; so say Empedokles of Agrigentum and Herakleitos of Ephesus.

li. 1; 284a 24. Neither can we assume that it is after this manner nor that, getting a slower motion than its own downward momentum on account of rota- tion, it still is preserved so long a time, as Empedokles Bays.

ll. 18; 29515. But they seek the cause why it remains, and some say after this manner, that its breadth or size is the cause; but others, as Empedokles, that the movement of the heavens revolving in a circle and moving more slowly, hinders the mower of the earth, like water in vessels... .

ili. 2; 801a14. It is not right to make genesis take place out of what is separated and in motion. Wherefore Empedokles passes over genesis in the case of Love; for he could not put the heaven together preparing it out of parts that had been separated, and making the combination by means of Love; for the order of the elements has been established out of parts that had been separated, so that necessarily it arose out of what is one and compounded.

ill. 2; 9094 28. Empedokles says that fire and earth and associated elements are the elements of bodies, and that all things are composed of these.

11. 6; 805a1. But if separation shall in some way be stopped, either the body in which it is stopped will be indivisible, or being separable it is one that will never be divided, as Empedokles seems to mean.

lv. 2; 809219. Some who deny that a void exists, do not define carefully light and heavy, as Anaxagoras and Empedokles.

EMPEDOKLES 217°

Gen. corr. i. 1; 814b7. Wherefore Empedokles speaks after this manner, saying that nothing comes into being, but there is only mixture and separation of the mixed. |

1. 15 815a8. Empedokles seemed both to contradict things as they appear, and to contradict himself. For at one time he says that no one of the elements arises from another, but that all other things arise from these ; and at another time he brings all of nature together into one, except Strife, and says that each thing arises from the one. OK i. 8; 824 b 26. Some thought that each sense impres-

For at one time he says that no one of the elements arises from another, but that all other things arise from these ; and at another time he brings all of nature together into one, except Strife, and says that each thing arises from the one. OK i. 8; 824 b 26. Some thought that each sense impres-

sion was received through certain pores from the last and strongest agent which entered, and they say that after this manner we see and hear and perceive by all the other senses, and further that we see through air and water and transparent substances because they have pores that are invisible by reason of their littleness, and are close — together in series ; and the more transparent substances have more pores. Many made definite statements after this manner in regard to certain things, as did Empe- dokles, not only in regard to active and passive bodies, but he also says that those bodies are mingled, the pores of which agree with each other. ...

1.8; 825a84. From what is truly one multiplicity could not arise, nor yet could unity arise from what is truly manifold, for this is impossible; but as Empe- dokles and some others say, beings are affected through pores, so all change and all happening arises after this manner, separation and destruction taking place through the void, and in like manner growth, solid bodies coming in gradually. For itis almost necessary for Empedokles to say as Leukippos does; for there are some solid and indivisible bodies, unless pores are absolutely contiguous.

325b19. But as for Empedokles, it is evident that he

/ 7 EEN

218 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

holds to genesis and destruction as far as the elements are concerned, but how the aggregate mass of these arises and perishes, it is not evident, nor is it possible for one to say who denies that there is an element of fire, and in like manner an element of each other thing— as Plato wrote in the Timaeos.

li. 3; 990 Ὦ19. And some say at once that there are four elements, as Empedokles. But he combines them into two ; for he sets all the rest over against fire.

ii. 6; 883b 20. Strife then does not separate the — elements, but Love separates those which in their origin are before god ; and these are gods.

Meteor. 857 a 24. In like manner it would be absurd if any one, saying that the sea is the sweat of the earth, thought he was saying anything distinct and clear, as for instance Empedokles; for such a statement might perhaps be sufficient for the purposes of poetry (for the metaphor is poetical), but not at all for the knowledge of nature.

369 b11. Some say that fire originates in the clouds ; and Empedokles says that this is what is encompassed by the rays of the sun.

De anim. 1. 2; 404b7. As many as pay careful attention to the fact that what has soul is in motion, these assume that soul is the most important source of

motion; and as many as consider that it knows and

De anim. 1. 2; 404b7. As many as pay careful attention to the fact that what has soul is in motion, these assume that soul is the most important source of

motion; and as many as consider that it knows and

perceives beings, these say that the first principle is soul, some making more than one first principle and others making one, as Empedokles says the first prin- ciple is the product of all the elements, and each of these is soul, saying (Vv. 888-835).

1.4; 408a14. And in like manner it is strange that soul should be the cause of the mixture; for the mixture of the elements does not have the same cause as flesh

and bone. The result then will be that there are many

EMPEDOKLES 219

souls through the whole body, if all things arise out of the elements that have been mingled together; and the cause of the mixture is harmony and soul.

i. 5; 410a 28. For it involves many perplexities to say, as Empedokles does, that each thing is known by the material elements, and like by like. . .. And it turns

out that Empedokles regards god as most lacking in the power of perception ; for he alone does not know one of the elements, Strife, and (hence) all perishable things ; for each of these is from all (the elements).

i. 4; 415 b28. And Empedokles was incorrect when he went on to say that plants grew downwards with their roots together because the earth goes in this direction haturally, and that they grew upwards because fire goes in this direction.

li. 7; 418620. So it is evident that light is the presence of this (fire). And Empedokles was wrong, and any one else who may have agreed with him, in saying that the light moves and arises between earth and what surrounds the earth, though it escapes our notice.

De sens. 441 4. It is necessary that the water in it should have the form of a fluid that is invisible by reason of its smallness, as Empedokles says.

446 a 26. Empedokles says that the light from the sun first enters the intermediate space before it comes to vision or to the earth.

De respir. 477482. Empedokles was incorrect in saying that the warmest animals having the most fire were aquatic, avoiding the excess of warmth in their nature, in order that since there was a lack of cold and wet in them, they might be preserved by their position.

Pneumat. 482 a 29. With reference to breathing some

ο not say what it is for, but only describe the manner in which it takes place, as Empedokles and Demokritos.

220 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

48644 96. Empedokles says that fingernails arise from sinew by hardening.

Part. anim. 1.1; 640419. So Empedokles was wrong in saying that many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be descended from one that bent itself back. . . .

Part. anim. 1.1; 640419. So Empedokles was wrong in saying that many characteristics appear in animals because it happened to be thus in their birth, as that they have such a spine because they happen to be descended from one that bent itself back. . . .

1.1; 042816. And from time to time Empedokles chances on this, guided by the truth itself, and is com- pelled to say that being and nature are reason, just as when he is declaring what a bone is; for he does not say it is one of the elements, nor two or three, nor all of them, but it is the reason of the mixture of these.

De Plant. i.; 8616816. Anaxagoras and Empedokles say that plants are moved by desire, and assert that they have perception and feel pleasure and pain... . Em- pedokles thought that sex had been mixed in them. (Note 817 a1, 10, and 86.)

1.; 815 Ὁ 12. Empedokles οἱ al. said that plants have intelligence and knowledge.

1.; 817b35. Empedokles said again that plants have their birth in an inferior world which is not perfect in its fulfilment, and that when it is fulfilled an animal is generated. |

1.8; 98428. Empedokles assumes four elements, adding earth as a fourth to those that have been men- tioned ; for these always abide and do not come into being, but in greatness and smallness they are com- pounded and separated out of one and into one.

1.8; 984 Ὦ 82. And since the opposite to the good ap- peared to exist in nature, and not only order and beauty but also disorder and ugliness, and the bad appeared to be more than the good and the ugly more than the beautiful, so some one else introduced Love and Strife, each the cause of one of these. For if one were to

EMPEDOKLES 221

For if one were to

EMPEDOKLES 221

follow and make the assumption in accordance with reason and not in accordance with what Empedokles foolishly says, he will find Love to be the cause of what is good, and Strife of what is bad;.so that if one were to say that Empedokles spoke after a certain manner and was the first to call the bad and the good first principles, perhaps he would speak rightly, if the good itself were the cause of all good things, and the bad of all bad things. Met. i. 4; 915a 21. And Empedokles makes more use of causes than Anaxagoras, but not indeed sufficiently; nor does he find in them what has been agreed upon. At any rate love for him is often a separating cause and strife a uniting cause. For whenever the all is separated into the elements by strife, fire and each of the other elements are collected into one; and again, whenever they all are brought together into one by love, parts are necessarily separated again from each thing. Empedokles moreover differed from those who went before, in that he : discriminated this cause and introduced it, not making the cause of motion one, but different and opposite. Further, he first described the four elements spoken of as in the form of matter; but he did not use them as four but only as two, fire by itself, and the rest opposed to fire as being one in nature, earth and air and water. i.8; 989a20. And the. same thing is true if one asserts that these are more numerous than one, as Empedokles says that matter 16 four substances. For it is necessary that the same peculiar results should hold good with reference to him. For we see the elements arising from each other inasmuch as fire and earth do not continue the same substance (for so it is said of them in the verses on nature) ; and with reference to the cause of their motion, whether it is necessary to assume one or two, we must think that he certainly did not speak either in a correct or praiseworthy manner.

-..

922 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

i.9; 90954 16. For the first philosophy seems to speak inarticulately in regard to all things, as though it were childish in its causes and first principle, when even Empedokles says that a bone exists by reason, that is, that it was what it was and what the essence of the matter was.

Meta. ii. 4; 1000a25. And Empedokles who, one might think, spoke most consistently, even he had the same experience, for he asserts that a.certain first prin- ciple, Strife, is the cause of destruction ; but one might think none the less that even this causes generation out of the unity; for all other things are from this as their source, except god.

Meta. ii. 4; 1000 8 92. And apart from these verses (vv. 104-107) it would be evident, for if strife were not existing in things, all would be one, as he says; for when they come together, strife comes to a stand last of all. Wherefore it results that for him the most blessed God has less intelligence than other beings ; for he does not know all the elements; for he does not have strife, and knowledge of the like is by the like.

Meta. ii. 4; 1000b16. He does not make clear any cause of necessity. But, nevertheless, he says thus much alone consistently, for he does not make some beings perishable and others imperishable, but he makes all perishable except the elements. And the problem now under discussion is why some things exist and others do not, if they are from the same ‘elements).

Meta. xi. 10; 1075 b2. And Empedokles speaks in a manner, for he makes friendship the good. And this is the first principle, both as the moving cause, for it brings things together; and as matter, for it is part of the mixture.

Ethic. vii. 5; 1147b12. He has the power to speak

EMPEDOKLES 223

but not to understand, as a drunken man repeating verses of Empedokles.

Ethic. viii. 2; 115567. Others, including Empe- dokles, say the opposite, that the like seeks the like.

Moral. 1.11; 1208b11. And he says that when a | dog was accustomed always to sleep on the same tile, Empedokles was asked why the dog always sleeps on the same tile, and he answered that the dog had some like- ness to the tile, so that the likeness is the reason for its frequenting it.

Poet. 1; 1447 b16. Homer and Empedokles have no- thing in common but the metre, so that the former should be called a poet, the latter should rather be called a student of nature.

Fr. 65; Diog. Laer. viii. 57. Aristotle, in the Sophist, says that Empedokles first discovered rhetoric and Zeon dialectic. ; 7

Fr. 66; Diog. Laer. vii. 68. Aristotle says that (Em- pedokles) became free and estranged from every form of rule, if indeed he refused the royal power that was granted to him, as Xanthos says in his account of him, evidently much preferring his simplicity.

Passaces IN Diets’ ‘ DoxocrapHt GRAECI’ RELATING TO EiMPEDOKLES.

Aet. Plac. 1.8; Dox. 287. Empedokles of Akragas, son of Meton, says that there are four elements, fire, air, water, earth ; and two dynamic first principles, love and strife ; one of these tends to unite, the other to separate. And he speaks as follows :—Hear first the four roots of all things, bright Zeus and life-bearing Hera and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who moistens the springs of men with her tears. Now by Zeus he means the seething and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the moist air,

224 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Now by Zeus he means the seething and the aether, by life-bearing Hera the moist air,

224 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

and by Aidoneus the earth; and by Nestis, spring of men, he means as it were moist seed and water. i. 4; 291. Empedokles: The universe is one; not however that the universe is the all, but some little part of the all, and the rest is matter. 1.7; 808. And he holds that the one is necessity, and that its matter consists of the four elements, and its forms are strife and love. And he calls the elements gods, and the mixture of these the universe. And its uniformity will be re- solved into them ;' and he thinks souls are divine, and that pure men who in a pure way have a share of them (the elements) are divine. 1.18; 812. Empedokles: Back of the four elements there are smallest particles, as it were elements before elements, homoeomeries (that | is, rounded bits). i.15; 818. Empedokles declared that colour is the harmonious agreement of vision with the pores. And there are four equivalents of the elements —white, black, red, yellow. 1.16; 815. Empedokles (and Xenokrates) : The elements are composed of very small masses which are the most minute possible, and as it were elements of elements. 1.24; 820. Empedokles et al. and all who make the universe by putting together bodies of small parts, introduce combinations and separations, but not genesis and destruction absolutely ; for these changes take place not in respect to quality by transfor- mation, but in respect to quantity by putting together. i. 26; 821. Empedokles: The essence of necessity is the effective cause of the first principles and of the elements.

Aet. Plac. ii. 1; Dox. 828. Empedokles: The course of the sun is the outline of the limit of the universe. ii. 4; 881. Empedokles: The universe perishes according to the alternating rule of Love and Strife. ii.6; 834. HEmpedokles: The aether was first separated, and secondly fire, and then earth, from which,

1 Cf. p. 119, note 1.

EMPEDOKLES 225

ii. 4; 881. Empedokles: The universe perishes according to the alternating rule of Love and Strife. ii.6; 834. HEmpedokles: The aether was first separated, and secondly fire, and then earth, from which,

1 Cf. p. 119, note 1.

EMPEDOKLES 225

as it was compressed tightly by the force of its rotation, water gushed forth; and from this the air arose as vapour, and the heavens arose from the aether, the sun from the fire, and bodies on the earth were compressed out of the others. ii. 7; 886. Empedokles: Things are not in fixed position throughout the all, nor yet are the places of the elements defined, but all things partake of one another. Ἱ. 8: 956. Empedokles: When the air gives way at the rapid motion of the sun, the north pole is dent so that the regions of the north are elevated and the regions of the south depressed in respect to the whole universe. ii. 10; 889. Empedokles: The right side is toward the summer solstice, and the left toward the winter solstice. 1.11; 9899. Empedokles: The heaven is solidified from air that is fixed in crystalline form by fire, and embraces what partakes of the nature of fire and of the nature of air in each of the hemispheres. ii. 18; 841. Empedokles: The stars are fiery bodies formed of fiery matter, which the air embracing in itself pressed forth at the first separation. 342. The fixed stars are bound up with the crystalline (vault), but the planets are set free. 11.20; 850. Empedokles: There are two suns ; the one is the archetype, fire in the one hemi- sphere of the universe, which has filled that hemisphere, always set facing the brightness which corresponds to itself; the other is the sun that appears, the corre- sponding brightness in the other hemisphere that has been filled with air mixed with heat, becoming the erystalline sun by reflection from the rounded earth, and dragged along with the motion of the fiery hemisphere; to speak briefly, the sun is the brightness corresponding to the fire that surrounds the earth. u. 21; 351. Thesun which faces the opposite brightness, is of the same size as the earth. ii. 23; 853. Empedokles: The solstices are due to the fact that the sun is hindered from moving

9

Ν 226 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

always in a straight line by the sphere enclosing it, and by the tropic circles. wu. 24; 854. The sun is eclipsed when the moon passes before it. 1. 25; 857. Empedo- kles : The moon is air rolled together, cloudlike, its fixed form due to fire, so that it 18 a mixture. 11. 27; 858. The moon has the form of a disk. ii. 28; 858. The moon has its light from the sun. ii. 31; 862. Empedokles: The moon is twice as far from the sun as it is from the earth (?) 868. The distance across the heavens is greater than the height from earth to heaven, which is the dis- tance of the moon from us; according to this the heaven is more spread out, because the universe is disposed in the shape of an egg.

The distance across the heavens is greater than the height from earth to heaven, which is the dis- tance of the moon from us; according to this the heaven is more spread out, because the universe is disposed in the shape of an egg.

Aet. Plac. 11.8; Dox.868. Empedokles: (Thunder and lightning are) the impact of light on a cloud so that the light thrusts out the air which hinders it; the ex- tinguishing of the light and the breaking up of the cloud produces a crash, and the kindling of it produces light- ning, and the thunderbolt is the sound of the lightning. 11. 8; 875. Empedokles and the Stoics : Winter comes when the air is master, being forced up by condensation; and summer when fire is master, when it is forced down- wards. iii. 16; 961. Thesea is the sweat of the earth, brought out by the heat of the sun on account of increased pressure.

Aet. Plac. iv. 8; Theod. v.18; Doz. 889. Empe- dokles: The soul is a mixture of what is air and aether in essence. iv. 5; 892. Empedokles οἱ al.: Mind and soul are the same, so that in their opinion no animal would be absolutely devoid of reason. Theod. τ. 28; 892. Empedokles et al.: The soul is imperishable. Aet. iv. 9; 396. Empedokles et al.: Sensations are deceptive. 897. Sensations arise part by part according to the sym- metry of the pores, each particular object of sense being adapted to some sense (organ). iv. 18; 408. Empe-

xX

EMPEDOKLES 227

dokles: Vision receives impressions both by means of rays and by means of images. But more by the second method ; for it receives effluences. iv. 14; 405. (Re- flections from mirrors) take place by means of effluences that arise on the surface of the mirror, and they are completed by means of the fiery matter that is sepa- rated from the mirror, and that bears along the air which lies before them into which the streams flow. iv. 6; 406. Empedokles : Hearing takes place by the impact of wind on the cartilage of the ear, which, he says, is hung up inside the ear so as to swing and be struck after the manner of a bell. iv. 17; 407. Empedokles: Smell is introduced with breathings of the lungs; whenever the breathing becomes heavy, it does not join in the per- ception on account of roughness, as in the case of those who suffer from a flux. iv. 22; 411. Empedokles : The first breath of the animal takes place when the moisture in infants gives way, and the outside air comes to the void to enter the opening of the lungs at the side; and after this the implanted warmth at the onset from without presses out from below the airy matter, the breathing out; and at the corresponding return into the outer air it occasions a corresponding entering of the air, the breathing in. And that which now controls the blood as it goes to the surface and as it presses out the airy matter through the nostrils by its own currents on its outward passage, becomes the breathing out ; and when the air runs back and enters into the fine openings that

And that which now controls the blood as it goes to the surface and as it presses out the airy matter through the nostrils by its own currents on its outward passage, becomes the breathing out ; and when the air runs back and enters into the fine openings that

re scattered through the blood, it is the breathing in.

““~ And he mentions the instance of the clepsydra.

Aet. Plac. v. 7; 419. Empedokles: Male or female are born according to warmth and coldness; whence he records that the first males were born to the east and south from the earth, and the females tothe north. v. 8; 420. Empedokles: Monstrosities are due to too much or

| Q2

~

228 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

toe litthe seed (semen), or to disturbance of motion, or to division into several parts, or to a bending aside. v. 10; 421. Empedokles: Twins and triplets are due to excess of seed and division of it. v.11; 422, Empedokles: Like- nesses (of children to parents) are due to power of the fruitful seed, and differences occur when the warmth in the seed is dissipated.’ v.12; 423. Empedokles: Offspring are formed according to the fancy of the woman at the time of conception ; for oftentimes women fall in love with images and statues, and bring forth offspring like these. v. 14; 425. Empedokles: (Mules are not fertile) be- cause the womb is small and low and narrow, and attached to the belly in a reverse manner, so that the seed does not go into it straight, nor would it receive the seed even if it should reach it. v.15; 425. Empedokles.: The embryo is [not] alive, but exists without breathing in the belly; and the first breath of the animal takes place at birth, when the moisture in infants gives way, and when the airy matter from without comes to the void, to enter into the openings of the lungs. v. 19; 480. Kmpedokles: The first generations of animals and plants were never complete, but were yoked with mcongruous — parts; and the second were forms of parts that belong together ; and the third, of parts grown into one whole; and the fourth were no longer from like parts, as for instance from earth and water, but from elements already permeating each other; for some the food being condensed, for others the fairness of the females causing an excitement of the motion of the seed. And the classes of all the animals were separated on account of such mixings; those more adapted to the water rushed into this, others sailed up into the air as many as had the more of fiery matter, and the heavier remained on the earth, and equal portions in the. mixture spoke in ' Cf. Galen, Hist. Phil. 118; Dox. 642.

EMPEDOKLES 229

mixture spoke in ' Cf. Galen, Hist. Phil. 118; Dox. 642.

EMPEDOKLES 229

the breasts of all. v. 22; 484. Empedokles: Flesh is the product of equal parts of the four elements mixed together, and sinews of double portions of fire and earth mixed together, and the claws of animals are the product of sinews chilled by contact with the air, and bones of two equal parts of water and of earth and four parts of fire mingled together. And sweat and tears come’ from blood as it wastes away, and flows out because it has become rarefied. v.24; 485. Empedokles: Sleep is a moderate cooling of the warmth in the blood, death a complete cool- ing. v. 25; 487. Empedokles: Death is a separation of the fiery matter out of the mixture of which the man is composed ; so that from this standpoint death of the body and of the soul happens together; and sleep is a separating of the fiery matter. v.26; 488. Empedokles : Trees first of living beings sprang from the earth, before the sun was unfolded in the heavens and before day and night were separated; and by reason of the symmetry _ of their mixture they contain the principle of male and female ; and they grow, being raised by the warmth that is in the earth, so that they are parts of the earth, just as the foetus in the belly is part of the womb; and the fruits are secretions of the water and fire in the plants; and those which lack (sufficient) moisture shed their leaves in summer when it is evaporated, but those which have more moisture keep their leaves, as in the case of the laurel and the olive and the date-palm ; and differences in their juices are (due to) variations in the number of their component parts, and the differences in plants arise because they derive their homoeomeries from (the earth which) nourishes them, as in the case of grape-vines; for it is not the kind of vine which makes wine good, but the kind of soil which nurtures it. v. 26; 440: Empedokles: Animals are nurtured by the substance of what is akin to them [moisture], and

χ

930 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

they grow with the presence of warmth, and grow smaller and die when either of these is absent; and men of the present time, as compared with the first living beings, have been reduced to the size of infants (?). v.28; 440. Empedokles : Desires arise in animals from a lack of the elements that would render each one complete, and pleasures...

v.28; 440. Empedokles : Desires arise in animals from a lack of the elements that would render each one complete, and pleasures...

Theophr. Phys. opin. 8; Dox. 478. Empedokles of Agrigentum makes the material elements four: fire and air and water and earth, all of them eternal, and changing in amount and smallness by composition and . separation; and the absolute first principles by which these four are set in motion, are Love and Strife ; for the elements must continue to be moved in turn, at one time being brought together by Love and at another separated by Strife; so that in his view there are six first principles ; for sometimes he gives the active power to Love and Strife, when he says (vv. 67-68): ‘Now being all united by Love into one, now each borne apart by hatred engendered of Strife;’ and again he ranks these as elements along with the four when he says (vv. 77-80) : ‘ And at another time it separated so that there were many out of the one; fire and water and earth and boundless height of air, and baneful Strife apart from these, balancing each of them, and Love among them, their equal in length and breadth.’

Fr. 28; Dox. 495. Some say that the sea is as it were a sort of sweat from the earth; for when the earth is warmed by the sun it gives forth moisture; accord- ingly it is salt, for sweat is salt. Such was the opinion of Empedokles. |

Theophr. de sens. 7; Dox. 500. Empedokles speaks in like manner concerning all the senses, and says that we perceive by a fitting into the pores of each sense. So they

ee en ee © ee ee ---

EMPEDOKLES 231

Such was the opinion of Empedokles. |

Theophr. de sens. 7; Dox. 500. Empedokles speaks in like manner concerning all the senses, and says that we perceive by a fitting into the pores of each sense. So they

ee en ee © ee ee ---

EMPEDOKLES 231

are not able to discern one another’s objects, for the pores of some are too wide and of others too narrow for the object of sensation, so that some things go right through untouched, and others are unable to enter com- letely. And he attempts to describe what vision is; and he says that what is in the eye is fire and water, and what surrounds it is earth and air, through which light being fine enters, as the light in lanterns. Pores of fire and water are set alternately, and the fire-pores recog- nise white objects, the water-pores black objects; for the colours harmonise with the pores. And the colours move into vision by means of effluences. And they are not composed alike ...and some of opposite elements ; for some the fire is within and for others it is on the out- side, so some animals see better in the daytime and others at night; those that have less fire see better by day, for the light inside them is balanced by the light outside them; and those that have less: water see better at night, for what is lacking is made up for them. And in the opposite case the contrary is true; for those that have the more fire are dim-sighted, since the fire increasing plasters up and covers the pores of water in the daytime; and for those that have water in excess, the same thing happens at night; for the fire is covered up by the water.... Until in the case of some the water is separated by the outside light, and in the case of others the fire by the air; for the cure of each is its opposite. That which is composed of both in equal parts is the best tempered and most excellent vision. This, approximately, is what he says con- cerning vision. And hearing is the result of noises coming from outside. For when (the air) is set in motion _. by a sound, there is an echo within; for the hearing is as if were a bell echoing within, and the ear he calls an ‘offshoot of flesh’ (v. 815): and the air when it is set

932 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

in motion strikes on something hard and makes an echo.! And smell is connected with breathing, so those have the keenest smell whose breath moves most quickly ; and the strongest odour arises as an effluence from fine — and light bodies. But he makes no careful discrimina- tion with reference to taste and touch separately, either how or by what means they take place, except the general statement that sensation takes place by a fitting

But he makes no careful discrimina- tion with reference to taste and touch separately, either how or by what means they take place, except the general statement that sensation takes place by a fitting

/\ “into the pores ; and pleasure is due to likenesses in the elements and in their mixture, and pain to the opposite. And he speaks similarly concerning thought and igno- rance: Thinking is by what is like, and not perceiving is by what is unlike, since thought is the same thing as, or something like, sensation. For recounting how we recognise eack thing by each, he said at length (vv. 336-337) : Now out of these (elements) all things are fitted together and their form is fixed, and by these men think and feel pleasure and pain. So it is by blood especially that we think ; for in this especially are mingled the elements of things. And those in whom equal and like parts have been mixed, not too far apart, nor yet small parts, nor exceeding great, these have the * “most intelligence and the most accurate senses; and ’ those who approximate to this come next; and those who have the opposite qualities are the most lacking in intelligence. And those in whom the elements are scattered and rarefied, are torpid and easily fatigued ; and those in whom the elements are small and thrown close together, move so rapidly and meet with so many things that they accomplish but little by reason of the swiftness of the motion of the blood. And those in whom there is a well-tempered mixture in some one part, are wise at this point; so some are good orators, ~~ others good artisans, according as the mixture is in the

1 Reading κινούμενο» with Diels.

EMPEDOKLES 933

hands or in the tongue; and the same is true of the other powers.

Theophr. de sens. 59; Dox. 516. And Empedokles . says of colours that white is due to fire, and black to water.

Cic. De nat. deor. xit.; Dox. 585. Empedokles, along with many other mistakes, makes his worst error in his conception of the gods. For the four beings of which he holds that all things consist, he. considers divine ; but it is clear that these are born and die and are devoid of all sense.

Hipp. Phil.8; Dox. 558. And Empedokles, who lived later, said much concerning the nature of the divinities, how they live in great numbers beneath the earth and manage things there. He said that Love and Strife were the first principle of the all, and that the intelligent fire of the monad is god, and that all things are formed from fire and are resolved into fire; and the Stoics agree closely with his teaching, in that they ex- pect a general conflagration. And he believed most fully in transmigration, for he said: ‘For in truth I was born a boy and a maiden, and a plant and a bird, and a fish whose course lies in the sea.’ He said that all souls went at death into all sorts of animals.

Hipp. Phil. 4; Dox: 559. See Herakleitos, p. 64.

And he believed most fully in transmigration, for he said: ‘For in truth I was born a boy and a maiden, and a plant and a bird, and a fish whose course lies in the sea.’ He said that all souls went at death into all sorts of animals.

Hipp. Phil. 4; Dox: 559. See Herakleitos, p. 64.

Plut. Strom. 10; Dow. 582. Empedokles of Agri- gentum: The elements are four—fire, water, aether, earth. And the cause of these is Love and Strife. From the first mixture of the elements he says that the air was separated and poured around in a circle; and after the air the fire ran off, and not having any other place to go to, it ran up from under the ice that was around the air. And there are two hemispheres moving in a circle around the earth, the one of pure fire, the other of air anda little fire mixed, which he thinks is night. And motion

234 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

began as a result of the weight of the fire when it was collected. And the sun is not fire in its nature, but a reflection of fire, like that which takes place in water. And he says the moon consists of air that has been shut up by fire, for this becomes solid like hail ; and its light it gets from the sun. The ruling part is not in the head or in the breast, but in the blood ; wherefore in whatever part of the body the more of this is spread, in that part men excel,

Epiph. adv. Haer. iii, 19; Dow. 591. Empedokles of | Agrigentum, son of Meton, regarded fire and earth and water and air as the four first elements, and he said that enmity is the first of the elements. For, he says, they were separated at first, but now they are united into one, becoming loved by each other. So in his view the first principles and powers are two, Enmity and Love, of which the one tends to bring things together and the other to separate them.

2958

XI. ANAXAGORAS. |

Anaxagoras of Klazomenae, son of Hegesiboulos, was born in the seventieth Olympiad (500-497) and died in the first year of the eighty-eighth Olympiad (428), according to the chronicles of Apollodoros. It is said that he neglected his possessions in his pursuit of philosophy ; he began to teach philosophy in the archon- ship of Kallias at Athens (480). The fall of a meteoric. stone at Aegos Potamoi (467 or 469) influenced pro- foundly his views of the heavenly bodies. Perikles brought him to Athens, and tradition says he remained there thirty years. His exile (484-482) was brought about by the enemies of Perikles, and he died at Lam- psakos. He wrote but one book, according to Diogenes, and the same authority says this was written in a pleasing and lofty style. Literature :—Schaubach, Anaz. Claz. Frag. Lips. 1827 ; W. Schorn, Anaz. Claz. et Diog. Apoll. Frag. Bonn 1829; Panzerbieter, De frag. Anaz. ord. Meining. 1886; Fr. Breier, Die Philosophie

des Anax. nach Arist. Berl. 1840. Of. Diels, Hermes xiii. 4.

236 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

FRAGMENTS OF ANAXAGORAS.

Claz. Frag. Lips. 1827 ; W. Schorn, Anaz. Claz. et Diog. Apoll. Frag. Bonn 1829; Panzerbieter, De frag. Anaz. ord. Meining. 1886; Fr. Breier, Die Philosophie

des Anax. nach Arist. Berl. 1840. Of. Diels, Hermes xiii. 4.

236 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

FRAGMENTS OF ANAXAGORAS.

1. ὁμοῦ χρήματα πάντα ἦν ἄπειρα Kat πλῆθος καὶ σµικρότητα:. καὶ γὰρ τὸ σμικρὸν ἄπειρον ἦν. καὶ πάντων e ον 26 δὲ bd ὃ ε \ / / ομοῦ ἑόντων οὐδὲν ἔνδηλον ἦν ὑπὸ σµικρότητος’' πάντα γὰρ anp τε καὶ αἰθὴρ κατεῖχεν ἀμφότερα ἄπειρα ἔοντα'

n \ ” a Y \ ‘h.. ταῦτα γὰρ péytota ἔνεστιν ἐν τοῖς ovytrace καὶ πλήθει καὶ µεγέθει.

2. καὶ γὰρ ἀήρ τε καὶ αἰθὴρ ἀποκρίνονται ἀπὸ τοῦ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιέχοντο». Kal TO γε περιέχον ἄπειρόν ἐστι τὸ πλῆθος.

\ \ 3 A Ul ς a 9 / φν

4. πρὶν δὲ ἀποκριθῆναι .. . πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐόντων οὐδὲ χροιὴ ἔνδηλος ἦν οὐδεμία. ἀπεκώλυε yap ἡ σύμμιξις πάντων χρημάτων τοῦ τε διερο καὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ καὶ τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ψυχροῦ καὶ τοῦ λαμπροῦ καὶ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ καὶ γῆς πολλῆς éveovons καὶ σπερµάτων ἀπείρων πλήθους οὐδὲν ἐοικότων ἀλλήλοιφ. οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἔοικε τὸ ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ.

/ Ν ο »/ \ a Ὃ wm 8. τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, χρὴ δοκεῖν ἐνεῖναι 4 Ν Α 9 a A Ν πολλά τε καὶ παντοῖα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς συγκρινοµένοις καὶ σπέρµατα πάντων χρημάτων καὶ ἰδέας παντοίας ἔχοντα καὶ χροιὰς καὶ ἡδονάς.

Sources and Critical Notes.

1. Simpl. Phys. 33 ν 155, 26. (First clause 8 r 34, 20, and 37r 172, 2.) 34,20 and 172, 2 πάντα χρήματα. 1556, 26. aD εὔδηλον», Text from DE. 2. Simpl. Phys. 33 v 155, 31. 155, 31. aD ὁ ἀήρ τε καὶ ὁ αἰθὴρ, Text follows EF. 4. Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 4. (8 r 34, 21 substitutes for the last line a paraphrase of Fr. 3.) 34, 21 inserts ταῦτα after ἀποκριθῆναι. 34, 24 καὶ τῆς, Text from 156, 7.

3. Simpl. Phys. 8 r 84, 29. 33 ν 156, 2. 33 v 157, 9. (Cf. Ῥ. 34, 25 at end of Fr. 4.)

ee ees — es ----

ANAXAGORAS - 98

=i

TRANSLATION.

1. All things were together, infinite both in number and in smallness; for the small also was infinite. And when they were all together, nothing was clear and ἀἱβ- tinct because of their smaliness; for air and aether com- prehended all things, both being infinite; for these are present in everything, and are greatest both as to num-

ber and as to greatness.

2. For air and aether are separated from the sur- rounding mass; and the surrounding (mass) is infinite in quantity.

4. But before these were separated, when all things were together, not even was any colour clear and distinct ; for the mixture of all things prevented it, the mixture of moist and dry, of the warm and the cold, and of the bright and the dark (since much earth was present), and of germs infinite in number, in no way like each other ; for none of the other things at all resembles the one the other.

8. And since these things are so, it is necessary to think that in all the objects that are compound there existed many things of all sorts, and germs of all objects, having all sorts of forms and colours and tastes.

8. And since these things are so, it is necessary to think that in all the objects that are compound there existed many things of all sorts, and germs of all objects, having all sorts of forms and colours and tastes.

238 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

10. καὶ ἀνθρώπους τε cuptaynvar καὶ τὰ ἄλλα Coa ὅσα ψυχὴν ἔχει. καὶ τοῖς ye ἀνθρώποισιν εἶναι καὶ modes συνῳκηµένας καὶ ἄργα κατεσκευασµένα, ὥσπερ παρ) ἡμῖν, καὶ ἠέλιόν τε αὐτοῖσιν εἶναι καὶ σελήνην Kal τὰ ἄλλα, ὥσπερ παρ) ἡμῖν, καὶ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῖσι φύειν

[ 4 Φ 9 “a > / πολλά TE Kal παντοῖα, ὧν ἐκεῖνοι τὰ ὀνήιστα συνενεγ- κάµενοι εν τὴν οἴκησιν χρῶνται. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν µου λέλεκται περὶ τῆς ἀποκρίσιος, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν Trap’ ἡμῖν µόνον ἀποκριθείη, ἀλλὰ Kal ἄλλῃ.

11. οὕτω τούτων περιχωρούντων τε καὶ ἀποκρινο-

ϱ 8 A / XN e \ µένων ὑπὸ Bins τε καὶ ταχυτῆτος. βίην δὲ ἡ ταχυτὴς ποιεῖ. ἡ δὲ ταχυτὴς αὐτῶν οὐδενὶ ἔοικε χρήµατι τὴν ταχυτῆτα τῶν νῦν ἐόντων χρημάτων ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ πάντως πολλαπλασίως ταχύ ἐστι.

14. τούτων δὸ οὕτω διακεκριμένων γινώσκειν χρῆ, ὅτι πάντα οὐδὲν ἑλάσσω ἐστὶν οὐδὲ πλείω. οὐ yap ἀνυστὸν. πάντων πλείω εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα toa ἀεί.

5. ἐν παντὶ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν πλὴν. vod, ἔστιν

XN Φ 9 οἷσι δὲ καὶ νοῦς ἔνι.

6. τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει, vovs δέ ἐστιν ἄπειρον καὶ αὐτοκρατὲς καὶ µέμικται οὐδενὶ χρήµατι, ἀλλὰ

/ 9 AN φε A 9 9 A \ 90 «ς A povos αὐτὸς ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἐστιν. εἰ μὴ yap ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἦν,

10. Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 3. 33 ν 157, 9 (continuing Fr. 3). Simpl. de coelo. 157, 12. συνηµµένας, Text from 35, 4. 157, 13. ἥλιον . . . αὐτοῖς ἐνεῖναι. 35,7. EH τὰσωνήιστα, af τὰ ὀνιστὰ, Text from 157,15. 85, 8. (ταῦτα . . . ἄλλι) is omitted at 157, 16. 11. Simpl. Phys. 8 r 35, 14. 85,16. DE xphpara. 17. DE νοῦν.

14. Simpl. Phys. 33 v 156, 10. DE τὰ πάντα, Text from af’.

5. Simpl. Phys. 35 r 164, 23.

6. Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24 τὰ μὲν. . . µέμικται οὐδενί, and 38 r 156, 13, beginning νοῦς δέ ἐστιν. Phys. 156, 13 cf. 67 ν 301, 5, and 88 v 176, 32 (87 τ 174, 16). Phys. 156, 19 cf. 388 v 176, 94. Phys. 156, 24 cf. 835 v 165, 31 and 37 r 174, 7. Phys. 157, 2 cf. 37 1 175. 11 and 88

ANAXAGORAS 239

10. And men were constituted, and the other animals, as'many as have life. And the men have inhabited cities and works constructed as among us, and they have sun and moon and other things as among us; and the earth brings forth for them many things of all sorts, of which they carry the most serviceable into the house and use them. These things then I have said concerning the separation, that not only among us would the separation take place, but elsewhere too.

11. So these things rotate and are separated by force and swiftness. And the swiftness produces force; and their swiftness is in no way like the swiftness of the things now existing among men, but it is certainly many times as swift. |

14. When they are thus distinguished, itis necessary » to recognise that they all become no fewer and no more. For it is impossible that more than all should exist, but all are always equal.

|

14. When they are thus distinguished, itis necessary » to recognise that they all become no fewer and no more. For it is impossible that more than all should exist, but all are always equal.

5. In all things there is a portion of everything except , mind; and there are things in which there is mind also. |

6. Other things include a portion of everything, but mind is infinite and self-powerful and mixed with no- \ thing, but it exists alone itself by itself. For if it were.’

Ω4( THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

ἀλλά τεῳ ἐμέμικτο ἄλλῳ, μµετεῖχεν ἂν ἁπάντων χρημάτων, εἰ ἐμέμικτό tem. ἐν παντὶ γὰρ παντὸς μοῖρα ἔνεστιν,ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν por λέλεκται, καὶ ἂν ἐκώλυεν αὐτὸν τὰ συμμεμιγµένα, ὥστε μηδενὸς χρήµατοο κρατεῖν ὁμοίως ws καὶ µόνον ἔοντα ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ. ἔστι γὰρ λεπτότατόν τε πάντων χρημάτων καὶ καθαρώτατον καὶ γνώµην γε περὶ παντὸς πᾶσαν ἴσχει καὶ ἰσχύει µέγιστον, καὶ ὅσα γε ψυχὴν ἔχει καὶ µείζω καὶ ἑλάσσω, πάντων νοῦς κρατεῖ. καὶ τῆς περιχωρήσιορ THs συµπάσης vods ἐκράτησεν, ὥστε περι- χωρῆσαι τὴν ἀρχήν. καὶ πρῶτον ἀπὸ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἤρξατο περιχωρεῖν, ἐπεὶ δὲ πλεῖον περιχωρεῖ, καὶ περιχωρήσει ἐπὶ πλέον. καὶ τὰ συμμισγόμενά τε καὶ ἀποκρινόμενα καὶ διακρινόµενα, πάντα ἔγνω νοῦς. καὶ ὁποῖα ἔμελλεν ἔσε- σθαι καὶ) ὁποῖα ἦν, καὶ ὅσα viv gore καὶ ὁποῖα ἔσται, πάντα διεκόσµησε vous, καὶ THY περιχώρησιν ταύτην ἣν νῦν περιχωρέει τά τε ἄστρα Kal ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ καὶ ὁ αἰθὴρ οἱ ἀποκρινόμενοι. ἡ δὲ περιχώρησις αὕτη ἐποίησεν ἀποκρίνεσθαι. καὶ ἀποκρίνεται ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁραιοῦ τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ζοφεροῦ τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ διεροῦ τὸ ξηρὀν. μοῖραι δὲ πολλαὶ πολλῶν εἰσι. παντάπασι δὲ οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνεται οὐδὲ διακρίνεται ἕτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου πλὴν vou. νοῦς δὲ πᾶς ὅμοιός ἐστι καὶ ὁ µείζων καὶ ὁ ἑλάττων.

ν 176, 24. Phys. 157, 3 cf. 385 ν 165, 14. Phys. 157, 4 cf. 35 v 165, 3. 156, 15. 176, 84 ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτοῦ: D ἀλλὰ τέω, HI ἀλλὰ τέως, F GAA’, Text froma. 156,16. DEF µετεῖχε μὲν, Text from a. 156, 17. Refers to Fr. 5. aH F ἀνεκώλυεν, Text from D. 156,20. ἴσχει. 177, 1 ἔχει. +156, 21. aDF' omit καὶ before ὅσα, Text from FE and 177,2. 177, 2 τὰ µείζω καὶ τὰ ἑλάσσω. 156, 99. HD! περιχωρήσεως, Text from aD?F. 177, 8 omits ἄστε-- ἐπὶ πλέον. 156, 23. HE omits τοῦ before σμικροῦ. al’ περιχωρῆσαι, Text from DE. 156, 26. 165, 33 καὶ ὁπόσα νῦν ἐστι καὶ ἔσται, 177, 5. ἄσσα νῦν μὴ ἔστι. 157, 3. 165, 15. After ὅμοιον οὐδενὶ the words érépp ἀπείρων ὕντων should probably be ascribed to Simpl. 157, 4. DE ἀλλ ὅτω, F ἄλλω τῶ: F' τὰ πλεῖστα (also 165, 3), Text from aDZ£.

ANAXAGORAS 24]

156, 26. 165, 33 καὶ ὁπόσα νῦν ἐστι καὶ ἔσται, 177, 5. ἄσσα νῦν μὴ ἔστι. 157, 3. 165, 15. After ὅμοιον οὐδενὶ the words érépp ἀπείρων ὕντων should probably be ascribed to Simpl. 157, 4. DE ἀλλ ὅτω, F ἄλλω τῶ: F' τὰ πλεῖστα (also 165, 3), Text from aDZ£.

ANAXAGORAS 24]

not by. itself, but were mixed with anything else, it would include parts of all things, if it were mixed with any- thing ; for a portion of everything exists in everything, as has been said by me before, and things mingled with it would prevent it from having power over anything in the same way that it does now that it is alone by itself. For it is the most rarefied of all things and the purest, and it has all knowledge in regard to everything and the greatest power ; over all that has life, both greater and less, mind rules. And mind ruled the rotation of the whole, so that it set it in rotation in the beginning. First it began the rotation from a small beginning, then more and more was included in the motion, and yet more will be included. Both the mixed and the separated and distinct, all things mind recognised. And whatever things were to be, and whatever things were, as many as are now, and whatever things shall be, all these mind arranged in order; and it arranged that rotation, according to which now rotate stars and sun and moon and air and aether, now that they are separated. Rotation itself caused the separation, and the dense is separated from the rare, the warm from the cold, the bright from the dark, the dry from the moist. And there are many portions of many things. Nothing is absolutely separated nor distinct, one thing from another, except mind. All mind is of like character, both the greater and the -

smaller. But nothing different is ike anything else, but R

242 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ἕτερον δὲ οὐδεν dori ὅμοιον οὐδένι, GAN’ ὅτῳ πλεῖστα Et, ταῦτα ἐνδηλότητα by ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ ἦν.

7. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο ὁ νοῦς κινεῖν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κινουµένου παντὸς ἀπεκρίνετο, καὶ ὅσον ἐκίνησεν ὁ νοῦς, Tay τοῦτο διεκρίθη. µκινουµένων δὲ καὶ διακρινοµένων ἡ περεχώ- ρησ!:9 πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐποίει διακρίνεσθαι.

8. τὸ μὲν πυκνὸν καὶ διερὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν καὶ τὸ ζοφερὸν ἐνθάδε συνεχώρησεν ἔνθα νῦν <1) γῆΣ" τὸ δὲ ἀραιὸν καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν «καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν» ἐξεχώρησεν eis τὸ πρὀσω τοῦ αἰθέρον.

9. ἀπὸ τουτέων ἄποκρινομένων συµπήγνυται yn’ ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῶν νεφελῶν ὕδωρ ἀποκρίνεται, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος yi, ἐκ δὲ THs γῆς λίθοι συµπήγνυνται ὑπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ, οὗτοι δὲ ἑκχωρέουσι μᾶλλον τοῦ ὕδατος.

12. ὁ δὲ νοῦς, ws dei ποτε, κάρτα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἐν τῷ πολλῷ περιέχοντι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὠποκριθεῖσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρινομένοι».

19. οὐ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων τὰ ἐν τῷ svi κὀσμῳ οὐδὲ ἀποκέκοπται πελέκει οὔτε τὸ θερμὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ οὔτε τὸ ψυχρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ.

15. οὔτε γὰρ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἐστι τό γε ἐλάχιστον, ἀλλ ἔλασσον ἀεί. τὸ yap ἐὸν οὐκ ἔστι τὸ μὴ οὐκ εἶναι.

19. οὐ κεχώρισται ἀλλήλων τὰ ἐν τῷ svi κὀσμῳ οὐδὲ ἀποκέκοπται πελέκει οὔτε τὸ θερμὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ οὔτε τὸ ψυχρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ.

15. οὔτε γὰρ τοῦ σμικροῦ ἐστι τό γε ἐλάχιστον, ἀλλ ἔλασσον ἀεί. τὸ yap ἐὸν οὐκ ἔστι τὸ μὴ οὐκ εἶναι.

7. Simpl. Phys. 66r; 300, 31. 33. DE καὶ, aF' omit. 8. Simpl. Phys. 38r; 179, 3. Cf. Dow. 562, 8. 4. 179, 4 Diels would supply τὸ before d:epdy and ψυχρὸν. 5. From Dox. 562 add 4 γῆ . . « Τὸ λαμπρὸν.

9. Simpl. Phys. 96 r 179, 8. In part 33 τ 166, 21. ΟΙ. 106 v 460, 19.14. 155,22. λίθοι συµπήγνυνται.

19. Simpl. Phys. 98 r 157, 7. Simpl. ὅσα ἐστί τε, corr. Diels : πολλὰ περιέχοντι, corr. Diels; cf. p. 155, δΙ : προσκριθεῖσι . . . ἀποκρινομένοις, corr. Diels ; cf. 156, 28.

13. Simpl. Phys. 87 r 175, 12 beginning with οὐδέ. To πελέκει, 38 ν 176, 29.

15. Simpl. Phys. 85 ν 164,17. Cf. 35 r 166, 15.

164, 17. MS. τὸ wh, Zeller, Phil. Gr. 1. 884 η. 3 τομῇ. After

ANAXAGORAS 243

in whatever object there are the most, each single object is and was most distinctly these things.!

7. And when mind began to set things in motion, there was separation from everything that was in motion, and however much mind: set in motion, all this was made distinct. The rotation of the things that were moved and made distinct caused them to be yet more distinct. |

8. The dense, the moist, the cold, the dark, collected there where now is the earth; the rare, the warm, the dry, the bright, departed toward the farther part of the aether. |

9. Earth is condensed out of these things that are separated. For water is separated from the clouds, and earth from the water; and from the earth stones are condensed by cold; and these are separated farther from water.?

12. But mind, as it always has been, especially now also is where all other things are, in the surrounding mass, and in the things that were separated, and in the things that are being separated.

19. Things in the one universe are not divided from each other, nor yet are they cut off with an axe, neither hot from cold, nor cold from hot.

15. For neither is there a least of what is small, but there is always a less. For being is not non-being.

' 1.9. things are called after the element or elements (homoeomeries) which predominate in their make-up. 2 Cf. Herakleitos, Fr. 68.

Ἀ 2

244 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀεί ἔστι psiCov. καὶ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ σμικρῷ πλῆθος, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ δὲ ἕκαστόν ἐστι καὶ péya καὶ σμικρόν.

16. καὶ ὅτε δὲ ἴσαι μοῖραί εἶσι τοῦ τε μεγάλου καὶ τοῦ σμικροῦ πλῆθος, καὶ οὕτως ἂν εἴη ἐν παντὶ πάντα. οὐδὲ χωρὶς ἔστιν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει. ὅτε τοὐλάχιστον μὴ ἔστιν εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο χωρι- σθῆναι, οὐδ' ἂν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι ' ἆλλ᾽ ὅπωσπερ ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ νῦν, πάντα ὁμοῦ. ἐν πᾶσι δὲ πολλὰ ἔνεστι, καὶ τῶν ἀποκρινομένων ica πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς μείζοσί τε καὶ ἐλάσσοσι. .

οὐδὲ χωρὶς ἔστιν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα παντὸς μοῖραν μετέχει. ὅτε τοὐλάχιστον μὴ ἔστιν εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο χωρι- σθῆναι, οὐδ' ἂν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι ' ἆλλ᾽ ὅπωσπερ ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ νῦν, πάντα ὁμοῦ. ἐν πᾶσι δὲ πολλὰ ἔνεστι, καὶ τῶν ἀποκρινομένων ica πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς μείζοσί τε καὶ ἐλάσσοσι. .

17. τὸ δὲ γίνεσθαι καὶ ἀπόλλυσθαι οὐκ ὀρθῶς νοµί- ζουσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες: οὐδὲν γὰρ χρῆμα γίνεται οὐδὲ ἀπόλ- λυται, ἀλλ) ἀπὸ ἐόντων χρημάτων συμμίσγεταί τε καὶ διακρίνεταυ. και οὕτως ἂν ὀρθῶς καλοῖεν TO τε φίνεσθαι συμμίσγεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀπόλλυσθαι διακρίνεσθαι.

19η πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐκ μὴ τριχὸς γίνοιτο θρὶξ καὶ capt

ἐκ μὴ TAPKOS ;

εἶναι Schorn inserts οὔτε τὸ µέγιστον, comparing previous line and 166, 16.

16. Simpl. Phys. 35 v 164, 24. 17. Simpl. Phys. 34 v 163, 20. 18. Schol. in Gregor. Naz. Migne 36, 911. (Cf. Hermes xiii. 4, Diels.)

ANAXAGORAS 245

But there is always a greater than what is great. And it is equal to the small in number; but with reference to itself each thing is both small and great. 16. And since the portions of the great and the small are equal in number, thus also all things would be in everything. Nor yet is it possible for them to exist apart, but all things include a portion of every- thing. Since it is not possible for the least to exist, nothing could be separated, nor yet could it come into being of itself, but as they were in the beginning so they are now, all things together. And there are many things in all things, and of those that are separated there are things equal in number in the greater and the lesser.

17. The Greeks donot rightly use the terms ‘ coming into being’ and ‘perishing.’ For nothing comes into

being nor yet does anything perish, but there is mixture

and separation of things that are. So they would do right in calling the coming into being ‘ mixture,’ and the perishing ‘ separation.’

(18.) For how could hair com2 from what is not hair? Or flesh from what is not flesh ?

PASSAGES FROM PLATO REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.

Apol. 26 p. He asserts that I say the sun is a stone and the moon is earth. Do you think of accusing Anaxagoras, Meletos, and have you so low an opinion of these men and think them so unskilled in letters as not to know that the books of Anaxagoras of Klazomenae are full of these doctrines? And forsooth the young men are learning these matters from me, which some- times they can buy from the orchestra for a drachma at the most, and laugh at Sokrates if he pretends that they are his—particularly seeing they are so strange.

4

246 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Phaedo 72 c. And if all things were composite and were not separated, speedily the statement of Anaxa- goras would become true, ‘ All things were together.’

97 ο. 1 heard a man reading from a book of one Anaxagoras (he said), to the effect that it is mind which arranges all things and is the cause of all things.

1 heard a man reading from a book of one Anaxagoras (he said), to the effect that it is mind which arranges all things and is the cause of all things.

98 B. Reading the book, I see that the man does not make any use of mind, nor does he assign any causes for the arrangement of things, but he treats air and aether and water as causes, and many other strange things.

Lysis 214 5. The writings of the wisest men say... that it is necessary for the like always to be loved by the unlike. .

Hipp. Mai. 283 4. They say you had an experience opposite to that of Anaxagoras; for though he inherited much property he lost it all by his carelessness ; so he practised a senseless wisdom.

Kratyl. 400 a. And do you not believe Anaxagoras that the nature of all other things is mind, and that it is soul which arranges and controls them ? (cf. Phaedo 72 ο).

409 a. It looks as though the opinion Anaxagoras recently expressed was 8 more ancient matter, that the moon has its light from the sun. |

419 c. Anaxagoras is right in saying that this is mind, for he says that mind exercising absolute power and mingled with nothing disposes all things, running through all.

Rival. 1382 a. But the youths seemed to be quarrel- ling about Anaxagoras or Oenopedos, for they were evidently drawing circles and imitating certain inclina- tions by the slope of their hands with great earnestness.

Phil. 28 c. All the wise men agree that mind 16 king of heaven and earth for us.

—_ =" ---

ANAXAGORAS 247

90 p. Some long ago declared that always mind rules the all.

Legg. 967 8. And some had the daring to conjecture this very thing, saying that it is mind which disposes all things in the heavens. And the same men again, being in error as to the nature of soul, in that it is older than bodies, while they regarded it as younger, to put 16 in a word, turned all things upside down, and themselves most of all. For indeed all things before their eyes—the things moving in the heavens—appeared to them to be full of stones and earth and many other soulless bodies, which dispose the causes of all the universe.

Phaedr. 270 a. All the arts that are great require subtlety and the higher kind of philosophy of nature ; so such loftiness and complete effectiveness seem to come from this source. This Perikles acquired in addition to being a man of genius; for as the result, I think, of his acquaintance with such a man as Anaxagoras he became imbued with high philosophy, and arrived at the nature of intelligence [νοῦς] and its opposite, concerning which Anaxagoras often discoursed, so that he brought to the art of speaking what was advantageous to him.

PassaGEsS IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.

PassaGEsS IN ARISTOTLE REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.

Phys. i. 4; 187a 20. And others say that the oppo- sites existing in the one are separated out of it, us Anaximandros says, and as many as say that things are one and many, as Empedokles and Anaxagoras; for these separate other things out of the mixture. . . And Anaxagoras seems to have thought (the elements) in- finite because he assumed the common opinion of the physicists to be true, that nothing arises out of non- being; for this is why they say, as they do, that al

248 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

things were together, and he established the fact that such ‘ arising’ was change of form. |

Phys.1.4; 187 α 96. They thought that (what arose) arose necessarily out of things that are and their attri- butes, and, because the masses were so small, out of what we cannot perceive. Wherefore they say that everything was mixed in everything because they saw everything arising out of everything; and different things appeared and were called different from each other according to what is present in greater number in the mixture of the infinites; for the whole is not purely white or black or sweet or flesh or bone, but the nature of the thing seems to be that of which it has the most.

Phys. iii. 4; 208 a 19. And as many as make the elements infinite, as Anaxagoras and Demokritos, the former out of homoeomeries. . . .

Phys. iii. 5; 205b1. Anaxagoras speaks strangely about the permanence of the infinite; for he says that the infinite itself establishes itself—that is, it is in itself; for nothing else surrounds it, so that wherever anything may be, it is there in virtue of its origin.

Phys. iv. 6 ; 218 a 22. Some who try to show that the void does not exist, do not prove this of what men are wont to call a void, but they make the mistake Anaxa- goras did and those who attempted to prove it after this manner. For they show that air is something, blowing skins up tight, and showing how strong air is, and shut- ting it up in clepsydrae.

Phys. viii. 1; 250b24. For Anaxagoras says that when all things were together and had been at rest for an infinite time, mind introduced motion and caused separation.'

Phys. viii. 5; 256 b 24. So Anaxagoras is right in

1Cf. 265 b 22.

ANAXAGORAS 249

saying that mind is not affected by other things and 18 unmixed, since he makes it the first principle of motion. For thus only, being unmoved, it might move, and being unmixed, it might rule.' |

ο caeloi.3; 270 b 24. Anaxagoras does not use this word [αἰθήρ] rightly, for he uses the word aether instead of fire.

De caelo iii. 2; 801 a12. Anaxagoras starts to con- struct the universe out of non-moving bodies.

Anaxagoras does not use this word [αἰθήρ] rightly, for he uses the word aether instead of fire.

De caelo iii. 2; 801 a12. Anaxagoras starts to con- struct the universe out of non-moving bodies.

De caelo 1Π. 9; 802 a 81. Anaxagoras says the oppo- site to Empedokles, for he calls the homoeomeries ele- ments (I mean such as flesh and bone and each of those things), and air and fire he calls mixtures of these and of all the other ‘seeds ;’ for each of these things is made of the invisible homoeomeries all heaped together. Where- fore all things arise out of these things; for he calls fire and aether the same. And since there is a peculiar motion of every material body, and some motions are simple and some complex, and the complex motions are those of complex bodies and the simple motions of simple bodies, it is evident that there will be simple bodies. For there are also simple motions. So it is evident what elements are, and why they are.

De caelo iv. 2; 809 a 20. Some of those who deny that there is a void say nothing definite concerning lightness and weight, for instance Anaxagoras and Empedokles.

Gen. corr.i.1; 914811. Others assert that matter is more than one, as Empedokles and Leukippos and Anaxagoras, but there is a difference between these. And Anaxagoras even ignores his own word, for he says that he has shown genesis and destruction to be the same as change, but like the others, he says thera are many elements. ... Anaxagoras et al. say there

1Cf. Met. 989 Ὁ 15.

950 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

are an infinite number of elements. For he regards the homoeomeries as elements, such as bone and flesh and marrow, and other things of which the part (µέρορ) has the same name as the whole.

De anima 1.2; 404425. In like manner Anaxa- goras says that soul is the moving power, and if any one else has said that mind moved the all, no one said it absolutely as did Demokritos.

De anima 1. 2; 404 b 1. Anaxagoras speaks less clearly about these things; for many times he rightly and truly says that mind is the cause, while at other times he says itis soul; for (he says) it is in all animals, both great and small, both honoured and dishonoured. But it is not apparent that what is intelligently called mind is present in all animals alike, nor even in all

- REN.

De anima Ἱ. 2; 405 8 195. Anaxagoras seems to say that soul and mind are different, as we said before, but he treats both as one in nature, except that he regards mind especially as the first principle of all thinys; for he says that this alone of all things is simple and un-

. mixed and pure. And he assigns both to the same

first principle, both knowledge and motion, saying that mind moves the all.!

De anima 1.19; 405 Ὁ 19. Anaxagoras alone Bays that mind does not suffer change, and has nothing in common with any of the other things.

mixed and pure. And he assigns both to the same

first principle, both knowledge and motion, saying that mind moves the all.!

De anima 1.19; 405 Ὁ 19. Anaxagoras alone Bays that mind does not suffer change, and has nothing in common with any of the other things.

De anima iii. 4; 429218. It is necessary then that it be unmixed since it knows [νοεῖ] all things, as Anaxa- goras says, in order that it may rule, that is, that it may know [γνωρίζ}].

De part. anim. iv. 10; 687 a7. Anaxagoras says that man is the most intelligent of animals because he has hands.

'Cf. 11. 4, 429b 24.

ΑΝΑΧΑΑΟΒΑΘ | 2ο]

De plant.i.; 815 816. Anaxagoras said that plants are animals and feel pleasure and pain, inferring this because they shed their leaves and let them grow again.

De plant. i.; 816b 26. Anaxagoras said that plants have these Gaokion and sensation) and breathing.

De plant.i.; 817 a 26. Anaxagoras said that their moisture is from the earth, and on this account he said to Lechineos that the earth is mother of plants, and the sun father.

De X. Z. G. ii. ; 976 b 20. Anaxagoras busying him- self on this point, was satisfied with saying that the void does not exist, nevertheless he says beings move, though there is no void.

Meta. 1. 8; 984a11. Anaxagoras of Klazomenae, who preceded him (Empedokles) in point of age and followed him in his works, says that the first principles are infinite in number; for nearly all things being made up of like parts (homoeomeries), as for instance fire and water, he says arise and perish only by composition and separation, and there is no other arising and perishing, but they abide eternal. το Meta.i. 3; 984b8. Besides these and similar causes, inasmuch as they are not such as to generate the nature of things, they (again compelled, as we said, by the truth itself) sought the first principle which lay nearest. For perhaps neither fire nor earth nor any other such thing should fittingly be or be thought a cause why some things exist and others arise; nor is it well to assign any such matter to its voluntary motion or to chance. Moreover one who said that as mind exists in animals, so it exists in nature as the cause of the universe and of all order, appeared as a sober man in contrast with those before who spoke rashly.

Meta.1.4; 985a18. Anaxagoras uses mind asa de- vice by which to construct the universe, and when he 18.

952 ΤΠΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Meta.1.4; 985a18. Anaxagoras uses mind asa de- vice by which to construct the universe, and when he 18.

952 ΤΠΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

at a loss for the cause why anything necessarily is, then he drags this in, but in other cases he assigns any other cause rather than mind for what comes into being. Meta. 1.8; 989a30. And if any one were to assume that Anaxagoras said the elements were two, he certainly would assume it according to a principle which that one did not deseribe distinctly ; nevertheless he would follow along a necessary path those who guided him. For though it is strange particularly that he said all things had been mixed together at first, and that they must first have existed unmixed because they came together, and because chance had not in its nature to be mingled with chance; and in addition to this it is strange that he should separate qualities and accidental characteristics from essences (for there is mixture and separation of these), nevertheless if any one should follow him and try to put together what he wanted to say, perhaps he would seem to speak in a very novel manner. For when nothing was separated, clearly it was not possible to say anything true of that essence, I mean to say that anything was white or black or grey or any other colour, but every- thing was necessarily colourless ; for it might have any of these colours. In like manner it is tasteless, nor according to the same line of argument could it have any other of the like qualities; for it could not have any quality, or quantity, or anything. For then one of what are sometimes called forms would exist for it, and this is impossible when all things are mixed together ; for it would have been already separated, and he says that all things are mixed together except mind, and this alone is unmixed and pure. It results from these views that he says the first principles are unity (for this is simple and unmixed), and what is different from unity, such as we suppose the undefined to be before it was defined and partook of any form. So he

ANAXAGORAS , 203

does not speak rightly or clearly, still he means some- thing like those who spoke later and with greater clearness.

Meta. 11.5; 1009b 25. And he called to mind the saying of Anaxagoras that just such things as men assume will be real for them.

Meta. ui. 7; 1012426. The thought of Anaxagoras

. that some things exist between contradictory propo- sitions, so that all things are false; for when they are mixed together, the mixture is neither good nor not- good, so that there is nothing true to be said.!

Meta. x.6; 1068b25. According to the position of Herakleitos, or of Anaxagoras, it is not possible to speak the truth.

Meta. x.6; 1068b25. According to the position of Herakleitos, or of Anaxagoras, it is not possible to speak the truth.

Ethic. vi. 5; 1141b8. Wherefore they say that Thales and Anaxagoras and such wise men are lacking in intelli- gence, when they see them ignorant in things that are for their own advantage, and they say they know things extraordinary and wonderful and dreadful and divine, but these are of no use, because they do not seek human good.

Ktiac. x. 9; 1179 218. And Anaxagoras did not seem to regard the rich man nor yet the powerful man as the happy one when he said he would not be sur-’ prised if any one appeared strange to the many ; for these Judge by what is outside, for that is all they can see.

PassaGES IN THE DoxoOGRAPHISTS REFERRING TO ANAXAGORAS.

Aet. Plac. 1.8; Doz. 279. Anaxagoras of Klazo- menae declared that homoeomeries are the first prin- ciples of things. For he thought it most difficult to 1Cf. iv. 4; 1007 b 25,

254 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE,

understand how anything should arise out of not-being, or perish into not-being. Certainly we take simple food of one kind, such as the bread of Demeter, and we drink ‘water ; and from this nourishment there are nurtured hair, veins, arteries, sinews, bones, and the other parts. Since these arise we must acknowledge that in the nourishment that is taken are present all realities, and from them everything will grow. And in that nourishment there are parts productive of blood and of sinews and bones and the rest; these are the parts that may be discovered by contempla- tion. For it is not necessary to perceive everything by sense, how that bread and water give rise to these things, but the parts may be discovered in them by contemplation. From the fact that parts exist in the nourishment like the things that are generated, he called them homoeomeries, and declared that they are the first principles of things; and he called the homoeomeries matter, but the active cause that arranges all things is mind. And he began thus: ΑΙ] things were together and mind arranged and disposed them. So we must assert that he associated an artificer with matter. i, 7; 299. Anaxagoras says that bodies are established according to first principles, and the mind of God arranged them and caused the generations of all things. i. 7; 802. The mind that made the universe is God. i, 14; 812. Anaxagoras: The homoeomeries are of many shapes. 1.17; 315. Anaxagoras and Demokritos : The elements are mixed by juxtaposition. i. 24; 820. (See p. 241. 1.29; 826.) Anaxagoras and the Stoics: Cause

is not evident to human reason ; for some things happen - by necessity, and others by fate, and others by purpose, and others by chance, and others of their own accord. i. 80; 926. Anaxagoras: Origination is at the same time composition and separation, that is, genesis and destruction.

sme. oo = =

ANAXAGORAS 255

i. 80; 926. Anaxagoras: Origination is at the same time composition and separation, that is, genesis and destruction.

sme. oo = =

ANAXAGORAS 255

Aet. Plac. ii. 1; 827. The universe is one. ii. 4 ; 891. The universe is perishable. Ἡ. 8; 887. Diogenes and Anaxagoras: After the universe arose and the animals were brought forth out of the earth, it tipped somehow of its own accord towards its south part, perhaps inten- tionally, in order that some parts of the universe might be inhabited and others uninhabited according as they are cold, or hot, or temperate. 11.18; 841. Anaxagoras: The surrounding aether is of a fiery nature, and catching up stones from the earth by the power of its rotation and setting them on fire it has made them into stars. 11.16; 845. Anaxagoras οὗ al.: All the stars move from east to west. 1. 21; 3851. Anaxagoras: The sun is many times as large as the Peloponnesos. ii. 28; 352. Anaxagoras: The solstices are due to a repulsion of the air towards the south, for the sun compressed it and by condensation made itstrong. ii.25; 856. Anaxa- goras and Demokritos: The moon is a fiery solid body having in itself plains and mountains and valleys. li. 29; 860. Anaxagoras, as Theophrastos says, at- tributed eclipses to bodies below the moon which sometimes come in front of it.' ii. 80; 861. Anaxa- goras says that the unevenness of the composition (the surface of the moon) is due to the mixture of earthy matter with cold, since the moon has some high places and some low hollows. And the dark stuff is mingled with the fiery, the result of which is the shadowy appear- ance; whence it is called a false-shining star.

Aet. Plac. iti. 1; 865. Anaxagoras: The shadow of the earth falls along this part of the heaven (the milky way), when the sun is beneath the earth and does not shed light on all things. 11. 2; 866. Anaxagoras and Demokritos: (Comets etc.) are due to the conjunction of two or more stars, and the combination of their rays. 367.

1 Cf. Theophr. Phys. op. Frag. 19; Dox. 493.

256 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

11. 2; 866. Anaxagoras and Demokritos: (Comets etc.) are due to the conjunction of two or more stars, and the combination of their rays. 367.

1 Cf. Theophr. Phys. op. Frag. 19; Dox. 493.

256 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

The so-called shooting stars come darting down from the aether like sparks, and:so they are immediately ex- tinguished. 11.8; 368. Anaxagoras: When the hot falls on the cold (that is, aether on air), it produces thunder by the noise 16 makes, and lightning by the colour on the black of the cloud, and the thunderbolt by the mass and amount of the light, and the typhoon by the more material fire, and the fiery whirlwind by the fire mixed with cloud. 11. 4; 871. Anaxagoras: Clouds and snow are formed in somewhat the same manner; and hail is formed when, already cooled by its descent earthwards, it is thrust. forth from frozen clouds; and it is made round. iii. 5; 378. Anaxagoras: (The rainbow) is a reflection of the sun’s brightness from thick cloud, and it is always set op-. posite the star which gives rise to the reflection. And in. a similar way he accounts for the so-called parhelia, which take place along the Pontos. 1Π. 16: 979. Anaxagoras: (Earthquakes take place) when the air falls on the thick- ness of the earth’s surface in a sheltered place, and it shakes the surrounding medium and makes it tremble, because 16 is unable to effect a separation. iii. 16; 881. Anaxagoras: When the moisture which was at first gathered in pools was burned all around by the revolution of the sun, and the fresh water was evaporated into. ‘sgaltness and bitterness, the rest (of the sea) remained. Aet. Plac. iv. 1; 885. Anaxagoras: The Nile comes from the snow in Ethiopia which melts in summer and freezes in winter. iv. 3; 887. Anaxagoras οἱ al.: The. soul is of the natureof air. iv.5,892. The intelligence is gathered in the breast. The soul is imperishable. iv. 9; 896. Anaxagoras et α].: Sensations are decep- tive. 897. Sensations arise part by part according to the symmetry of the pores, each particular object ‘of sense corresponding to a particular sense (organ). iv. 19; 409. Anaxagoras: Sound arises when wind falls

ANAXAGORAS 257

on: solid air, and by the return of the blow which is dealt to the ear; so that what is called an echo takes place.

iv. 19; 409. Anaxagoras: Sound arises when wind falls

ANAXAGORAS 257

on: solid air, and by the return of the blow which is dealt to the ear; so that what is called an echo takes place.

Aet. Plac. v. 7; 420. Anaxagoras, Parmenides : Males are conceived when seed from the right side enters the right side of the womb, or seed from the left side the left side of the womb; but if its course is changed. females are born. v. 19; 480. As Anaxagoras and Euripides say: Nothing of what is born dies, but one thing separated from one part and added to another produces different forms. v. 20; 482. Anaxagoras: All animals have reason that shows itself in activity, but they do not have a sort of intelligence that re- ceives impressions, which may be called the interpreter of intelligence. v.25; 487. Anaxagoras: Sleep is due to a weariness of the body’s energy; for it is an ex- perience of the body, not of the soul; and death is the separation of the soul from the body.

Theophr. Phys. opin. Fr. 4; Dox. 479. Theophrastos says that the teaching of Anaxagoras is much like that of Anaximandros ; for Anaxagoras says that in the sepa- ration of the infinite, things that are akin come together, and whatever gold there is in the all becomes gold, and whatever earth becomes earth, and in like manner each of the other things, not as though they came into being, _ but'as though they were existing before. And Anaxa- goras postulated intelligence (νοῦν) as the cause of mo- tion and of coming into being, and when this caused separation worlds were produced and other objects sprang forth. He might seem, he says, to. make the material causes of things taking place thus infinite, but the cause of motion and of coming into being one. But if one were to assume that the mixture of all things were one nature undefined in form and in amount, which he seems to mean, it follows that he

5

258 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

speaks of two first principles, the nature of the infinite and intelligence, so that he appears to treat all the material elements in much the same manner as Anaxi- mandros.

. Phys. op. Fr. 19; Dox. 499. See Aet. ii. 29; Doz. 360, translated above, p. 255.

Phys. opin. Fr. 28 ; Dox. 495. And the third opinion about the sea is that the water which filters and strains through the earth beeomes salt because the earth has such flavours in it; and they point out as a proof of this that salt and saltpetre are dug up out of the earth, and there are bitter flavours at many places in the earth. Anaxagoras and Metrodoros came to be of this opinion.

Anaxagoras and Metrodoros came to be of this opinion.

Theophr. de sens. 27; Dox. 507. Anaxagoras held that sensation takes place by opposite qualities; for like is not affected by like. And he attempts to enumerate things one by one. For seeing is a reflection in the pupil, and objects are not reflected in the like, but in the oppo- site. And for many creatures there is a difference of colour in the daytime, and for others at night, so that at that time they are sharpsighted. But in general the night is more of the same colour as the eyes. And the reflection takes place in the daytime, since light is the eause of reflection; but that colour which prevails the more is reflected in its opposite. In the same manner both touch and taste discern ; for what is equally warm or equally cold does not produce warm or cold when it ap- proaches its like, nor yet do men recognise sweet or bitter by these qualities in themselves, but they perceive the cold by the warm, the drinkable water by the salt, the sweet by the bitter, according as each quality is absent ; for all things are existing in us. So also smell and hearing take place, the one in connection with breathing, the other by the penetration of sound into

ANAXAGORAS 259

the brain ; for the surrounding bone against which the sound strikes is hollow. And every sensation is attended with pain, which would seem to follow from the funda- mental thesis; for every unlike thing by touching pro- duces distress. And this is evident both in the duration and in the excessive intensity of the sensations. For both bright colours and very loud sounds occasion pain, and men are not able to bear them for any long time. And the larger animals have the more acute sensations, for sensation is simply a matter of size. For animals that have large, pure, and bright eyes see large things afar off, but of those that have small eyes the opposite is true. And the same holds true of hearing. For large ears hear large sounds afar off, smaller ones escape their notice, and small ears hear small sounds near at hand. And the same is true of smell; for the thin air has the stronger odour, since warm and rarefied air has an odour. And when a large animal breathes, it draws in the thick with the rarefied, but the small animal only the rarefied, so that large animals have a better sense of smell. For an odour near at hand is stronger than one far off, because that 1s thicker, and what is scattered is weakened. It comes about to this, large animals do not perceive the thin air, and small animals do not perceive the thick air.

For an odour near at hand is stronger than one far off, because that 1s thicker, and what is scattered is weakened. It comes about to this, large animals do not perceive the thin air, and small animals do not perceive the thick air.

Cie. de Nat. Deor. i. 11; Dox. 582. Whence Anaxa- goras, who was a pupil of Anaximenes, first taught that the separation and character of all things were deter- mined and arranged by the power and reason of infinite mind; but in this he fails to see that no motion can be connected with and contiguous to infinite sensation, and that no sensation at all can exist, by which nature as a whole can feel a shock. Wherefore if he meant that mind is as it were some sort of living being, there will be something inside of it from which that living being

8 2

260 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

is determined. But what could be inside of mind? So the living being would be joined with an external body. But since this is not satisfactory, and mind is ‘open and simple,’ joined with nothing by means of which it can feel, he seems to go beyond the scope of our intelligence.

Hipp. Phil. 8; Dox. 561. After him came Anaxa- goras of Klazomenae, son of Hegesiboulos. He said that the first principle of the all is mind and matter, mind the active first principle, and matter the passive. For when all things were together, mind entered and disposed them. The material first principles are infinite, and the smaller ones of these he calls infinite. And all things partake of motion when they are moved by mind and like things come together. And objects in the heavens have been ordered by their circular motion. The dense and the moist and the dark and the cold and all heavy things come together into the midst, and the earth consists of these when they are solidified; but the opposite to these, the warm, the bright, the dry, and the light move out beyond the aether. ‘The earth is flat in form, and keeps its place in the heavens because of its size and because there is no void; and on this account the air by its strength holds up the earth, which rides on the air. And the sea arose from the moisture on the earth, both of the waters which have fallen after being evaporated, and of the rivers that flow down into it. And the rivers get their substance from the clouds and from the waters that are in the earth. For the earth is hollow and has water in the hollow places. And - the Nile increases in summer because waters flow down into it from snows fat the north.f 2

Sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones. that

1 1 translate the suggestion of Diels in his notes. 3 Cf. Aet. iv. 1, supra, p. 256.

-- --- —

ANAXAGORAS 261

And - the Nile increases in summer because waters flow down into it from snows fat the north.f 2

Sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones. that

1 1 translate the suggestion of Diels in his notes. 3 Cf. Aet. iv. 1, supra, p. 256.

-- --- —

ANAXAGORAS 261

are borne about by the revolution of the aether. And sun and moon and certain other bodies moving with them, but invisible to us, are below the stars. Men do not feel the warmth of the stars, because they are so far away from the earth; and they are not warm in the same way that the sun is, because they are in a colder ΄ region. The moon is below the sun and nearer us. The sun is larger than the Peloponnesos. The moon does not have its own light, but light from the sun. The revolution of the stars takes them beneath the earth. The moon is eclipsed when the earth goes in front of it, and sometimes when the bodies beneath the moon go in front of it ; and the sun is eclipsed when the new moon goes in front of it. And the solstices are occasioned because the sun and the moon are thrust aside by the air. And the moon changes its course frequently because it is not able to master the cold. He first determined the matter of the moon’s phases. He said the moon is made of earth and has plains and valleys init. The milky way is a reflection of the light of the stars which do not get their light from the sun. The stars which move across the heavens, darting down like sparks, are due to the motion of the sphere.

And winds arise when the air is rarefied by the sun, and when objects are set on fire and moving towards the sphere are borne away. Thunders and lightnings arise from heat striking the clouds. lHarthquakes arise from the air above striking that which is beneath the earth ; for when this is set in motion, the earth which rides on it is tossed about by it. And animals arose in | the first place from moisture, and afterwards one from another ; and males arise when the seed that is separated from the right side becomes attached to the right side of the womb, and females when the opposite is the case. He was in his prime in the first year of the eighty-

262 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

eighth Olympiad, at the time when it is said Plato was born. They say that he became endowed with know- ledge of the future.

Herm. I. G. P.6; Doz. 652. Anaxagoras takes me aside and instructs me as follows :—Mind is the first principle of all things, and it is the cause and master of all, and it provides arrangement for what is disarranged, and separation for what has been mixed, and an orderly universe for what was disorderly.

—— —

APPHNDIX

_ THE SOURCES OF THE FRAGMENTS.

—— —

APPHNDIX

_ THE SOURCES OF THE FRAGMENTS.

THE value of a quotation depends on two things, (1) the habit of accuracy in the person who quotes it, and (2) whether it is quoted from the original or from some intermediate source. Consequently the careful student of the early Greek philo- gophers, who depends wholly on quotations for his direct knowledge of these thinkers, canndt neglect the consideration of these two questions. Closely connected with the accuracy of quotations is the question as to the accuracy of later writers in the opinions which they have attributed to these thinkers. These topics I propose to consider very briefly, that the student may have at least some clue to guide him in his studies,

I,

§ 1. Wefindin Plato! scarcely any quotations, since the literary character of the dialogue excludes anything that might seem pedantic. There are allusions to certain phrases of Herakleitos which had already become all but proverbs :—the Herakleitean sun, the harmony of opposites, ‘all in motion’ with the example of the river ; and the comparison ‘god : man::man : ape’ is also given as the teaching of Herakleitos.? Similarly phrases of Anaxagoras are brought into the dialogues— all things were together,’ ‘ νοῦς disposed all things,’* but they hardly deserve the name of quotations. Other allusions to his

1 Cf. the consideration of this topic by Zeller in the Archiv f. d. Gesch. d. Philos. Bd. V. (1892) p. 165 f.

2 See I. Index of Sources, ‘Plato.’ Cf. Krat. 401 p, 402 4, 412 p, 439 η, 440 ο, Theaet. 15990.

5 Phaed. 978, Gorg. 465 ο, Phaed. 72c, Legg. 595.

264 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

theory do not even suggest a quotation. The only real quota- tions are from Parmenides,' and in two of these passages the textas read by Simplicius was corruptand unmetrical. §Simpli- clus quotes the same passage at one time from Plato, at another time apparently from the original,? so that he enables us to correct the form of the quotation which he (or the writer from whom he drew) read in his MS.of Plato. Plato’s writings betray no particular interestin any of the pre-Sokratic thinkers except Parmenides and the Pythagorean school, nor do they convey any hint as to the value of the work of the other early thinkers. So it need not surprise us that he alludes to popular phrases and seems rather to avoid exact quotation.

So it need not surprise us that he alludes to popular phrases and seems rather to avoid exact quotation.

§ 2. Beyond these allusions we get comparatively little light from Plato as to the teachings of his predecessors. Xeno- phanes is once spoken of as the founder of the Eleatic school and of its doctrine of unity. Parmenides is a far more inter- esting character to Plato, and the highest regard is expressed for him. When his position as to the unity of being and the non-existence of not-being is discussed, there is no reason to think that his opinions are not correctly given; but when Parmenides is introduced as a speaker, we are not to believe that he states the opinions of the real Parmenides any more than the Platonic Sokrates states the positions of the real Sokrates. Of Zeno we learn that he was skilled in the © art of dialectic.‘ Zeno’s statement of the occasion and purpose of his book® is of course Plato’s deduction from the book itself. The speculations of Anaxagoras are several times mentioned.® The statement that he regarded the heavenly bodies as ‘ λίθοι) is a welcome addition to our knowledge of his doctrines ; and Plato’s criticism of Anaxagoras’ use of his fundamental principleis most important. Of Empedokles we hear but little; the statement of his doctrine of sense-percep- tion is a happy exception to the rule. The accuracy of Plato’s statements where they can be tested gives an added importance

1 Parm. 52, 53 ap. Soph. 237 a, 258 5; 98 ap. Theaet. 180 5; 103- 105 ap. Soph. 2448; 132 ap. Symp. 178 B.

2 Cf. Simpl. Phys. 7r 29,42 and 19 87,-1.

* Theaet. 183 £, Soph. 237 a.

4 Phaedr. 261 p. 5 Parm 1288.

6 Apol. 9609, Krat. 400, 409 a, 413.4, Legg. 967 B.

APPENDIX 265

to what he says about the Pythagoreans.' In a word all the data which we have from Plato are valuable, but these data are much fewer than we might expect.

§ 8. Both the citations from earlier philosophers and the statement of their opinions are much more frequent in the writings of Aristotle. Two of his references to the sayings of Herakleitos are not new to the reader of Plato ; indeed Fr. 41 ap. Meta. 1010a 18 is cited with direct reference to the passage where it is cited in Plato. Fr. 37, if we may accept the con- jecture of Patin,? is a sarcastic phrase of Herakleitos which Aristotle has introduced seriously into a theory of sense-per- ception. Fr. 46 and 57 are summary phrases stating the fundamental positions of Herakleitos ; Fr.51 and 55 proverbial sayings attributed to him; Fr. 59 alone has the form of a genuine quotation.? It is evident that summary phrases give the philosopher’s impression, just as proverbial sayings may come through the medium of popular thought, so that neither have quite the value of direct quotation.

From Xenophanes Aristotle gives two mots, which were attributed naturally enough to the poet-skeptic. There is no proof that Xenophanes was the original author of either of them.

From Xenophanes Aristotle gives two mots, which were attributed naturally enough to the poet-skeptic. There is no proof that Xenophanes was the original author of either of them.

From Parmenides four passages are quoted; strangely enough three of them are passages that had been quoted by Plato. Lines 52-58 in our texts of Aristotle repeat the same error that appears in our texts of Plato; ll. 103-105 are not so near to what seems to be the original (judged by the quota- tion in Simplicius) as is the Platonic version. Unless our MSS. are greatly at fault, two of the four passages were very carelessly reproduced, and we have reason to believe that they were drawn from Plato. The fourth passage, given by Aris- totle and Theophrastos, has the appearance of careful quotation, though one verb has an unmetrical form in our Aristotle (where Theophrastos gives a correct form). Aristotle does not quote directly from either Zeno or Melissos.

Coming now to Empedokles, we find two extended passages which can only be regarded as genuine quotations, namely

1 See supra, p. 188 f.; also Phileb. 16 ο, 23 ο, Pol. 530 p, 600 a. 3 Die Evnheitslehre Heraklits, p. 17 f. 3 See I. Index of Sources, under ‘ Aristotle.’

266 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Ἡ. 287-811 and 816-825. On the other hand several phrases (1. 208, 826, 448) give only a general idea of the language of Empedokles. Most of the quotations consist of from one to four lines preserving their metrical form, so that they deserve the name of quotations; but their accuracy is doubtful in matters of detail. This is most clearly seen by an examination of the ten cases where the same passage is quoted twice by Aristotle, namely : lines 86-89, 104-107, 146-148, 167, 208, 244, 270-271, 330-832, 838-335. In only three of these instances (88-39, 270-271, 888-835) is the quotation identi- cal; in the other cases there is some slight difference in the text, although commonly both versions scan correctly. An examination of the lines quoted only once in Aristotle shows very frequent deviation from the same lines as quoted by others. In two instances a line is omitted from the context (87 and 99); a case is changed, a connecting particle changed or omitted entirely, a common word is substituted for a rarer one (236-287) or an Aristotelian word for the word required by the full context (e.g. Meta. 10152 1), or finally only the substance of the line is given (e.g. lines 91, 92). These variations are so numerous as to justify the conclusion that the text furnished by Simplicius or by Sextus Empiricus deserves quite as much weight as that furnished by Aristotle, since the latter cares only for the thought and not at all for the exact language in which the thought had been clothed.

§ 4. In addition to these quotations we find in the writings of Aristotle a comparatively full statement of the opinions of the pre Sokratic philosophers. Aristotle was interested in the work of his predecessors, since he rightly regarded his own system as the crowning result of partial views that had been set forth before. All that is valuable in their work he would give its place in his own philosophy, and their false or partial Opinions he would controvert. Accordingly his ordinary method is to commence the discussion of a theme by stating the opinions of his predecessors and criticising them ; and it is natural that the early thinkers who first set forth charac- teristic views with force and vigour should receive the fullest consideration, for indeed this position is still due to them in the history of philosophy.

APPENDIX 267

Inasmuch as Aristotle set the fashion for later philosophic writers in collecting and criticising the opinions of earlier thinkers, it is important to form a clear conception of both the excellence and the defects of his method.

On a first examination of his statements of these opinions the student is struck by their fullness and comparative accuracy. Hmminger! has collected and discussed these data, and arrives at the conclusion in every instance that Aristotle’s statement is based on a use of the best materials at his command, and that it reproduces correctly the view of the philosopher in question. It is true that Emminger takes the position of an apologist. There is no doubt, however, that Aristotle was very familiar with the poems of Empedokles, the arguments of Zeno, the system of the Pythagoreans ; when he cannot verify his opinions, as in the case of Thales, they are commonly introduced with a λέγεται of caution ; and where the views of earlier thinkers seem to be distorted, it is generally due to one of several simple causes which we can estimate with considerable accuracy.

My own conclusion is that the data given by Aristotle are of the greatest value for the study of his predecessors, though they are to be used with caution.

My own conclusion is that the data given by Aristotle are of the greatest value for the study of his predecessors, though they are to be used with caution.

Turning to the defects of the Aristotelian method, I would point out that there is apparently no little difference in the care with which Aristotle had studied the writings of his predecessors. His general attitude towards the Eleatic school is well known, and there is,no evidence that he was really familiar with the works of Xenophanes or Parmenides or Melissos. The fact that three of the four quotations from Parmenides were at least suggested by Plato’s writings should not receive undue weight, yet it is certainly suggestive. Several sayzngs are quoted from Herakleitos, and his logic is severely criticised ; we do not, however, obtain from Aristotle any conception of the real importance of Herakleitos. In fact, Aristotle does not seem at all to have understood the meaning of Herakleitos’ work, whether we are to attribute it to his inability to put himself in sympathy with so different a

1 Emminger, Die vorsokratische Philosophie der Griechen nach den Berichten des Aristoteles. Wiirzburg 1878.

268 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Wiirzburg 1878.

268 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

thinker, or to his failure to study his writings. If we had only the data from Aristotle, we should really know more of the significant work of Anaximandros than of Herakleitos. The conception of the earlier Greek thinkers which we obtain from Aristotle's writings is distorted along four lines. 1. Whether or not it was due to his failure to study certain of these thinkers, Aristotle’s comparative estimate of them is not one with which we can agree. As for Herakleitos, we can say that Aristotle assigns him a very important place in early thought, even though he gives us but little clue to what his work really was. Perhaps he overestimates the work of Anaximandros and Anaximenes because he finds in them so clear an anticipation of his own thought. Certainly he does not give due weight to the Eleatic school as a whole, and in particular to Melissos. Melissos was not a great original thinker along entirely new lines, but his work in systematising Eleatic thought was very important: Perhaps because he resembled Aristotle in what he sought to do, although from so very different premisses, he is handled with the greater disdain. 2. We may get from Aristotle a slightly distorted view of the earlier thinkers because he stated their views in the terms of his own philosophic system. The commonest philosophical terms, such as ἄπειρον, ev, picts, κενόν, τὰ ὄντα, στοιχεῖον, σῶμα, οὐσία, πάθη, slightly changed their meanings as they gradually took their place in a definite philosophical terminology. ἄρχη 18 regularly used by Aristotle to denote the original principle of all things which the early thinkers sought, εἶδος is used in the statement of Herakleitos’ position 1 and of the Pythagorean philosophy ?: the latter a word introduced into philosophy by Plato, the former probably not used in this sense before Aris- totle himself. | 8. This tendency, however, is not limited to the use of philosophical terms. Aristotle states the general position of earlier thinkers from the standpoint of his own developed system. The arguments of Zeno and Melissos are thrown into logical form that he may the better criticise them. Herakleitean teachings also are stated in Aristotelian logic, and thereby lose the truth they might have had. Aristotle

1 Meta. 1078 b 12. 2 Meta. 1036 b 18.

ng Ee ae ss = ates

ΑΡΡΕΝΡΙΣ ι 269

finds his own theory of indeterminate potential matter in ~ Anaximandros, and it is no easy task to discern what is due to Aristotle and what to Anaximandros in the Aristotelian account. Again in the case of Parmenides we may well question the statement ! that his two principles were heat=fire =being, and cold=earth=not-being.

Again in the case of Parmenides we may well question the statement ! that his two principles were heat=fire =being, and cold=earth=not-being.

4, Finally Aristotle may be said to give a false impression of his predecessors when he assigns the probable causes for their opinions. Cf. Meta. 988 b 18, supra p. 2; Phys. 204 b 26, supra p. 10 ‘in order that other things may not be blotted out by the infinite ;’ de anima 405 a 25, supra p. 58.

The mere statement of these lines, along which Aristotle may be said slightly to distort the views of his predecessors, is sufficient to put the reader on his guard; and it is com- paratively easy to make allowance for them. _

§ 5. The fragments of Theophrastos that remain are suffi- cient only to show that he studied the work of the pre-Sokratic thinkers even more carefully than Aristotle; to make any exact inferences as to his method of making quotations, bow- ever, is impossible on the basis of these fragments. Four of his quotations are also cited by Aristotle,’ and it is interesting to notice that in the second and the fourth of this list Theo- phrastos gives a text that is probably more correct than that found in our MSS. of Aristotle. The remaining quotations found in Theophrastos* show a familiarity only with Empe- dokles. Only one of these scans correctly, and that by the change of one word, which probably was erroneously copied. ΤΙ. 191-19% have lost some words, and ll. 428-424 are quite rewritten in prose. Apparently Theophrastos was even more careless of the form of his quotations than Aristotle, though he knows the early thinkers at first hand and can correct Aristotle’s quotations. The statement of the opinions of these thinkers by Theophrastos will be considered later in connection with the doxographic tradition. |

§ 6. From the time of Aristotle to Plutarch we know com- paratively little of the works of the early philosophers, or of the habit of quoting from them. There is abundant evidence,

1 Meta. 987 a 1.

2 Herakl. 46; Parm. 146-149 ; Emped. 182-183, 219. 3 Herakl. 84; Emped. 191-192, 814-315, 336-337, 423-424.

270 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

however, that they were studied ; the positions and sayings of Herakleitos especially seem to have attracted much attention. The works extant under the name of Hippokrates are attributed by some writers to a period even before Aristotle. In these works there are allusions to the positions of Empe- dokles and Anaxagoras, and Book I of the treatise περὶ διαιτῆς contains much Herakleitean material. There is scarcely one direct quotation (cf. Fr. 60), and Bernays cannot be said to be successful in reconstructing phrases of Herakleitos from this source. The book, however, is a comparatively early witness to the work of Herakleitos, and doubly important because it is independent of that Stoic study to which is due most of our knowledge of him.

The book, however, is a comparatively early witness to the work of Herakleitos, and doubly important because it is independent of that Stoic study to which is due most of our knowledge of him.

§ 7. More than the other schools that succeeded Aristotle the Stoics devoted themselves to the history of philosophy, and they were interested in Herakleitos for the same reason that Aristotle had been interested in Anaximandros, because they regarded him as a precursor in their own line of thought. Herakleitean phrases occur already in the hymn of Kleanthes to Zeus, thus showing that they had already been adopted into the Stoic phraseology.! Philodemos (vii. 81) quotes Chrys- ippos also as giving a quotation from Herakleitos.

It is only from later writers, however, that we can ascer- tain how much Herakleitos was studied in this period. Ap- parently collections were made of his sayings, which soon displaced the more complete form of his writings. Indeed, it is hard to prove that his book existed at all in later times, although Sextus Empiricus quotes a passage of some length which is considered to be the beginning of the work. Further, the works of at least some Stoic writers must have abounded in quotations from Herakleitos. In the writings of Philo there are numerous allusions to sayings of Herakleitos; and the Stoic context, the connection with Stoic ethics, as well as Philo’s general interest in the Stoic school, make it probable that he finds his Herakleitos in his Stoic sources. But while Philo is thus an important witness to the study of Herakleitos among the Stoies, he is of little value in reconstructing the text of the Ephesian philosopher. The

1 See Index of Sources under ‘ Kleanthes.’

APPENDIX 271

carelessness of his method of quotation is shown by the form in which he gives three lines of Empedokles (48-49, 386). To seven fragments of Herakleitos (1, 22, 24, 46, 56, 64, 70) Philo makes a mere allusion; in another series of instances (10, 67, 69, 79, 80, 82) a phrase, often a single word, of Herakleitos is worked into the context. Fr. 68 and 85 are quoted very carelessly, and 76 and 89 have assumed a form very different from that which they originally had. Com- monly the name of the author (Herakleitos) is not given.

Fr. 68 and 85 are quoted very carelessly, and 76 and 89 have assumed a form very different from that which they originally had. Com- monly the name of the author (Herakleitos) is not given.

Cicero quotes Herakleitos 118 in Greek without the author's name, and translates 114 carefully; Bywater, p. x, suggests that he found the latter in somebody’s de extlio commentatio. Returning to the Stoic school, we find in Seneca an accurate translation of Herakleitos 77 and 81, so that we are inclined to trust his version of 120. What seems to be Herakleitos 119, however, is assigned to Demokritos in an expanded form. The epistles attributed to Herakleitos belong to approximately this period, and are interesting only as additional evidence to the study of Herakleitos by Stoic philosophers. Stobaeos quotes several Herakleitean phrases from Musonius. Fr. 20 and 69 are given only in substance, a phrase from 114 is worked into the context, and 75 is quoted in a later form. Fr. 75 as well as 27 and 67 is found in the second and third books of Clement’s Paedagogos, books which draw largely from Musonius. The use of Herakleitean material by Lucian, especially in his Vitarum auctio, ch. xiv., 18 doubtless based on a Stoic source, as is indicated by the work ἐκπύρωσις. We may conclude this survey of Stoic writers with Marcus Aurelius. In his writings we find bare allusion to Herakleitos 2, 5, 20, 78, and perhaps to 97; a word or two of 34, 84, and 98 are worked into the text; while 25, 69, 90, 98, 94 are half quoted in the text. Apparently all are allusions to, or abbreviated citations of, sentences with which the reader was supposed to be familiar. It is wholly improbable that citations made in this manner were drawn from the book itself; rather they seem to point toa collection of ‘ sayings’ of Herakleitos which must have been quite generally known. Unless such a collection is assumed, they must be regarded as phrases which were familiar to all because they were so often quoted. The former hypothesis seems to me the more tenable.

2723 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Unless such a collection is assumed, they must be regarded as phrases which were familiar to all because they were so often quoted. The former hypothesis seems to me the more tenable.

2723 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

§ 8. We find in Plutarch one of the prizcipal sources of our fragments. Nearly fifty fragments of Herakleitos are quoted more or less fully in his writings. Many of these quotations consist of a single phrase containing perhaps only a word or two of the original writer, so that they are not of much value for purposes of reconstruction. Sometimes the citation is given in Plutarch’s own words ;! sometimes there is only a careless allusion, as to Fr. 41, 48, and 120. Even when we seem to have a real quotation, it may be expanded, as in the case of Fr. 108 ap. Moral. 148 p compared with Moral. 644 F, or Fr.31 ap. Moral. 98D as compared with Moral. 957. So I am inclined to regard Fr. 11, 22, and 44 as having been expanded by Plutarch. We cannot therefore place much reliance on the form of Plutarch’s quotations from Herakleitos. As to the source of these quotations we should notice that two of them (Fr. 41 and 45) had been mentioned by Plato, and others (88, 41, 48, and 105) by Aristotle; it is probable that Plutarch quotes these because they were familiar to the readers of Plato and Aristotle. Fr. 20, 22, 24, 25, 84, 44, 75, and 85 occur in Stoic writers, and Plutarch himself refers 91 to the Stoics. Fr. 45-56 are made Stoic in Plutarch by the addition of the word κόσμου (defining ἁρμονίη) which does not appear e.g. in Plato; and Fr. 19, 20, 74, 75, and 87 have a decided Stoic colouring. Thus we may suspect that about half the quotations from Herakleitos were drawn from Stoic sources. On the other hand 78 with its context seems to be based on a considerable passage of Herakleitos, and 11, 12, and 127 have the appearance of careful quotation.

Plutarch’s method in handling quotations from philoso- phers who wrote in poetry is more satisfactory. It is only rarely that the thought is put in his own words,? or that the quotation consists of less than a full line. Sometimes lines are grouped which do not belong together, as ap. Moral. 6070 and 6188. In some instances the text itself seems to be at fault.? In general, however, the poetic form protected such quotations from change, and the poetic form was naturally

1 E.g. 78 ap. Moral. 106 5; 95 ap. 166c.

2 H.g. Emped. 272 ap. Moral. 911 ο; 369 ap. Moral. 996 8.

8 Emped. 232 ap. Moral. 745.0; 154-155 ap. Moral. 925 3; Parmen. 29-30 ap. Moral. 1114p.

APPENDIX | 273

78 ap. Moral. 106 5; 95 ap. 166c.

2 H.g. Emped. 272 ap. Moral. 911 ο; 369 ap. Moral. 996 8.

8 Emped. 232 ap. Moral. 745.0; 154-155 ap. Moral. 925 3; Parmen. 29-30 ap. Moral. 1114p.

APPENDIX | 273

retained in quotations for the purpose of embellishment. I may add that Plutarch rarely neglects to give the name of the author from whom he quotes. As to the source of these poetic quotations, we cannot doubt that Plutarch sometimes quotes Empedokles from the original. A literary man could hardly fail to be acquainted with his poems, and it is by no means likely that the quotations Moral. 6076, 1111 F, 1118 are taken from an intermediate source. Five of the quotations from Par- menides, on the other hand, were not new to the readers of Plato and Aristotle, and the two remaining ones, together with some of the lines from Empedokles, as I have tried to show elsewhere,' were probably drawn from a collection of passages on the moon. There is no evidence that Plutarch knew Parmenides at first hand. Many passages of Empedo- kles also had become common property in the time of Plutarch, and in some instances Plutarch no doubt found collections of quotations suitable for his purpose, so that wecannot attribute all the single lines quoted from Empedokles to Plutarch’s own study of his poems.

§ 9. Judged by the Herakleitos fragments which they yield, the works of Clement and Hippolytos are hardly second in importance to Plutarch for the student of ¢arly Greek philo- sophy. Inthe Protreptikos of Clement there is an interesting series of passages from Herakleitos on popular worship; in the Paedagogos and the first and fourth books of the Stromata there are scattered quotations most of which bear clear marks of their secondary origin ; book II contains several quotations from the introduction to Herakleitos’ works ; while the third and fifth booksof the Stromaéa containa much larger collection of passages from Herakleitos, Xenophanes, Parmenides, and Empedokles. A casual glance at the whole series of quotations shows that Clement’s method was by no means uniform, and that he was often contented with a secondary source for his quotations, not taking the trouble to look them up in the original. In the first book of the Stromata the first quotation from Herakleitos is a proverb familiar in Greek literature, the second passage a bare allusion to a sentence quoted by Plu- tarch, and the two remaining ones refer to two quotations also

1 Transactions of American Philol. Assoc. XXVIII. pp. 82-83. T

274 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Assoc. XXVIII. pp. 82-83. T

274 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

given by Diogenes. That Clement used the Bio. which were the basis of the work of Diogenes Laertios is probable from his quotation of Parmenides 28-80 and Empedokles 26-28, 888-884. It is also highly probable that Clement found much of his material in Stoic sources. It is generally agreed that in Paedagogos 11. and 11. he freely used Musonius. Hera. 122 ap. Clement 188 ‘ what men do not expect at death ’ is interpreted by Clement as referring to Stoic fire, and Clement 649 (Hera. 128) also attributes to Herakleitos and the Stoics an idea be- longing to the latter only. Hera. 77 is alluded to by Seneca as familiar to his Stoic readers, and other fragments cited by Clement were apparently found by Philo in his Stoic sources. Hera. 69 ap. Clement 718 looks like another form of Hera. 19 which Plutarch quotes from a Stoic source, and perhaps we may regard 20 also as from the Stoic source from which Plutarch drew. Hera. 81 ap. Clement 87 includes an added phrase (as to the stars) which appears also in one of thé two passages in Plu- tarch where it is quoted. One of the lines of Parmenides and six of the single lines of Empedokles given by Clement are also found in Plutarch. Consequently I regard it as not-impro- bable that Clement drew quotations from Plutarch, and as all but certain that he drew from the Stoic sources of Plutarch. The wrong interpretation of Hera. 116 (ap. Clement 699), 122 (ap. 18), 67 (ap. 251), 79 (ap. 111), and perhaps 27 (ap. 229) is additional proof that Clement was entirely unfamiliar with the context in which these passages originally stood, and therefore probably did not draw from the original. While we are quite unable to trust Clement’s interpretation of his quota- tions, it should be remarked that he is exceedingly careful togive the correct form (e.g. Hera. 101 ap. Clement 586 as compared with the same fragment in Hippolytos ; in this quotation he gives the dialect forms with his usual fidelity).

It remains to consider several series of passages, and to ask whether these were quoted at firsthand. In the Protreptikos we find Herakleitos fragments 122, 124, 125 together, and a little farther on 126-127 (cf. 122 ap. Clement 680, and 128 ap. 649) on the topic of popular worship. These are clearly quoted irom a connected passage, and not phrases that have been passed on 88 proverbs. Moreover 124-127 are somewhat

APPENDIX 275

122 ap. Clement 680, and 128 ap. 649) on the topic of popular worship. These are clearly quoted irom a connected passage, and not phrases that have been passed on 88 proverbs. Moreover 124-127 are somewhat

APPENDIX 275

closely connected with each other (perhaps 122 belongs with them). It is evident that-Clement (or possibly the immediate source of Clement) drew them from a somewhat extended passage in the original. Another series of passages from Herakleitos and Empedokles (ap. Clement 516 and 520) are quoted as illustrating the misery of human life. They occur together in a long series of quotations on this topic, and at least one line, Empedokles 404, is not quite pertinent ; its lack of fitness in this connection may mean that Clement is adapting a collection of passages made (wholly or in part) by another hand for a slightly different purpose. Again, a con- — siderable number of fragments, especially in books ii. and v. of the Stromata, are pithy proverbial statements of the funda- mental attitude of Herakleitos toward other men (cf. Herakl, 5-8, 104, 2-8, 49, 111b with its addition from Demosthenes de corona p. 824). These are all marked by their proverbial form, and are many of them quoted by other writers. It is most natural to think that they were drawn from a collection of Herakleitean sayings such as is presupposed by the allusions of Marcus Aurelius and perhaps by the parody of Lucian.

As to the poetic citations in the fifth book of the Stromata it seems to me wholly likely that the verses of Xenophanes, and Parmenides 188-189, are quoted from the original poems. Empedokles lines 74 and 165 are repeated as proverbs; lines 88, 74, 104 (quoted with Herakleitos 68) are often-quoted verses on the favourite topic of the elements ; lines 842-343 are quoted with Herakleitos 49, lines 16-17 with Parmenides 28-80 and Herakleitos 111, and it is quite probable that Clement found the topical groups of quotations ready to his hand. Empedokles 26 f., 55 f., 81, 180f., are all introductory lines, and these too may have been collected by some earlier writer. We may conclude, then, that many of the citations in Clement were not taken from the original works, but that some may have been; the most important fact is that Clement tran- scribes his quotations with great faithfulness.

§ 10. The citations given in the works of Sextus Empiricus are important because they are in a measure independent of the Stoic line of tradition ; we may even say with confidence that some of them are cited from the original works. For

7 2

910 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

§ 10. The citations given in the works of Sextus Empiricus are important because they are in a measure independent of the Stoic line of tradition ; we may even say with confidence that some of them are cited from the original works. For

7 2

910 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

Herakleitos there is only one important series of fragments, namely that found in adv. Math.vii. §§ 126-184. Fragments 52 and 54 of Herakleitos are indeed mentioned in a series of epigrams with no name attached to them (Pyrrh.i. 55), and a little later (Pyrrh. iii. 115 and 280) there is an allusion to the well-known Fr. 42 and a statement of Herakleitos’ opinion as to life and death (cf. Fr.78). The discussion adv. Math. vii. §$ 126-184 is a statement of the doctrine of sense-perception which Sextus attributes to Herakleitos. Diels has given good reasons (Dox. 209-211) for believing that this passage is based on Aenesidemus, a skeptic philosopher with strong Herakleitean leanings of the first century B.c. In it are contained the full form of Fr. 2 (cited in part by other writers) and Fr. 4 and 92 (with comment based on a longer passage) ; there is also a phrase reminding the reader of Fr.77 in § 190. This is the fullest extant material for reconstructing the introduction to Herakleitos’ book, and was evidently based on the text of Herakleitos. While it is cited quite accurately, it is probable that Sextus took the citation from the same source as the rest of the discussion ; still, when we remember Sextus’ fondness for citing procmiums, we cannot say definitely that he did not take it himself from the work of Herakleitos. Xenophanes is cited in passages varying in length from one to four lines. Most of these passages are not known from other writers or known only from late Homeric commentators. Where the same passage is cited twice, there is no variation except in the arrangement of the lines. Fr. vii. is given in part twice—once lines 8-4, and again lines 1, 2, and 4 (see supra p. 66).—From Parmenides (in addition to the line 182 given by Plato and Aristotle) Sextus gives the procmium of his work. Although earlier editors have extensively re- arranged this passage, I believe it is substantially correct in Sextus, and I see no reason to doubt that it was taken from the work itself. The citation of other lines before 58 by Plato and by Simplicius confirms the suspicion, however, that Sextus had omitted something at this point. From Empedo- kles’ main philosophical work Sextus gives a portion of the procemium (lines 2-23), as well as four lines from the intro- duction to the καθάρµατα. It is reasonable to believe that

ΑΡΡΕΝΡΙΣ 277

From Empedo- kles’ main philosophical work Sextus gives a portion of the procemium (lines 2-23), as well as four lines from the intro- duction to the καθάρµατα. It is reasonable to believe that

ΑΡΡΕΝΡΙΣ 277

these lines with 428-485 were cited from the original poem ; the only errors are copyists’ blunders. Sextus also cites Empedokles 33-35 and 78-80. These are much copied lines, and the form in Sextus includes some obvious errors, e.g. ἀήρ for αἰθήρ (1. 78) and φιλία for φιλότης (1. 80), (cf. ἦπιον 1. 79)— errors which very likely were found in the source from which Sextus drew the lines! We may conclude that Sextus cited sometimes from the original, sometimes at second hand; and that his citations reproduce his source accurately except that he sometimes omits verses from their connection. |

§ 11. The quotations in the Refutatio omnium heresium, which is now attributed to Hippolytos, include some that are very accurate and others of which the text is hopeless, an anomaly that is very difficult to explain. In the fifth book one phrase reminds the reader of Herakleitos 71, while Hera- kleitos 68a is quoted with the author’s name, and 101 without it. In the sixth book there is an allusion to two forms of fire (Hera. 21), and Herakleitos 29 combined with 95 is quoted under the name of Pythagoras. Most of the quotations from Herakleitos, however, are closely grouped in ix. ch. 9-10. Some of these are phrases familiar in earlier writers (e.g. Hera. 8, 47, and 69); 2, 44, 45, and 85 are passages of some length which Hippolytos gives in accurate form; 24 is accompanied by a Stoic explanation, and probably the phraseology of 28 and 36 is Stoic ; in most of the citations in this group the text is very carefully given, even to the connecting particles, but besides the fragments in Stoic form just mentioned, the text of 123 is corrupted beyond possibility of restoration, and 58 1s almost as bad. These fragments are consistently interpreted as antici- pating the views of a Christian sect, and it is possible that the κρινέει Of 26 is due to this influence rather than to the Stoics. Bywater (p. ix) suggests that Hippolytos drew his quotations directly from the work of Herakleitos ; but it is not easy to regard the difference in accuracy as wholly a difference in the accuracy of one man’s copying.

The quotations from Empedokles, as indeed from other poets, show that Hippolytos was often very careless. The

1 Simplicius copies the same error in line 78, probably finding it in his copy of Empedokles.

278 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

The quotations from Empedokles, as indeed from other poets, show that Hippolytos was often very careless. The

1 Simplicius copies the same error in line 78, probably finding it in his copy of Empedokles.

278 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

omission of a word (e.g. lines 884, 885 ap. Hipp. 165, 1. 84 ap. 246) is too common to be attributed wholly to the carelessness of copyists, nor would the rest of the text of Hippolytos justify this supposition. Lines 83-35 are quoted twice (p. 246 and p. 813), and the last line differs in the two cases; such a change as from réyye to σπὀνδε (p. 518) is not one that a copyist would be very likely to make. On the other hand, it is hardly conceivable that the errors in ll. 110 f. ap. p: 247, 222 f. ap. p. 251, 888 f. ap. p. 254 existed in any text that Hippolytos copied. The only possible explanation for this phenomenon is that sometimes Hippolytos quoted from memory, paying no attention either to metre or to phraseology, and sometimes (as in his quotations from Herakleitos gene- rally) from either the original or a source that was very close to the original. Since so many of the Empedoklean passages are not cited by any other writer, we may suppose that Hippolytos drew them from the original.

§ 12. Of the quotations in Diogenes Laertios from Hera- kleitos, Bywater says (p.x): ‘Laertium . . . libro pervetusto usum esse nemo jam adfirmaverit.’ We do find four sentences of some length from Herakleitos, the genuineness of which is not questioned (Fr. 16, 17, 112, 114); it'is noticeable that these fragments, together with the allusions to Fr. 38 and 119, all refer to particular men, and so possessed a special interest for the biographical writers, who were Diogenes’ main source. Three other fragments of more than two words are given by Diogenes (71, 100, and 103), and these are not found in any other Greek writer. The remaining fragments consist of only one or two words (22, 48, 62, 69, 80, 113), or are now regarded as spurious (181, 182), There is no reason to think that the fragments of Herakleitos contained in this work are not copied with reasonable accuracy ; on the other hand, we may assume from what we know of Diogenes’ method of work that they were not drawn directly from the writings of Herakleitos.

Diogenes quotes Xenophanes xiv. 1-2, and Empedokles ]. 6, in a series of passages on skepticism, Xen. xviil. in a series on Pythagoreanism; Fr. xxiv., the only one not found elsewhere, relates to the life of Xenophanes. From Parmenides

og ey neg es ee -- θα --''' '

APPENDIX 279

Diogenes quotes Xenophanes xiv. 1-2, and Empedokles ]. 6, in a series of passages on skepticism, Xen. xviil. in a series on Pythagoreanism; Fr. xxiv., the only one not found elsewhere, relates to the life of Xenophanes. From Parmenides

og ey neg es ee -- θα --''' '

APPENDIX 279

are quoted lines 28-30 and 54-56. The last passage does not really illustrate the point for which it is quoted (the senses inexact), and our text of Diogenes contains two blunders from some copyist. Portions of the proemium of Empedokles’ main work on philosophy ( 1, 24-82, ap. viii. 60 and 59) are mentioned in connection with the name of Satyros. It is pretty clear (ap. viii. 62) that a ‘ Herakleitos ’ is the source from which lines 852-863 are taken; if so, the statement vill. 54 that thisis the beginning of the καθάρµατα comes from the same writer. Lines 884-885 are quoted much in the form in which they appear in Athenaeos, though with one copyist’s error; from the same work of Empedokles we have also lines 855, 415, 417 in passages where Diogenes had just mentioned Timaeos. The familiar lines 85 and 67-68 are found here— line 35 in a very confused form. In general these lines from poetic writers show numerous small errors, which may be due to the state of our manuscripts. Both the fragments from Herakleitos and those in poetic form are of great value, though we are in the dark as to their immediate source.

§ 18. The works of neo-Platonic writers frequently mention the earlier philosophers, but yield few fragments of value. Plotinos refers to ten fragments of Herakleitos. Four of these (80, 82, 88, 85) have the form of quotations, and in two instances the name of Herakleitos is mentioned; they are, however, very short, and give no clue to their source. Sometimes Plotinos plays on words that were evidently known as Herakleitean, eg. Fr. (47?), 54, 69, 80; or again an Herakleitean idea is stated in his own words, Fr. 82, 88, 99, 180. The manner in which these quotations and allusions are made shows that the phrases were very familiar, either in earlier writers or possibly in some collection of sayings. Line 81 b of Parmenides is quoted with no name; line 40b is quoted with the author’s name, and is followed by an account of the context which shows that it was drawn from a passage of some length. From Empedokles we find only two phrases, taken from lines 881 and 882, that are worked into the text of Plotinos.

Porphyry quotes from Herakleitos only familiar phrases, and these in the briefest form (74 ap. de anir. nym. ΧΙ. and

280 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

From Empedokles we find only two phrases, taken from lines 881 and 882, that are worked into the text of Plotinos.

Porphyry quotes from Herakleitos only familiar phrases, and these in the briefest form (74 ap. de anir. nym. ΧΙ. and

280 ΤΗΕ FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

72 ap. de antr. nym. x.). The phrases were so familiar that it was only necessary to suggest the idea (e:g. 56 ap. de antr. nym. xxix.) without mentioning the name of the philosopher. Parmenides is not so well known; Greeks and Egyptians, we read, say that he mentioned the two gates in his Physika (de antr.nym.xxiii.). Only the καθάρµατα of Empedokles is quoted, but here Porphyry knows the subjects treated in the work (de abst. II. xxi.), and sometimes the full context of the passage he quotes (e.g. de antr. nym. viii.). In the case of lines 416-420 we are not sure that Porphyry was right in applying the verses to Parmenides; still, the quotations would seem to be taken directly from the καθάρµατα and copied with fair accuracy.

Iamblichos draws a few quotations from his predecessors in the neo-Platonic school (Empedokles, lines 415-420 from Porphyry; and Herakleitos, Fr. 69, 82, 88 from Plotinos, if Stobaeos is correct in attributing this group of fragments to Iamblichos). Most of the allusions to fragments of Hera- kleitos, however, cannot be traced to this source. The com- bination of Herakleitos 29 and 95, which Hippolytos had attributed to Pythagoras, Iamblichos also attributes iv the same thinker; his language, however, differs in detail from that used by Hippolytos. Two words of Herakleitos 114 (which had been cited by the Stoics and by Diogenes) are given,. with the additional statement that Herakleitos gave laws to the Ephesians. Bywater’s number 128 is an allusion probably including a single word from Herakleitos, as does 129 also. Two words each from Fr. 11 and 12 (both found in Plutarch) are worked into the text of Iamblichos—in the former instance with the name of Herakleitos. Finally 105, which also appears in Plutarch, is given here in more accurate form. These references to Herakleitos, like those of the earlier neo-Platonists, are all made to fragments assumed to be familiar because they had been quoted often by earlier writers.

The writings of his predecessors in this same school are frequently mentioned by Proklos, but his quotations from pre- Sokratic thinkers seem not to be derived from them. In the commentary on Parmenides several scattered lines are quoted

APPENDIX 281

The writings of his predecessors in this same school are frequently mentioned by Proklos, but his quotations from pre- Sokratic thinkers seem not to be derived from them. In the commentary on Parmenides several scattered lines are quoted

APPENDIX 281

from the works of the original Parmenides. The quotations are very brief; they include in all only parts of six or seven lines, and sometimes these are cited more than once. It is therefore quite unlikely that Proklos drew them directly from the poem of Parmenides. In his commentary on the Timaeos Proklos uses the form of quotation from Herakleitos six times (alluding to Fr. 16, 82, 44, 68, 79, 80), but only 82 and 44 can be called quotations, while even these are very brief. On p. 106 Ἡ we find part of what Diogenes gives in connection with Fragment 80, but no part of 80 itself; 79 was cited by the early Christian writers, and Proklos interpreted it in the same manner that they had done; 68 also had been paraphrased in the source from which Proklos drew it. So far as Herakleitos is concerned, we see how far from their origin the tradition of the fragments had gone, but we get no new light on their original form.

A few lines of Parmenides we know only from Proklos. Verses 29-90 had been given by Diogenes and Clement, but some of the verses 88-40 are new. In these instances, as 18 usually the case with the quotations in Proklos, the text of the quotations is in a condition almost hopeless. Jiideed, at p- 160 p a line and a half of Parmenides are filled out with half a line from Empedokles under the name of the former writer. From Empedokles only single lines (once two lines together) are given, and they aid but little in the reconstruc- tion of the text. Proklos, like Plutarch, is very careful to cite the name of his authorities; but the text of the quota- tions is so carelessly reproduced that they are of little value.

§ 14. The commentators on Aristotle early began to illus- trate his statements about earlier thinkers by passages copied from their works. Alexander of Aphrodisias and Joh. Philoponos seldom add fragments not contained in the works of Aristotle himself; but Simplicius copies long extracts, so that, except for Herakleitos, his commentaries are the most important source for our knowledge of the writings of the pre-Sokratic philosophers. There can be no doubt that most of these quotations—at least in his commentary on the Physics of Aristotle—were drawn from the original works, The most careful scrutiny of the passages from Zeno, Melissos,

282 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

There can be no doubt that most of these quotations—at least in his commentary on the Physics of Aristotle—were drawn from the original works, The most careful scrutiny of the passages from Zeno, Melissos,

282 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

and Anaxagoras fails to reveal any reason for questioning their character as genuine quotations, except in the case of some of the fragments of Melissos. Pabst (and independently Burnet) has shown that the so-called Fragments 1-5 of Melissos, though given in the form of quotations, are in reality an epitome covering more briefly the same ground that is covered by the following fragments, and adding almost nothing to our knowledge of Melissos. It is wholly unlikely that Simplicius made this epitome him- self, for that would be at variance with his ordinary method of work, and with his custom later in dealing with Melissos. So we are driven to assume either that he drew them from some epitome of Melissos to which he had access, or, what seems to me more probable, that he copied them from an earlier commentator, whose habit it was to condense his quotations rather than to copy them at full length. If now. we examine the quotations in Simplicius’ commentary on the de caelo (Melissos Fr. 17 and numerous lines from Parmenides and Empedokles), it is noticeable that a considerable number’ of them occur also in the scholia to Aristotle. It is possible that as they appear in our.scholia they all come from Simplicius. One long quotation (Melissos Fr. 17) is, however, taken by Eusebios from Aristokles, a much earlier commen- tator on Aristotle. This fact of course confirms the belief that earlier commentators on Aristotle accessible to Simplicius already contained quotations from the philosophers in question ;! and the presence in our scholia of so many fragments quoted by Simplicius on the de caelo would at least suggest an inves- tigation of the question whether our scholia drew them from an earlier source than Simplicius—in other words, whether Simplicius did not in all probability take them from the commentaries of his predecessors. So when we find Par- menides line 78 ap. Simplicius, Physica 29, 18 in the form that Plato had quoted it,? when we find line 60 ap. 120, 23 quoted from an indirect source (cf. p. 145, 4, where it is quoted in context), we may conclude that Simplicius took

' Diels, Doxographi Graeci, Ρ. 112, shows that Simplicius used the work of Alexander of Aphrodisias.

2 Cf. the correct form Simp. Phys. 159, 15; it is not unlikely that Kines 52, 53 ap. 135, 21, and 122 ap. 39, 18 were also taken from Plato.

| APPENDIX 283

112, shows that Simplicius used the work of Alexander of Aphrodisias.

2 Cf. the correct form Simp. Phys. 159, 15; it is not unlikely that Kines 52, 53 ap. 135, 21, and 122 ap. 39, 18 were also taken from Plato.

| APPENDIX 283

those quotations from Parmenides at second hand, and not improbably from earlier commentators on Aristotle. The quotations from Herakleitos are all of them in a late form, and show that Simplicius was not familiar with any work under the name of Herakleitos.! Nor did Simplicius know Xenophanes at first hand. The two quotations from his poem occur in the discussion of a passage from Theophrastos, and are probably taken from him. The quotations show, how- ever, that Simplicius knew at first hand the works of Zeno, *Melissos, Anaxagoras, Parmenides, and Empedokles, and it remains to examine the numerous quotations from the last two thinkers in order to form some idea as to the probable accuracy of Simplicius’ method of quotation.

Stein in his attempt to restore the text of Parmenides finds numerous misarrangements of the lines and breaks where one or more lines have dropped out. Certainly there is evidence that Simplicius omitted four or more lines between 89 and 94, nor does he indicate the breakin any way. Several times a phrase of his own is inserted in the middle of a line (e.g. Phys. 89, 28; 148, 22), and once a line is filled out metrically, according to our manuscripts, by a phrase which is generally regarded as a comment from Simplicius (Phys. 145, 16). The text itself of these fragments is often very dubious in our manuscripts (e.g. lines 96, 98, 100), but Simplicius may not be responsible for this. In our manu- scripts also we read sometimes wirds, sometimes αὐτός, and when either dv or ἑών (ὄντα or ἐόντα) is metrically possible, the shorter is usual; here again we cannot with any confidence hold that Simplicius is responsible.

The quotations from Empedokles shed more light on the method of Simplicius. Not infrequently lines are omitted in sequence, as two lines between 68 and 70 (Phys. 158, 1 f.), and again in the same quotation one line between 90 and 92, and two lines between 98 and 94. According to Bergk the line between 174 and 176 should be omitted (it is identical with 184) ; and Schneidewin inserts here line 175 (of Stein)

' Four out of the six quotations from Herakleitos are given either in Plato or Aristotle, or both; Frag. 20 comes directly or indirectly from a Stoic source.

284 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

20 comes directly or indirectly from a Stoic source.

284 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS OF GREECE

from Stobaeos; the passage occurs twice in the same form in Simplicius, however (and once in the scholia to Aristotle), so that this error probably existed in the text from which Simpli- cius copied. On p. 98, 19 of the Physica two passages from different parts of the poem of Empedokles are joined without break, and the end of line 95 (Stein 115) is modified to make the connection between the two passages. In two instances I believe that Simplicius (or some copyist) has repeated in a quotation some lines from the last previous quotation. On p. 159 of the Physica the end of the first quotation is repeated as the end of the second, except that a summary phrase is substituted for the last half-line; again on p. 160 (lines 6-8) we find three lines which had occurred in the last previous quotation, and which are inserted here with the change of a connecting word. Sometimes we can point out an error that probably existed in the text from which Simplicius copied, as in the case of line 175 mentioned above. Thus ἐδεῖτο in line 99, κῆρυξ in 93, βεβλάστηκε at 105, and probably Περος in 78 appear in repetitions of the same quotation at different points, and so may be assigned to the source of Simplicius. In other instances we may say that Simplicius copied carelessly, as in the case of line 89, which is corrected in the prose paraphrase, and possibly 188, where the curious text in the Physica may be corrected from the de caelo. The state of our manuscripts of Simplicius, however, is probably responsible for most of the numerous errors in the forms of words.

From this survey of the sources I have omitted the names of many writers who furnish some little addition to our know- ledge of the fragments, for their method of quotation 18 relatively unimportant, nor have I thought it necessary to consider later writers who throw light only on the later history of the fragments. Accordingly I have not spoken of Kusebios, who repeats quotations from Plutarch and from Clement, or of Theodoret, who drew from Clement, or of Julian, who drew from Plutarch. Again, I have not spoken of Stobaeos, or Eustathios, or the scholia generally, as sources, for we are not at present able to determine the line of tradition for these fragments. I have, however,

APPENDIX 289

examined the more important sources of fragments, in order that the student may be able to estimate the relative value of the sources, both as to text and as to directness of trans- mission, in his own study of them. |

II.

I have, however,

APPENDIX 289

examined the more important sources of fragments, in order that the student may be able to estimate the relative value of the sources, both as to text and as to directness of trans- mission, in his own study of them. |

II.

§ 15. Turning now to the doxographic tradition, we may state the problem as follows :—In the Placita philosophorum attributed to Plutarch, in the Hclogae physicae of Stobaeos, in fragments from Arius Didymos, in Hippolytos, and in other writers, we find copious statements as to the opinions of the early philosophers. These opinions shed light on many points not mentioned in the fragments of their writings now remain- ing, and so they have great importance for the student of their systems. At the same time they are often confused and unre- liable. The problem is to determine the relation of these writers to each other, as well as to the source of the whole series, in order that we may estimate their relative value. This work has been most successfully accomplished in the Prolegomena to Diels’ Doxographt Graeci, a work that is absolutely indispensable to the student of this subject. There is no occasion to reopen here a question that Diels has so suc- cessfully solved, but I propose to state briefly a few of the conclusions which the reader will find substantiated in the work of Diels. oA

The most obvious fact to one who takes up the study of the doxographic writers is that the Placita attributed to Plu- tarch, and the Hclogae physicae, which was originally a part of the Florilegiwm of Stobaeos, are intimately related ; and when the two are printed side by side, as the reader finds them in the text of Diels, the likeness of the two is most striking. At the same time the two books are not identical, and each gives much material that the other omits. Stobaeos cannot have copied from the work attributed to Plutarch, for even in pas- sages that occur in the Placita Stobaeos not infrequently gives the fuller form; nor can the writer of the Placita have copied from Stobaeos, for his work can be traced back nearly three centuries before the time of Stobaeos. It was used by

250 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

It was used by

250 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

Athenagoras in his defence of the Christians 177 a.p. (Doz. p. 4) ; it was mentioned by Theodoret (Doz. p. 47); and im- portant corrections of the text are made by Diels on the autho- rity of Kusebios, Cyril, and the pseudo-Galen, all of whom had. used it. Theodoret (Therap. IV. 81, Dox. 47) mentions the epitome by Plutarch, but only after he has mentioned the Placita of Aetios, ᾿Αετίου τὴν περὶ ἀρεσκόντων συναγωγήν, and it is this work of Aetios which Diels vindicates as the source both of Plutarch and of Stobaeos, while Theodoret also quotes from it occasionally. A careful study of these three writers and their methods enables Diels to reconstruct a large part of the work of Aetios; and it is the sections of this work bearing on the earlier philosophers which I have translated (see III. English Index under ‘Aetios’). Of Aetios himself almost nothing is known ; the work assigned to him must have been written between the age of Augustus and the age of the Antonines (Dox. 100). It was in four books, divided into chapters by topics, and in each chapter the opinions of the philosophers were given not by schools but by affinity of their opinions.

§ 16. Fortunately we are in a position to say what was the beginning of that style of composition of which the work of Aetios is an example. Aristotle, as we have seen, paid con- siderable attention to the earlier thinkers and often stated their opinions as the introduction to his own position. A list of the works of his pupil and successor Theophrastos is given by Diogenes Laertios (v. 46, 48), and in the list there is mentioned a book in eighteen chapters περὶ τῶν φυσικῶν, and 8 little later another book in sixteen chapters of φυσικῶν δόξων. We have a long fragment de sensibus which Diels has edited in connection with the later doxographists (Doz. pp. 499 Τ.), and from this we can learn something of his method. In this fragment he discusses the opinions of his predecessors as to sense-perception, grouping them by affinity, and not chronologically or by schools. The work is done conscien- tiously, and is based on a study of the original writings of the thinkers he treats (v. supra, pp. 280f.). Other fragments from the first book have been pointed out by Brandis and Usener (Analecta Theophrastea) in Simplicius’ Commentary on

APPENDIX πλου δή

Aristotle’s Physics ; while we have also several pages pre- served in Philo de incorrupt. mundi. In the first book, to judge from the fragments in Simplicius, Theophrastos arranged the earlier thinkers by schools and accompanied his statements with brief biographical notices (e.g. pp. 11, 257 supra). Such a work was of the greatest convenience to later writers, and especially to the compilers who were so numerous in the age ‘of the decadence. In fact the whole doxographic tradition may be traced back to this work of Theophrastos.

pp. 11, 257 supra). Such a work was of the greatest convenience to later writers, and especially to the compilers who were so numerous in the age ‘of the decadence. In fact the whole doxographic tradition may be traced back to this work of Theophrastos.

In the last centuries of the pre-Christian era there was an unusual interest in the biographies of famous men. Apocry- phal anecdotes were gathered from popular gossip, deduced from the works of these writers, or made up with no foun- dation at all. In the second century several writers of the peripatetic school wrote the lives of the philosophers after this fashion. We hear of βίοι by Hermippos and by Satyros, and of the διαδοχαὶ τῶν φιλοσόφων of Satyros; and we are told that Herakleides of Lembos worked over what his immediate pre- decessors had collected. Phanias of Eresos is one of the ‘authorities’ of this school. Much of this material has come down to us in the work of Diogenes Laertios.

On the book of Theophrastos, and on the ‘Lives’ or the ‘ Successions of the philosophers,’ as they were often called, the later doxographic writers based their work. Even in Diogenes Laertios there is material from both sources, and we can define some fragments almost in Theophrastos’ own words. In the Philosophumena of Hippolytos the two sources are pretty clearly distinguished: chapters 1-4 and 10 (on Thales, Pythagoras, Empedokles, Herakleitos and Parmenides, see III. English Index under ‘ Hippolytos’) are made up of personal anecdotes such as writers of the lives were eager to collect and to repeat; chapters 6-8 and 11 (on Anaximandros, Anaxi- menes, Anaxagoras, and Xenophanes) come indirectly from the work of Theophrastos. The Stromateis attributed by Eusebios to Plutarch (see III. English Index under ‘ Plutarch,’ and Doz. pp. 579f.) are like the last-mentioned chapters of Hippolytos, though the language is often more careless.

A comparison of Aetios with Hippolytos, the Stromatezs, ' and the doxographic material in Cicero and Censorinus (from

288 THE FIRST PHILOSOPHERS ΟΕ GREECE

Varro) makes it clear that the Placita of Aetios are not based directly on the work of Theophrastos. Indeed (Doz. p. 100, and pp. 178 f.) it is evident from an examination of the work of Aetios by itself that much of his material is drawn from Stoic and Epicurean sources. As the main source for what remains after Stoic and Epicurean passages have been cut out, Diels postulates an earlier Placita (Vetusta placita, pp. 215f.). He finds traces of this in the work of Varro as used by Censorinus, in Cicero's Tusculan Disputations, and in some ~ later writers.

As the main source for what remains after Stoic and Epicurean passages have been cut out, Diels postulates an earlier Placita (Vetusta placita, pp. 215f.). He finds traces of this in the work of Varro as used by Censorinus, in Cicero's Tusculan Disputations, and in some ~ later writers.

§ 17. Résumé. The doxographic tradition starts with the work of Theophrastos on the opinions of his predecessors. On this work is based immediately the Vetusta placita; on the Vetusta placita is based the Placita of Aetios, and there are traces of its use by later writers; the Placita of Aetios may be partially reconstructed from Plutarch’s Placita and Stobaeos’ Hclogae. Again, using Theophrastos and gathering anecdotes from every side, writers of the second century B.c. wrote the lives of the philosophers. A line of tradition pro- bably independent of the Placita just considered appears in the work of Hippolytos, who used now the work of Theo- phrastos, now the lives; in Diogenes Laertios, where material from most various sources is indiscriminately mixed ; and in the Stromateis attributed to Plutarch by Eusebios, which are related to the better material of Hippolytos. Sim- plicius used Theophrastos directly. Finally in the fragments of Philodemos and the related material in Cicero’s Lucullus and De natura deorwm we find traces of a use of Theophrastos either by Philodemos himself, or in a common source of both Cicero and Philodemos—probably a Stoic epitome of Theo- phrastos made by the Phaedros whom Cicero mentions.

ne a ---- ----αμα- αλλα Eady

INDEXES

I. INDEX OF SOURCES

The references are to the critical notes. Anaximandros (Ad.), Herakleitos (H.), Zeno (Z.), Melissos (M.), and Anaxagoras,(A.), are referred to by fragments; Par- menides (P.) and Empedokles (E.) by lines. Other references are by pages (p.)

Achilles (commonly called Tatius) in Petavii de doctrina tempo- rum. Antwerp 1703. H. 119; Z. 12; BE. 138, 154

Aelian de natura animalium, ed. Hercher. E. 257-260, 488-439

Aeneas Gazaeus, Theophrastus, ed. Wolf. Turici 1560. H. 82

Albertus Magnus de vegetabilibus, ed. Meyer. H. 51

Alexander of Aphrodisias, Com- mentaries on Aristotle. H. 32, 84, 121

Amelius in Eusebios, Praeparatio evangelicae. H. 2

Ammonius on Aristotle de inter- pretatione. P. 60; E. 347-351

Anecdota Graeca, ed. Bekker. Ber- lin 1821. E. 156

Apollonios, Epistolae, in Hercher, Scriptores emstolographa. Paris 1873. H. 130, 133

Apuleius de mundo, ed. Gold- bacher. Wien 1876. H. 55, 59

Aristides Quintilianus de musica, ed. Meibomius. Amst. 1652. H. 68, 74

Aristokles in Eusebios, Praeparatio evangelicae. M.17

Aristotle (Edition of the Berlin Academy), Ad.1; H. 2, 32, 37,

41, 43, 46, 51, 56, 57, 59, 105; -

Ζ. 12, 26; P. 52-53, 103-104; 132, 146-149; E. 36-39, 48. 50, 69-73, 92, 98, 100, 104-107, 139-141, 145, 146-148, 165, 166-167, 168, 175, 182-183,

M.17

Aristotle (Edition of the Berlin Academy), Ad.1; H. 2, 32, 37,

41, 43, 46, 51, 56, 57, 59, 105; -

Ζ. 12, 26; P. 52-53, 103-104; 132, 146-149; E. 36-39, 48. 50, 69-73, 92, 98, 100, 104-107, 139-141, 145, 146-148, 165, 166-167, 168, 175, 182-183,

197-198, 199-201, 208, 219, 221, 236-237, 244, 270; 273-274, 279; 280, 287-311, 313b, 316-325, 326, 330-332, 333-335, 425-427 Arius Didymus in Eusebios, Prae- paratio evangelicae. Ἡ. 42 Athenaeos, Deipnosophistae. Ἡ. 16, 54; Z.17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23; E. 914, 383-884, 405-411 Athenagoras, Legatioi in Migne, Pa- trologia Graeca; vol. vi. E. 34-35 Aulus Gellius, Noctes Atticae. Ἡ. 16; E. 441

Caelius Aurelianus de moribus acutis et chronicis, ed. Wetstein: Amst. 1709. Ῥ. 150-155

Cedrenus, Chronicles in Scriptores istoriae Bysantinae. Bonn 1838. E. 355

Censorinus de die natali, ed: Hultsch. Lips. 1867. H. 87

Cicero, opera. H. 118, 114

Clement of Alexandria (references are to the pages of Potter’s edition, Oxford 1715). H. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 27, 31, 49, 54, 60, 64, 67, 68, 74, 77, 78, 79, 80, 86, 101, 102, 104, 110, 111, 116, 118, 122, 123, 124, 125, 127, 130; Z. 1, 5, 6; P. 29-30, 40, 59-60, 90-93,133_139 ; E. 26-28, 98, 55-57, 74, 78, 81, 130-138, 147-148, 165, 342-343, 344-346, 366-368, 383-384, 385, 890-391, 400-401, 404, 445-446, 447-451 |

G

290 Columella de re rustica, ed. Ernesti. 1774. H. 53

Cornutus, Compendium graecae theologiae. E. 397-399 ~

Cyrillus adversum Julianum in Migne, Patrologia Graeca. E. 412-414

Didymos, Geoponica in Niclas, G icorum libri xx. Lips. 1781. E. 441

Dio Cassius, Historia Romana. H. 67

Dio Chrysostom, Orations, ed. Reiske. H. 80

Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca his- torica. EK. 354

Diogenes Laertios de vitis philo- sophorum. H. 4, 16, 17, 19, 22, 83, 48, 62, 69, 71, 80, 103, 112, 113, 114, 119, 181, 132; Z. 14, 18, 24; Ῥ. 28-30, 54-56; E. 1, 6, 24-32, 34-35, 67-68, 352-363, 383-384, 415, 417

Draco Stratoniceus poeticis, ed. Hermann. 1812. Z. 28

de metris Lips.

Elias Cretensis, p. 54

Epicharmos in Mullach, Frag- menta Philos. Graec. H. 81

Epictetus, Dissertationes. Ἡ. 85

Etymologicum Magnum. H. 66; Z.18; E. 150

Eusebios, Praeparatio evangelicae. H. 2, 8, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 110, 122, 124, 125; Z. 1, 5, 6; M. 17; P. 60; E. 33-35, 377-380, 412-414, 450-451

Eustathius, Commentaries on Homer. H. 48, 66, 74, 119; Z. 18, 17; E. 168, 182-183, 405-407

Monacense , ed.

Florilegium H. 132, 134, 135

Meineke.

Gaisford, Poetae minores Graeci. P. 151-153; E. 169-185, 210- 213, 240-242, 244-246

Galen, in Scriptores medici, ed. Kuhn. H. 53, 74, 113; Z. 14; Ῥ. 150; E. 91, 98, 100, 161, 276-278

INDEX OF SOURCES

Glykas, Annales, ed. Bekker, Bonn 1836, in Corpus script. Byzant. H. 74

Byzant. H. 74

Gregory Nazianzen, H. 130

Orations.

Hephaestion, Enchiridion, ed. Gaisford. Lips. 1832. E. 164 Herakleitos (pseudo-), Epistolae in Bywater’s Heraclitus. H. 12, 39, 40, 60, 121

Herakleitos (Herakleides), Alle- goriae Homericae. H. 22, 67, 81; E. 34-35

Hermeias on Plato’s Phaedros, ed. Ast. H. 74

Herodian, Reliquiae, ed. Lentz. Lips. 1870. ᾖ3. 28, 29, 30, 31

Hesychius, Lexicon. H. 80

Hierokles, Commentary on the Carmen aureum, in Mullach, Fragmenta Philos. Graec. vol. i. E. 385-386, 389

Hippokrates, in Bywater’s Hera- clitus. H. 39, 61, 66, 69, 70, 82

Hippolytos, Refutatio omnium haeresium, ed. Duncker, Schnei- dewin. Gottingen 1859. H. 1, 2, 13, 21, 24, 26, 28, 29, 35, 36, 44, 45, 47, 50, 52, 57, 58, 67, 68, 69, 71, 79,101, 123; Z.14; E. 33-35, 110-111, 333-335, 338-341, 948.. 349, 369-370

Iamblichos de mysterits &c. H. 11, 12, 29, 69, 79, 82, 83, 95, 105, 114, 128, 129; E. 415-420

Iohannes Lydus de mensibus, ed. Bekker. Berlin 1837,in Corpus scriptorum historiae Byzantinae. H. 87

Iohannes Siceliotas in Walz, Rhetores Graect. Stuttgart 1836. H. 2

Julian, Ovations, ed. Spanheim. Lips. 1696. H. 10, 16, 68, 80, 85 E. 388

Kleanthes’ Hymn to’ Zeus, in Heeren’s Stobaet Eclogae Phy- sicae. 1792. H. 19, 28, 91

Kleomedes wept jperedpwy, ed. Bakius. Lips. 1832. H. 69

INDEX OF SOURCES

Linos (pseudo-) in Mullach, F'rag-

menta Philos. Graec. vol. i. H. 19 Lucian, Dialogues. H. 14, 44, 67,

το, 114: E. 355

Macrobius, on Somnium Scipionis, and Saturnalia. H. 31; E. 150

Marcus Antoninus, Commentaries. H. 25, 34, 69, 73, 84, 90; E. 138

Maximus Confessor, Sermones, ed. Combefisius. Paris1675. H. 34, 136, 137

Maximus Tryrius, Dissertationes. H. 25, 67, 69

Musonius in Stobaeos, Florilegium. H. 69, 74, 114 (Cf. H. 27, 67, 74 in Clement, Patdagogos)

Numenius in Chalcidius on the Timaeos, in Mullach, Fragmenta Philos. Graec. vol. ii. H. 43 (Cf. H. 72in Porphyry, de antro nympharum)

Olympiodoros (cf. p. 17), Commen- taries on Plato and Aristotle. H. 20, 32, 68

Origen contra Celsum. H. 62, 85, 130; Z. 74; E. 374-375

Orphica, ed. G. Hermann. 1805. E. 488-439

Lips.

Philo Judaeus, Opera, ed. Mangey. H. 1, 2, 10, 22, 24, 64, 67, 68, 69, 70, 74, 79, 82, 85, 87, 194: E. 48-49, 386-387

Philodemos de pietate, ed. Gom- perz. H. 28

Philoponos, Commentaries on Aristotle. Z.10; P. 60-61, 81; KE. 98, 100, 219, 244, 270 271, 280, 284-285, 330-332, 333-335

Philostratos, vita Apollonii, ed. Kayser. E. 355, 383-384

Plato (Stephanus’ pages). H. 82, 41, 45, 58, 69, 79, 98,99; P.52- 53, 98, 103-105, 132

Plotinos, Enneades. H. 83, 54, 69, 80, 82, 83, 85, 99; P. 40, 81; E. 381-382

H. 82, 41, 45, 58, 69, 79, 98,99; P.52- 53, 98, 103-105, 132

Plotinos, Enneades. H. 83, 54, 69, 80, 82, 83, 85, 99; P. 40, 81; E. 381-382

Plutarch, Moralia and Lives. H.11, 12, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25, 29, 31, .34, 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 62, 70, 74, 78, 79, 80, 85, 87, 105, 108,

291

115, 116, 117, 120, 121, 122, 127, 1388; Z. 14,15; P. 60, 132, 144, 145; E. 5, 8-9, 33-35, 36-39, 40-44, 45-47, 51-54, 58-59, 60, 78, 79, 80-81, 98, 100, 135-136, 143-144, 149, 151, 153, 156, 157-159, 160, 161, 163, 165, 208, 209, 220, 221, 238-239, 243, 257-260, 261, 272, 279, 281, 282-283, 313, 373-381, 390, 998.. 396, 402, 408, 498. 494, 4950. 481. 440, 444

Pollux, Onomasticon. Ἡ. 85

Polybios, Historia. H.14-15 |

Porphyry, de antro nympharum, &e. H. 67, 70, 74; P. (1-30); Z. 10; E. 165-392, 401, 405- 420, 436-437

Probus, Comment. in Virgilit Bu- col. et Geor. E. 33-385

Proklos, Commentaries on Plato. H. 16, 82, 44, 68, 79, 80, 111; | P. 29-80, 33-42, 65, 81, 85, 108.. 105; Z.14; E. 3, 18, 188, 162, 386-387

Satyros in Diogenes Laertios. E.

Scholia to Aristophanes. Z. 27

Scholia to Aristotle. P. 140-143; Μ. 17; E. 169-185, 210-213, 244, 246, 240-242, 381-382

Scholia to Euripides. H. 138; Z. 13; E. 275

Scholia to Homer. . H. 39, 43, 61, 66, 85, 119; Z. 8, 11,13; E. 168, 182-183, 405-407, 67-68

Scholia to Nicander, Theriaca. Β. 421-422

Scholia to Plato, ed. Ast. E. 60

Seneca, Epistolae. H.77, 81,113,120

Sextus Empiricus, adv. Mathematt- cos,ed. Bekker. H. 2, 4, 42, 52, 54, 78; Z.2, 7, 8, 14: P. 1-30, 58-58, 132; E. 2-10, 33, 35, 77, 80, 333-835, 355, 364-365, 428-429

Simplicius de caelo. M. 17; 2. 28-32, 60, 62-65, 77, 110-113, 140-148, 151-153; E. 67-73, 114-115, 128, 169-185, 178, 181, 210-213, 215-218, 240-242, 244... 246, 254, 256

Simplicius, Commentary cn the Physics. H. 20, 41, 43, 56, 57, 58; X. 3,4; Z.1-16; M. 1-16;

292

P. 35-40, 43b-51, 52-58, 57-70, 82-89, 94-112, 110-121, 122-125, 126-128, 182; E. 61. 78, 74-95, 96, 109, 112-118, 119-129, 196, 138, 139, 141, 152, 171-185, 186-194, 195-196, 199-202, 203- 207, 218, 247-253, 262-269

Stobaeos, Florilegium and Eclogae physicae. H. 4, 11, 18, 59, 63, 67, τον 74, 104, 106, 107, 108, 109, 184 ; Z. 8, 11, 16; P. 103-105, 199: E. 67 68, 71, 91, 188, 175, 237-239, 269-270, 390, 402

Suidas, Geography. H. 30, 86, 114; E, 326

Symmachus, Epistolae. H, 118

Synesius, tolae, ed. Hercher. Paris a i E. 386-888; De insomnia, 474

Suidas, Lexicon. H. 9, 80; E. 24 99, 150

Tatianus, Oratio ad Graecos in Otto, Corpus apologet. vi. Jena 1851. H. 80

GREEK INDEX

Tertullian, in Migne, Patrologia latina i.-iii. H. 69, 71

Themistius, Orationes, ed. Trunca- vellus. Venet. 1534. H. 10; Para- phrases Arist. libr. ed. Spengel. Lips. 1866. H.122; E.330

Venet. 1534. H. 10; Para- phrases Arist. libr. ed. Spengel. Lips. 1866. H.122; E.330

Theodoret, Ecclesiastica historia. H. 3, 7, 8, 101, 102, 104, 122; Z. 5, 6; P. 60, 90; E. 56-57, 91, 834-336

Theodorus, Prodromus, v. supra, p. 50

Theon Smyrnaeus, Arithmetica, ed. Hiller. 1878. E. 442-443

Theophrastos, Opera, ed. Wimmer. H. 46, 84; P. 146-149; E. 182- 188, 219, 814-315, 336-337, 423-424; Ad.2; Z.2,3

Timon of Phlius in Eusebios, Praeparatio evangelicae. KE. 400. 401

Tzetzes, Chiliades, and Evxeget.in Fliiadum. H.66, 78; E. 24-32, 66-68, 244, 347-351, 396

Xenophon, Memorabilia. H. 58

ob.

Ἡ. GREEK INDEX

Parmenides (P.) and Empedokles (E.) are referred to by lines; Anaximandros (Ad.), Herakleitos (H.), Xenophanes (X.), Zeno (Z.), Melissos (M.), and Anaxagoras (A.), by the number of the fragment in which the word occurs. Occasional references to

pages are indicated by p.

ἀγαθός, H. 57, 61, 111

ἄγαλμα, H. 130; E. 408

ἀγχιβασίη, H. 9

ἄγω», Η. 119; Χ. 19

ἀδικία, Ad. 2

ὄεθλο», X. 19

ahp, pp. 17, 63; M.17; E. 132; A. 1, 2,6; P. 24; E. 450

ἀθάνατο», Ἐ. "425 : H. 67

ἀθρέω, EH. 4, 19, , 156

ἀΐδιος, Μ. 17; KE. 370

αἰθέριος, B. 377

αἰθήρ, Χ. 11; P. 198, 141; E. 3], 40, 78, 133, 146, 166, 198, 204, 211, 216, 991, 293, 299, 304, 310, 334, 379, 401: A. 1, 2, 6

αἴθρη, E. 158

αἴθριος, H. 30

αἷμα, Ὦ. 207, 292, 308, 327

αἶσα, Ῥ. 127; E. 113, 231, 266

αἴσιμος, BE. 301, 307

αἰσχρή, BE. 395

αἴω», H. 79; E. 71, 111, 224, 389, 420

ἀκίνητος, P. 82

ἄκος, H. 129

ἀκούη, H.13; P.55; E. 20, 21

ἀκούα, H. 2, 6; X. 2; M. 1τ; E. 14, 33

ἄκρητος, KE. 144, 183, 410, 412

ἀληθείη, P. 29, 36, 111; E. 366

ἀληθής, P. 73, 84,99; Μ. 17

ἀμβλύνω, I. 3, 228

ἄμβροτος, E. 99, 181, 355

ἀμηχανίη, P. 47

ἀμοιβή, p. 60

ἀμπλακίη, E. 371

ἀνάγκη, P. 72, 86,138; E. 232

GREEK INDEX —- 293

ἀνάπανσις, H. 104 yvapebs, H. 50 ἀναπαύω, H. 88, 86 γνωµή, H. 19,96; P. 113, 121 ἀναπνέω, Β. 287 γνωρίζω, p. 250 ἀνεμός, X. 11 γόμφος, P. 20; E. 241, (279) ἀνόητος, P. 73 yviov, E. 2, 98, 142, 249, 260, 269 ἀντίχθων, pp. 136, 148 308, 347, 371, 414 ἀξύνετος, H. 2,3 ἀοιδός, H. 111; X. 22 δαίµων, H. 97,121,131; P.3,128, &mreipos, H.2; X.12; A.1, 6; Z.1,3; p. 145; E. 254, 378 M. 7, 8, 9,11 δαΐφρω», E. 1 ἀπογίνομαι, Z. 1 δείλαιος, B. 446 ἀποκρίνομαι, Ε.48: Α. 2,4,6, 9, 10, δειλός, E. 3, 53, 228, 343, 400, 441 11. 19, 16 δέµας, P. 115, 119; Ε.198, 268 ἀκόκρισις, A. 10 δημιουργός, p. 61 ἀπόλειψις, E. 63 δῆμος, H. 100 ἀπόλλυμι, Μ. 11, 12,17; A. 17; διακοσµέαω, A. 6 E. 98 διάκοσμος, P. 120 ἀπορροή, E. 281 διακρίνοµαι, A. 6, 7, 14, 17 ἄραιος, p. 102; Μ. 14; BE. (196); διάλλαξιε, Ε. 38 A. 6,8 διάµορφα, EB. 102 ἄρθρο», E. 82 διαφέρω, H. 46, 46, 59, 93 ἄρκτος, H. 30 δίζηµι, H. 80; P. 62 ἁρμονίη, H. 45, 46,47; E.122, 137, ῥδί(ησις, P. 34, 45, 53 909 δίκαιος, H. 61; X. 19, 21 ἀρχή, - 70; M. 7,9; E. 180: δίκη, H. 60, 62, 118; P. 14, 28, 70; E. 5 να E. 111, 128 δίνη, E. 378 ἀστεμφής, E. 398 δολιχαίω», E. 107, (126)

45, 46,47; E.122, 137, ῥδί(ησις, P. 34, 45, 53 909 δίκαιος, H. 61; X. 19, 21 ἀρχή, - 70; M. 7,9; E. 180: δίκη, H. 60, 62, 118; P. 14, 28, 70; E. 5 να E. 111, 128 δίνη, E. 378 ἀστεμφής, E. 398 δολιχαίω», E. 107, (126)

airyh, E. 99, 152, 158, 157, 427 ναός Β. 133; Ρ. 90, (91), 111, 151; 848

αὐτοκρατής, A . Ρ. 123 βάκχοι, Ἡ. 124; X. 27 βάρβαρος, H. 4 ἔθος, Ῥ. 54 βασανί(ω, Ἡ. 58 εἶδος, Μ. 17: ΕΒ.125, 196, 192, 207, Bios, Ἡ. 66, 67; E. 249, 251, 373 266, 375 βληστρί(ω, Χ. 24 εἱμαρμένα, H. 63, p. 60 BépBopos, H. 538-54 ἐκπνέω, EB. 287, 294, 311 βρότειος, P. 111; E. 10, 35 ἔλεγχος, P. 56 βροτός, X.5; P. 46, 99, 109, 121; ἔμπαιος, E. 3 Β. 54, 147, 247, 303, 347 ἕν, H. 19, 59,91; M. 11,17; E. 62, βωμός, X. 21; E. 412 67, 118, 70, 76, 248 ἐξανατέλλω, Β. 258, 265 γένεσις, P. 77, 83; E. 63 ἐξευρίσκω, Ἡ. 7

γέννη, P. 62; E. 87, 192, 194, 980 Ἁἑξόλλυμι, Β. 47

yi, γαῖα, Ἡ. 21, 26, 08: X.8,9,10, Ἅἐπανίστημι, H. 123 12; P. 140, 144; Μ. 17; E. 96, éxloraum, H. 6, 19, 35 78, 182, 146, (152), 154, 158, 160, ἐπιχθόνιας, B. 448 165, 211, 333, 878, 891; A. 4,9, ἐργάτης, H. 90

10 ἔρις, Ἡ. ‘43, 46, 62 ynpels, X. 26 εὔδω, H. 2 γίνομαι, Ῥ. 69, 100; M.6,11,17; ebvopln, Χ.19

BK. 46, 48, 71, 95 εὐσεβής, Χ. 25; E. 408 γινώσκω, Ἡ. 18, 35, 106, 115, 180: εὐφρόνη, H. 31, 36, 77

X.18; P.39; A. 14; E. 281 εὔχομαι, Χ. 1°

γλαυκῶπις, Β. 159 ἐφημερίυι, E. 14, 338

994.

(deo, Ἡ. 56, 78, 128 (wh, E. 4

ἦθος, H. 96,121; E. 88, 226

Άλιος, H. 29, 31, 32, 196: P. 134, 140, 145; E. 98, 130, 135, 149, 164, 211, 379; A. 6, 10

ἆμαρ, Ρ. 11; E. 436

ἡμέρη, H. 32, 35, 36

Ἶρως, H. 130

θάλασσα, H. 21,28; X.11; E.136, 187

Oduyos, B. 41, 252, 884

θάνατος, H. 25, 64, 68

θεληµά, EB. (101), 174

θέµιε, P. 28, 88: E. 14, 44

Oeuirds, EB. 426

θεός, H. 12, 43, 44, 61, 67, (91), (96), 102, 180, 180a; X. 1, 5, 6, 7, 16, 21,29; P. 22; E. 11, 107, 129, 142, 841, 843, 355, 369, 405, 449

6yfoxw, H. 78

θνητόε, H. 67,111; X. 1, 16, 31; E. 17, 37, 68, 82, 86, 115, 128, 182, 184, 188, 212, 355, 365, 375, 391, 400

θρίξ, E. 2837; M.11; A.18

θυµός, H. 105; P.1; E. 414, 436, 446

ἰατρός, H. 58

ἰδέα, A. 8

ἱερός, E. 350 ἱλάειρα, E. 149, 152 ἱστορίη, H. 17 Ίστωρ, H. 49

καθαίρω, H. 190

καθαρµός, E. 352

καθαρός, H. 52; Χ. 21; P. 134; E. 12, 223, 273

καθεύδω, H. 78, 90, 94

κακοτεχνίη, H.17 —

καµασῆνες, Ih. 163, 214

κάµατος, H. 82, 104

καπνός, H. 37

καταθγῄσκω, KE. 47

κέλευθος, P. 11, 36, 51; E. 183, 376

κενεός, M. 14; E.91

κεραυνός, H. 28

κεφαλή, E. 347

κινέω, Μ. 8,14; A. 7

GREEK INDEX

κλεψύδρη, E. 295

18

κρᾶσις, E. 189, 192

κρίσις, Ῥ. 72; M. 14

xpotywpa, EB. 35

κυβερνάω, Ad. 1; H. 19; P. 128

κυκεώ», H. 84

κύκλος, Ρ.ΊΤ; E. 73, 112, 138, 153, 178

κύω», H. 115

κωφός, H.3; P.49

λαμπάς, Ε. 185

λεσχηνεύα, H. 190

λήγω, E. 66, 72, (89)

λῆναι, H. 124, (127)

λιβανωτός, Χ. 21

λίθος, A. 9

λόγος, Η. 1. 2, 92,116, 117; Χ. 18: P. 16, 56,110; M. 12,17; E.57, 59, 86, 170, 341

λύρη, H. 45

μάγοι, H. 124

palyoua, H. 12, 127, 190

µάρτυς, H. 4, 15, 118

μέγεθος, Z.1,3; Μ. 8

µέλεα, Ῥ. 146, 148; E. 139, 179, 238, 247, 268, 270, 312

peredhuwy, E. 353

µελέτη, E. 228, 339

µέμηλε, E. 343

µένω, P. 85, 86

pepluyn, E. 8, 45, 228 µέρος, BH. 112, 186, 200 µεταβάλλω, H. 83 µετακοσµέω, M. 11, 12 µεταπίπτω, H. 78; Μ. 12,17 µετρέοµαι, H. 23

pérpoy, Ἡ. 20, 29

pntloua, P. 131; E. 437 μῆτις, BE. 10, 120, 330 µιαίνω, H. 130

μῖγμα, p.9, 11, 122

µίγνυμι, P. 130; BE. 38, 259; A. 6 µίµνω, X.4

μῖξις, Ῥ. 129; B. 38, 40 µίσγω, E. 184, 254

porpa, P. 26, 97; A. 5, 6, 16 µόρος, H. 86, 101

µόρφη, P. 113; E. 97, 430

-- - ry -------- ----- ee -ἵ--- ee as —-

GREEK INDEX

µουνογενής, P. 60

μῦθος, P. 33, 57; E. 58, 74, 75, 129, 264, 367

µύστη, H. 124

puorhpia, H. 125

νεῖκος, Ὦ. 68, 79, (117), 139, 171, 175, 177, 194, 335, 382

νεκρός, Ἡ. 123

νέκυς, Ἡ. 85

νοέω, Χ. 2: P: 34, 40, 48, 64, 94, 96; E. 22, 28, 316, p. 250

νόημα, X.1; P. 53,94, 110, 149; E. 328, 329

νοητός, P. 64

νόμος, H. 91, 100, 110; E. 44

vous, H. 91,111; X.3; P. 48, 90, 147; E. 9, 81, 429; A. 5, 6, 7,12

νοῦσος, H. 104

νυκτιπόλος, H. 124

ὄγκος, EK. 247

636s, H. 69, 71, 187; P. 2, 27, 34, 45, 54, 57, 74

b(os, BE. 315

οἰακίζω, H. 30

οἶδα, Χ. 14, 24; P. 8, 46; E. 417

οἶδμα, E. 293, 310, 867, 415

οἴἵησις, H. 182, 184

οἶνος, X. 17, 21

ὄλεθρος, P. 77, 88

ὄλλυμι, P. 70, 100

ὄμβρος, Β. 100, 204, 215, 298, 304

ὅμιλος, H. 111

ὅμου πάντα, Ρ. 11; A. 1, 16

ὀρειλεχής, EB. 258, 438

ὅσιος, E. 12, 17

ὕστεα, E. 201

οὐλόμενος, E. 37, 79

οὐλοφυής, E. 265

οὔρανος, P. 187; E. 150, 187

ὕφθαλμος, H. 4, 15, 826, 344

ὄψις, Η. 13; E. 20, 272

πάθος, M. 16

παίζω, H. 79; E. 295

παίς, H. 73, 79, 86, 97; E. 294

127

πράπιδες, EH. 222, 342, 417, 418

πρήστηρ, H. 21, p. 63

προσγίνοµαι, Z.1; M. 12

πυκνός, p. 102, Μ. 14; E. 217

πύλη, P.11; E. 305

πυνθάνοµαι, KE. 10, 25

mip, Η. 20, 21, 22. 25, 26; Ῥ. 116, 126; M. 17; E. 78, 197, 216, 263, 267, 317, 822, 334

ῥιζώματα, EB. 33, 55 ῥόοε, KE. 800

odpt, E. 207, 402, 435; A. 18

σελήνη, P. 136, 140; E. 149, (153); A. 6, 10

σῆμα, P. 58, 115, 194

σηµαίναω, H. 11

σιβύλλα, H. 12

σκύλαξ, X. 18

σµικρότης, A. 1

σοφίη, H. 107; X.19; E. 18

σοφός, H. 1, 18, 19, 74; E.51, 416

σπέρµα, A. 3, 4

σπλάγχνος, E. 57

orewowds, E. 2

στεφάνη, p. 108, 109

στοργή, E. 335

στρογγύλη, p. 151

στυφελί(ω, X. 18

συγγραφή, H. 17

συγκρίνοµαι, A. 3

συγχωρέα, A. 8

σύμμιξις, A. 4

296

συμµίσγω, A. 17 συμπήγνυμι, A. 9, 10 συµφέρω, Η. 46, 59 συνέρχοµαι, Β. 1738, 175, 248 συνίστηµι, Ρ. 93; E. 174 σφαίρη, P. 108

σφαίρος, Ε;. 134, 138 σχεδύνη, E. 209

σῶμα, Μ. 16: E. 249 σωφρονέω, Ἡ. 106-107

ταχύτης, A. 11 τεθηπώςε, P. 49; E. 81 τελεντάω, H. 122; P. 152 τελευτή, M. 7; E. 87 τέλος, M. 9

τέρμα, Β. 178

τιµή, EK. 16, 88

τίσις, Ad. 2

τόξο», Ἡ. 45

τόπο», Ῥ. 101: 2.4 τρήµατα, BE. 299 τύχη, BE. 195

ὕβρις, H. 103; X. 21

ὑγρός, H. 72, 73

ὕδωρ, H. 25,68 ; X.9,10,11; M.17; E. 78, 208, 211, ‘221, 266, 284, 297, 301, 302, 307, 324, 333; A. 9

φαντασία, p. 62

φάος, P. 10, 144; E. 40, 72, 320 pdpuaxa, HE. 24, 121

Φιλόσοφος, H. 49

ENGLISH INDEX

Φιλότης, E. 67, 80, 103, (116), 172, 181, 209, 248 oad, BE. 152 φόνος, KE. 371, 384, 412, 428 φρή», H. 111; X. 3; EK. 51, 74, 127, 346, 350, 368 φρονέω, H. 5, 90; P. 148 ; EK. 195, 332, 337 φρόνησις, H. 92; E. 231 φροντίς, Χ. 24; E. 989, 351 φύλλο», E. 237, 440 Φῦλο», P. 49; E. 163 φύσις, H. 2, 10, 107; P. 133, 197, 148; EB. 36, 39, 226, 270 φύω, Χ. 10; P. 66, 198, 151; EK. 69, 182, 188, 242, 257, 375; A. 10

χάρις, H. 136

xelp, P. 22; E. 296, 306, 345, 441, 443

χθώ», E. 166, 187, 198, 199, 208, 215, 235, 378, 403

χόανος, E. 199

χρέος, P. 65, 96

χρεώ», Ad.2; P. 28, 37,67, 105, 116

χρησμοσύνη, H. 24

χροιή, A. 3,4

ψεῦδος, H. 118, (132) ψυχή, H. 4, 88, 68, 7, 72, Τ8, 74, 105, 131, 136; X.18; A. 10

φοτοκέω, Ὦ. 219 ὥρη, H. 34; E. 374

Ill. ENGLISH INDEX

The references are to pages; a star * indicates the important reference in a series.

Achilles argument, the, 116, 118

Aether, 110, 149, 183, 223, 237, 261

Astronomy, 5

Ate, 207

Athletic contests vs. wisdom, 71

Banquet, sacrificial, 75

Beginning of the universe, 124 f., 129

Being, 91f., 108, 124f., 173, 243; not moved, 95; not generated, 95; not divided, 95, 126

Bias, 51 ᾿

Blood, seat of thought, 214, 234

Blyson, 23

Body, the tomb of the soul, 133, 214; subject to change, 146; infinitely divisible, 146

Pee Empedokles on, 195, 27

Cause, active, 22

Change, constant, 35, 165; impos- sibility of, 127, 129

Chariot of Parmenides, 87

Chrysippos, 60

Chthonie, 207

Cicero, 7, 16, 21, 108, 151, 233

Circles of the heavens, 99

Clouds, 19, 256

Comets, 84, 255

Community of gods and men, 133

Condensation of matter, 9, 21, 60 f., 125

Counter-earth, 136, 148

Cube, 152 f.

Cycles of the universe, 179, 216

Darkness as first principle, 99

Day and night, 89

Death, 45, 53, 229

Decad, 144, 152

Delphi, oracle at, 27

Demokritos, 18, 88, 248, 250, 254

Destruction of things, 10, 13, 14, 82, 98 f., 119, 124, 165, 222, 245

Diodoros, 168

Diogenes Laertios, 63, 64, 120

297

Discord, 39 Divisibility of matter, infinite, 115 Dyad, 144, 152

Earth, the, 31, 67f., 83 ; a heavenly body, 13; form of, 13, 14, 22, 106 ; is infinite, 78; once covered by the sea, 82; rests on water, 8, 4; rests on air, 20; is sinking into the sea, 83

BKarthquakes, 7, 18, 22, 261

Kelipses, 7, 15, 63, 84, 148

Keliptic, 6

Egyptian wisdom, 154

Eleatic school, 64f.; unity, 79, 103, 105, 119

" Elements, 41, 161, 167, 188, 221,

224; imperishable, 169, 230; indivisible, 142 ; motion of, 215 ; separation of, 12

Embryo, 228

Empedokles, 57, 60, *157 f., 247, 249; reverenced as a god, 203

Enquiry, ways of, 89

Epikouros, 85

Epiphanius, 108, 119, 129, 154 1., 234

Equality, geometrical, 133 Erinyes, 33

Esoteric class, 154 Eudemos, 116

Euripides, 257

Kurystratos, 17, 19, 21

Eye, Empedokles on the, 197

False assumptions of Melissos, 129

Fate, 39, 62, 97, 163

Fire, 19, 99, 155, 191; central Pythagorean, 136; ever-living, 29; periodic, 61; transforma- tions of, 31

First principle, 2, 5, 67, 218, 250, 234, 260; are ten, 198: heat and cold 88, 104: is eternal, 13; is fire, 58; is water, 4, 67

Flame, sphere of, 14

Flesh forbidden, 205, 213

Fossils, 82

Friendship, 222

Galen, 81, 83, 119

Homer, 35, 53, 57, 108, 223

Homoeomeries, 248 f.

Homogeneous, Being is, 125, 127

Ignorance, 49

Incredulity, 51

Infinite, the, 9, 11, 15, 114, 125, 134, 1968, 248; double, 139

Infinites, 117, 237

Invocation of Empedokles, 159

Ionic school, 5

Justice, 39, 51, 89

Kalliopeia, 201 Klepsydra compared with breath- ing, 195

ing,

Knowledge, 89; of the gods, 69; progress of, 69

Kronos, 209

Kypris, 183, 185, 209

Law, 47, 49 Leukippos, 217, 249

184, 137;

ENGLISH INDEX

Lightning, 14, 16, 20, 31, 63, 84, 226, 256, 261

Lipara, tire at, 78

Loadstone, 3

Love and strife, 167, 171, 179, 215 f., 218, 221, 224, 230

Luxury, 78

Lysis, 132, 154

Many, the, 165

Matter, 6, 15, 145; eternal, 125; divisibility of, 6 .

Melissos, 79, 108, 104, 109, 119, *120f.; fallacies of, 129

Men, origin of, 106 ; from animals, 14; from fish, 11, 18; mind of, 101, 107

Metempsychosis, 71

Meteor, 235

Metrodoros, 82, 259

Milky Way, 101, 110, 148, 255

Mind as first principle, 239f., 246 1.

Mnesarchos, 29, 132

Monad, 144 f., 151 f.

Moon, 7, 18, 14 f., 20, 62, 84, 101, 110, 148, 175, 177, 226, 246, 255, 261; phases of, 7; revolution of, 12

Motion, 119, 126 f., 146, 248, 2949: ‘eternal, 14, 21, 62; universal, 57, 58, 243

Multiplicity, 114, 128, 217

Muse, invocation of, 159, 201

Mysteries, 53

Necessity, 6, 95, 119, 131, 187, 208

Nestis, 161, 183, 223

Nikolaos, 80

Nile, 256, 260; rise of, 7

Noise, Zeno on, 116

Not-being, 11, 108, 108, 124, 243, 254

Number, 194 f., 152

Oenopides, 147 f., 246

Olympia, 71

Olympos, 101, 175

Ombros, 183

One, the, 114, 119, 181, 139, 145

One, all are, 57

Opinion of men, 89, 97, 145; vs. truth, 187

Opposites, 85, 37, 58, 188, 247; separation of, 12

ENGLISH INDEX

Order, 29 Origination, 163 Orpheus, 133

Parmenides, 23, 62f., 78, *86f., 112, 120, 129, 257; fallacies of, 104; theory of sensation, 107 f., 110; theory of thought, 107; Plato on, 103

Passion, 49

Perception by pores, 230 ; by likes,

199

Perikles, 235, 247

Philip the Opuntian, 148

Philodemos, 7

Philolaos, 132, 148

Pisas, the, 71

Place, 146; existence of, 115; Zeno on, 117

Plants, 7, 220, 229, 251

Plato, 2, 57, 78, 103f., 112, 133,

Senses, Empedokles on, 227, 231

Separation, 217, 237, 239, 245

Sibyl, 27

Simplicius, 114 f., 124 1.

ys

_ Sleep, 25, 59, 229, 257

299

Solstice, 6, 147 f., 225, 255, 261

Soul, 2, 3, 7, 21, 41, 43, 57, 59, 63, 110, 149, 153, 218, 225, 250, 256 ; transmigration of, 71, 155, 203 f., 213

Space, 117

Speusippos, 141

Stars, 6, 7, 13 1., 20, 22, 62, 84,110, 225, 255, 260; revolution of, 22

Stoics, the, 63, 145 f., 226, 254

Stones, 19

Strife, 35, 37, 39, 60, 167, 171, 175, 179, 215, 218

Sun, 6, 7, 13f., 22, 38, 61f., 84, 101, 110, 148, 171, 175, 225, 255, 260; revolution of, 12; setting of, 18, 20

Temperance, 49

Tetrad, 144, 152

Tetraktys, 152

Thales, *1 f., 33, 81, 145, 147, 253

Theology of Xenophanes, 66 f., 77

Theophrastos, 4, 11, 19, 59, 79, 81, 106, 155, 230 f., 257 f.

Things eternal, 129

Thought equals being, 91, 97

Thunder, 63

Thunderbolt, 31, 256

Timaios, 56

Time and space, 117

Tomb, the body a, 133, 214

Tortoise, 116

Treatise, first philosophical, 8

Truth, 69, 89 f.; vs. opinion, 106

Tyche, 183

Understanding, common to all, 47; lacking, 25, 51

Unity, 78, 129; of being, 103; is God, 79

Universe, the, 60, 62, 146f., 158, 224, 255, 262; structure of, 109

Void, 6, 119, 125, 127, 134, 146 f., 216, 248, 261

Wantonness, 49

War, 35, 39

Water, 2, 67

Weather, control of, 161

Winds, 13, 19, 20, 63, 261

Wisdom, 29, 47

Worlds, 15; infinite in number, 14, 22

300 ENGLISH INDEX

Worship, 209; popular, 55 Zaratas, 153

Zeno, 59, *112 f., 120; arguments

Xenophanes, 23, 29, *64f., 105; of, 114 f.; on motion, 119 sayings of, 77; skepticism of, Zeus, 29, 33, 60, 71, 136, 161, 209,

82 f.; theology of, 65 f., 77 223 Zodiac, 147 f. Zalmoxis, 154 Zones, 6, 110, 147, 149 PRINTED BY

SPOTIISWOODE AND CO., NEW-STREET SQUARK LONDON

ΤΗΕ | ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.

In Three Vulumes, post 8vo, pp. 350, 406, and 384, with Index, cloth, AI, lis. 6d.

A HISTORY OF MATERIALISM. By Professor F. A. LANGE. Authorised Translation from the German by Ernest C, THomas.

Third Edition.

‘This is a work which has long and impatiently been expected by a large circle of readers. It has been well praised by two eminent scientists, and their words have created for it, as regards its appearance in our English tongue, a sort of ante-natal reputation. The reputation is many respects well deserved. The book is marked throughout by singular ability, abounds in striking and suggestive reflections, subtle and profound discussions, felicitous and graphic descriptions of mental and social move- ments, both in themselves and in their mutual relations,’’"—Scoteman.

In Two Volumes, post 8vo, pp. 268 and 288, cloth, 158.

° THE OREED OF CHRISTENDOM: ITS FOUNDATIONS CONTRASTED WITH ITS SUPERSTRUCTURE. κ By W. R. GREG. Eighth Edition, with a New Introduction.

oa ‘*©No candid reader of the ‘Creed of Christendom ’ can close the book without the secret acknowledgment that it is a model of honest investigation and clear exposition, conceived in the true spirit of serious and faithful research.” — Westminster iew.

Post 8vo, pp. xix.—249, cloth, 7s. 6d.

OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE UNIVERSAL RELIGIONS. By ©. P. TISLB, Dr. Theol., Professor of the History of Religions in the University of Lejden. Translated from the Dutch by J. ESTLin Carpenter, M.A. Fifth Edition.

‘* Few books of its size contain the result of so much wide thinking, able and laborious study, or enable the reader to gain a better bird’s-eye view of the latest results of inves- tigations into the religious history of nations. . . . These pages, full of information, these sentences, cut and perhaps also dry, short and clear, condense the fruits of long and thorough research,”—Scotsman,

THE ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.

πω μμ ο -ᾱ- — απο μμ μμ κω νο νεος =, ——

Post 8vo, pp. 276, cloth, 78. 6d.

RELIGION IN OHINA:

Containing a Brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese, with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion amongst that People. By JOSEPH EDKINS, D.D., Peking. Third Edition. ‘‘We confidently recommend a careful perusal of the present work to all interested in this great subject.’ —London and China Express. i

‘* Dr. Edkins has been most careful in noting the varied and often complex phases of religion so as to give an account of considerable value of the subject.” —Scotsman.

Post 8vo, pp. xviii—198, cloth, 78. 6d. A CANDID EXAMINATION OF THEISM.

By PHYSIOUS. Second Edition. «Τε is impossible to go through this work without forming a very high opinion of his speculative and argumentative power, and a sincere respect for his temperance of state-

ment and his diligent endeavour to make out the best case he can for the views he rejects.” —Academy.

Post 8vo, pp. xx.—316, cloth, 7s. 6d. THE PHILOSOPHY OF MUSIO.

BEING THE SUBSTANCE OF A COURSE OF LECTURES

DELIVERED AT THR Roya ΙνβτΙτυτιον or Great ΒΗΙΤΑΙΝ, IN FEBRUARY AND ΜΑβοη 1877.

By WILLIAM POLE, Mus. Doc, Oxon.

Fellow of the Royal Societies of London and Edinburgh ; one of the Examiners in Music to the University of London.

Fourth and Revised Edition.

‘cWe may recommend it as an extremely useful compendium of modern research into the scientific basis of music. There is no want of completeness.”—Pall Mall Gazette.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.—282, cloth, 108. 6d.

THE COLOUR SENSE: Its Origin and Development. AN ESSAY IN COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY. By GRANT ALLEN, Β.Α., Author of “ Physiological Alsthetics.”

There is no want of completeness.”—Pall Mall Gazette.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.—282, cloth, 108. 6d.

THE COLOUR SENSE: Its Origin and Development. AN ESSAY IN COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY. By GRANT ALLEN, Β.Α., Author of “ Physiological Alsthetics.”

‘‘ The book is attractive throughout, for its object is pursued with an earnestness and singleness of purpose which never fail to maintain the interest of the reader. "— Saturday Review,

THE ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.

Post 8vo, pp. 168, cloth, 6s.

CONTRIBUTIONS το THE HISTORY ος THE DEVELOPMENT

x Ὁ OF THE HUMAN RACE. LECTURES AND DISSERTATIONS

By LAZARUS GEIGER, Autbor of ‘‘ Origin and Evolution of Human Speech and Reason.”

Travslated from the Second German Edition by Davip AsHER, Ph.D., Corresponding Member of the Berlin Society for the Study of Modern Languages and Literature.

‘‘ The papers translated in this volume deal with various aspects of a very fascinating ay: Herr Geiger had secured a place in the foremost ranks of German philologers, but he seems to have valued his philological researches chiefly as a means of throwing light on the early condition of mankind. He prosecuted his inquiries in a thoroughly philosophical spirit, and he never offered a theory, however paradoxical it might seem at first sight, for which he did not advance solid arguments. Unlike the majority of German scholars, he took pleasure in working out his doctrines in a manner that was likely to make them interesting to the general public; and his capacity for clear and parvo exposition was hardly inferior to that of Mr. Max Miller himself.”—St. James's

azette.

Post 8vo, pp. 350, with a Portrait, cloth, 108. 6d. DR. APPLETON : His Life and Literary Relics.

By JOHN H. APPLETON, Μ.Α., Late Vicar of St. Mark’s, Staplefield, Sussex ; AND A. H. SAYCE, Μ.Α., Fellow of Queen’s College, and Deputy Professor of Comparative Philology, Oxford. “* Although the life of Dr. Appleton was uneventful, it is valuable as illustrating the manner in which the ο. and the practical can be combined. His biographers talk of his geniality, his tolerance, his kindliness ; and these characteristics, combined

with his fine intellectual gifts, his searching ae his independence, his ceaseless energy and ardour, render his life specially intéresting.”—Nonconformist.

Post 8vo, pp. xxvi.—370, with Portrait, Illustrations, and an Autograph Letter, cloth, 128. 6d.

EDGAR QUINET :

HIS EARLY LIFE AND WRITINGS. By RICHARD HEATH.

Post 8vo, pp. xxvi.—370, with Portrait, Illustrations, and an Autograph Letter, cloth, 128. 6d.

EDGAR QUINET :

HIS EARLY LIFE AND WRITINGS. By RICHARD HEATH.

“* Without attaching the immense value to Edgar Quinet’s writings which Mr. Heath considers their due, we are quite ready to own that they possess solid merits which, perhaps, have not attracted sufficient attention in this country. To a truly reverent spirit, Edgar Quinet joined the deepest love for humanity in general. Mr. Heath... deserves credit for the completeness and finish of the portraiture to which he set his hand. It has evidently been a labour of love, for the text is marked throughout by infinite painstaking, both in style and matter.”—Globe.

Post 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d. THE ESSENCE OF CHRISTIANITY.

By LUDWIG FEUEBRBACH. Translated from the Second German Edition by Marian Ivans, Translator of Strauss’s ‘* Life of Jesus.” Second Edition.

{61 confess that to Feuerbach I owe a debt of inestimable gratitude. Feel- ing about in uncertainty for the ground, and finding everywhere shifting sands, Feuerbach cast a sudden blaze into the darkness, and disclosed to me the way.” —From S. Baring-Gould’s '' The Origin and Development of Religious Belief.”

THE ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.

Puat 8vo, pp. 200, cloth, 38. 6d. AUGUSTE COMTE AND POSITIVISM. et

By the late JOHN STUART MILL, Μ.Ρ.

Fourth Edition, revised.

Post 8vo, pp. xii.—178, cloth, 6s. RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY IN GERMANY :

-

A FRAGMENT. By HBINRICOH HEINE.

Translated by JoHN SNODGRASS, Translator of “ Wit, Wisdom, and Pathos from the Prose of Heinrich Heine.”

‘* Nowhere is the singular charm of this writer more marked than in the vivid pages of this work. . . . Irrespective of subject, there is a charm about whatever Heine wrote that captivates the reader and wins his sympathies before criticism steps in. But there can be none who would fail to admit the power as well as the beauty of the wide-ranging pictures of the intellectual development of the country of deep thinkers. Beneath his grace the writer holds a mighty grip of fact, stripped of all disguise ani made patent over all confusing surroundings.” —Bookseller.

Post 8vo, pp. xviii.—310, with Portrait, cloth, 103. 6d. EMERSON AT HOME AND ABROAD.

By MONOUREB D. CONWAY, Author of ‘‘ The Sacred Anthology,” ‘‘ The Wandering Jew,” ‘‘ Thomas Curlyle,” &c.

This book reviews the personal and general] history of the so-called ‘‘ Trans- cendental ’ movement in America; and it contains various letters by Emerson not before published, as well as personal recollections of his lectures and con- versations.

‘*Mr. Conway has not confined himself to plies reminiscences ; he brings together all the important facts of Emerson's life, and presents a full account of his governing ideas—indicating their mutual relations, and tracing the processes by which Emerson gradually arrived at them in their mature form.”—St. James’s Gazette.

James’s Gazette.

Post 8vo, pp. xx.—314, cloth, 108. 6d. ENIGMAS OF LIFE

By W. R. GREG. Seventeenth Edition.

** What is to be the future of the human race? What ure the great obstacles in the way of progress? What are the best means of surmounting these obstacles? Such, in rough statement, are some of the problems which are more or less present to Mr. Greg’s mind ; and although he does nut pretend to discuss them fully, he makes a great many observations about them, always expressed in a graceful style, frequently eloquent, and occasionally putting old subjects in a new light, and recording a large amount of read- ing and study.”—Saturday Review. .

as — — fe a ---------ᾱᾱ --υα

THE ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY.

In Three Volumes. Post 8vv, Vol. L, pp. xxxii.—532, cloth, 128.3; Vols. II. and III., pp. viii— 496; and pp. viiii— 510, cloth, 128.

THE WORLD AS WILL AND IDEA.

By ARTHUR SCHOPENHAUERR. Translated from the German by R. B. Haupanx, M.A., and Joun Kemp, M.A.

Third Edition.

‘‘The translators have done their part very well, for, as they say, their work has been one of difficulty, especially as the style of the original is occasionally ‘involved and loose.’ At the same time there is a force, a vivacity, a directness, in the phrases and sentences of Schopenhauer which are very different from the manner of ordinary German philosophical treatises. He knew English and English literature thoroughly ; he ad- mired the clearness of their manner, and the popular strain even in their philosophy, and these qualities he tried to introduce inte his own works and discourse.”—Scotsman.

In Three Volumes, post 8vo, pp. xxxii.—372; vi—368 ; and viii.—360, cloth, £1, 115. 6d.

THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UNCONSCIOUS.

By EDUARD VON HARTMANN. [Speculative Results, according to the Inductive Method of Physical Science. ]

Authorised Translation, by WiLLIAM C. CouPLAND, M.A. | κ Ten Bditions of the German original have been sold since its first appearance ἐπ 1868.

‘‘Mr. Coupland has been remarkably successful in dealing with the difficulties of Hartmann... . It must be owned that the book merited the honour of translation. Its collection of facts alone would be sufficient to deserve this, and the appendix in the third volume, giving a readable résuné of Wurdt’s psycho-physics, is a valuable addition to English psychology.” —Athenewm.

Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 395, cloth, with Portrait, 14s. LIFE OF GIORDANO BRUNO, THE NOLAN.

By 1. FRITH. Revised by Professor Moniz CARRIERE.

Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 395, cloth, with Portrait, 14s. LIFE OF GIORDANO BRUNO, THE NOLAN.

By 1. FRITH. Revised by Professor Moniz CARRIERE.

“The interest of the book lies in the conception of Bruno's character and in the elucidation of his ον. . .. His writings dropped from him wherever he went and were published in many places. Their number is very large, and the bibliographical appendix is not the least valuable part of this voluine, . . . We are tempted to multipl quotations from the pages before us, for Bruno’s utterances bave a rare charm throug their directness, their vividness, their poetic force. Bruno stands in relation to later philosophy, to Kant or Hegel, as Giotto stands to Raphael. We feel the merit of the more complete and perfect work ; but we are moved and attracted by the greater indi- viduality which accompanies the struggle after expression in an earlier and simpler age. Students of philosophy will know at once how much labour has been bestowed upon this modest attempt to set forth Bruno’s significance as a philosopher. We have contented ourselves with showing how much the general reader may gain from a study of its pages, which are never overburdened by technicalities and are ever dull."— Atheneum.